WO2021169172A1 - Piggyback vehicle and vehicle body thereof - Google Patents

Piggyback vehicle and vehicle body thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021169172A1
WO2021169172A1 PCT/CN2020/105719 CN2020105719W WO2021169172A1 WO 2021169172 A1 WO2021169172 A1 WO 2021169172A1 CN 2020105719 W CN2020105719 W CN 2020105719W WO 2021169172 A1 WO2021169172 A1 WO 2021169172A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
stop
hook
support
packback
joint
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/105719
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李华
吴振国
赵玉叶
吴荣坤
袁博
郑和平
沈彩瑜
Original Assignee
中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202010130627.4A external-priority patent/CN111301445A/en
Priority claimed from CN202020236278.XU external-priority patent/CN211731362U/en
Application filed by 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 filed Critical 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司
Priority to AU2020431679A priority Critical patent/AU2020431679A1/en
Priority to EP20921833.8A priority patent/EP4112414A4/en
Publication of WO2021169172A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021169172A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B61RAILWAYS
    • B61DBODY DETAILS OR KINDS OF RAILWAY VEHICLES
    • B61D3/00Wagons or vans
    • B61D3/16Wagons or vans adapted for carrying special loads
    • B61D3/18Wagons or vans adapted for carrying special loads for vehicles
    • B61D3/182Wagons or vans adapted for carrying special loads for vehicles specially adapted for heavy vehicles, e.g. public work vehicles, trucks, trailers
    • B61D3/184Wagons or vans adapted for carrying special loads for vehicles specially adapted for heavy vehicles, e.g. public work vehicles, trucks, trailers the heavy vehicles being of the trailer or semi-trailer type
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B61RAILWAYS
    • B61DBODY DETAILS OR KINDS OF RAILWAY VEHICLES
    • B61D47/00Loading or unloading devices combined with vehicles, e.g. loading platforms, doors convertible into loading and unloading ramps

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the technical field of a piggyback vehicle, in particular to a piggyback vehicle and its body.
  • Piggyback transportation means that road vehicles such as road trucks or semi-trailers load goods on their own at the railway station of the origin and complete long-distance transportation by rail. After arriving at the destination railway station, the road vehicles can drive by themselves. A convenient way of transporting to the final destination in a piggyback vehicle.
  • the body of a piggyback vehicle can generally include a body part and a detachable support part.
  • the support part can be separated from the body part to facilitate the opening and closing of the road vehicle.
  • the holder part can be installed on the body part. In such a solution, the connection structure between the holder part and the body part is very important.
  • the purpose of the present invention is to provide a packback car and its car body, wherein the support part and the body part of the car body are reliably connected and easily separated.
  • the present invention provides a car body of a packback car, which includes a body part and a support part. Both longitudinal ends of the support part are provided with a connecting structure.
  • the lower round shaft; the body is provided with an end connecting mechanism, the end connecting mechanism includes an end connecting hook and an end longitudinal support, the end connecting hook forms an upwardly set hook mouth, assembled state
  • the lower round shaft can be hung on the hook opening of the end connecting hook, and the upper hook can be clamped to the end longitudinal support.
  • connection points there can be two connection points between the upper hook and the end longitudinal support, the lower round shaft and the end connecting hook between the longitudinal ends of the holder and the main body.
  • the connection can be more reliable; and during separation, by lifting the body part, the body part and the support part can also rotate relative to the central axis of the lower round shaft as the center of rotation, forcing the upper hook and the end longitudinal connection piece The joints of the brackets are loosened, which can facilitate the separation of the holder part and the main body part.
  • the clamping surface of the upper hook and the body portion includes a top surface section and two side sections; of the two side sections, the first is a vertical surface, and the second is a top-down An inclined surface inclined in a direction away from the first; or, both of the side sections are inclined surfaces inclined in a direction away from each other from top to bottom.
  • both of the side sections are provided with a holding part wear plate, and a shear stop structure is provided between the holding part abrasion plate and the side section.
  • the supporting portion includes a bottom wall and two side walls connected to the bottom wall, and the upper hooks are provided at both longitudinal ends of the two side walls; the side walls are also provided with guide limits
  • the positioning member is used to cooperate with the positioning guide member of the main body part to guide the installation of the support part and form a lateral limit of the support part.
  • the bottom wall includes a middle wall and end walls located on both longitudinal sides of the middle wall, and the end walls include a main body part and a connecting part, and the main body part adopts a box structure,
  • the lower round shaft is installed at an end of the main part away from the middle wall;
  • the middle wall includes two longitudinal beams arranged at intervals along the transverse direction, and the two longitudinal beams pass through a plurality of transverse beams arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction.
  • the longitudinal beam includes a flat beam section and a grid beam section
  • the flat beam section includes a flat plate and a plurality of reinforcing beams installed at the bottom of the flat plate
  • the grid beam section includes a plurality of small cross beams arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction .
  • the middle wall is further provided with a longitudinal positioning structure; and/or, the middle wall is further provided with a rotation center plug-in part; and/or, the bottom wall is further provided with a connection installation position; and /Or, the bottom wall further includes an inclined wall gradually inclined upward from the inside to the outside, and the inclined wall is located on both lateral sides of the middle wall and is used to connect the middle wall and the side wall.
  • the inner hook surface of the end connecting hook is provided with an end groove extending transversely, and the inner surface of the end groove forms an end guide surface for guiding the lower round shaft
  • the end guide surface can also be matched with the lower round shaft to guide the rotation and separation of the support part and the main body part.
  • the end longitudinal support includes an end longitudinal support body and an end wear plate fixed at the front and rear ends of the end longitudinal support body, and the end longitudinal support body is hooked by the upper part. , And in the hooked state, the end wear plate at the front end abuts against the front side of the inner hook of the upper hook, and the end wear plate at the rear end abuts against the rear side of the inner hook surface of the upper hook .
  • the end connecting mechanism further includes: an end transverse limiting member, the end transverse limiting member is located above the end connecting hook and in front of the end longitudinal support; the end The transverse limiting member includes an end transverse limiting groove, and the end transverse limiting groove is used to cooperate with the guide limiting member of the bracket to guide the installation of the bracket and form a The horizontal limit of the support part.
  • the body part is further equipped with a locking mechanism for locking or unlocking the support part in the up and down direction; and/or, the body part is also equipped with a lateral stop mechanism, and in the stopped state, The lateral stop mechanism can form a lateral stop on the support portion, and in a disengaged state, the lateral stop mechanism can release the stop on the support portion.
  • the end connecting hook includes an end hook body, and the end hook body includes two end hook split bodies arranged at a lateral interval and an end formed between the two end hook split bodies.
  • the locking mechanism is installed in the end accommodating cavity; and/or, the lateral stop mechanism is installed in the lateral outer side of the end connecting hook.
  • the locking mechanism includes: a first lock body, the first lock body is hinged with the end connecting hook, one end of the first lock body is a locking end, and the other end is a second end.
  • a limiting end, the third hinge axis of the first lock body is located between the locking end and the first limiting end; the first limiting portion, the first limiting portion is fixed at In the end accommodating cavity; the first locking drive beam assembly is connected to the first lock body; in the locked state, the first limiting end abuts against the first limiting portion from top to bottom , The locking end abuts against the holding part to lock the holding part; in the unlocked state, the first locking driving beam assembly can drive the first limiting end to disengage from the bottom up The first limiting part and the locking end rotate away from the supporting part.
  • the first locking drive beam assembly includes a first push beam, a first guide sleeve, and a transmission beam, the first guide sleeve is fixed in the end accommodating cavity, and the first push beam is connected to The first guide sleeve is slidably connected, one end of the transmission beam is hinged with the first lock body, and the other end is hinged with the first push beam.
  • it further includes a first elastic element, one end of the first elastic element acts on the first push beam, and the unlocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the first elastic element increases.
  • the locking mechanism further includes a second limiting portion, the second limiting portion is fixed in the end accommodating cavity, and the first lock body further includes a second limiting end for locking In the state, the second limiting end portion abuts against the second limiting portion from bottom to top.
  • the locking mechanism includes: a lock head rotatably connected to the end connecting hook, and the lock head is respectively provided with a locking portion and a supporting portion on both sides of its rotation center line A second lock body, the second lock body is slidably connected to the end connecting hook; a second locking drive assembly is drivingly connected with the second lock body; in the locked state, the second lock The body supports the support part from bottom to top, so that the locking part presses the support part; in the unlocked state, the second locking driving assembly can drive the second lock body away from the The direction of the lock head is displaced, and the support part can rotate downward about the rotation center line, so that the locking part rotates upward to escape from the support part.
  • the second locking drive assembly includes a second push beam, a second guide sleeve, and a connecting beam unit, the second guide sleeve is fixed in the end accommodating cavity, and the second push beam is connected to The second guide sleeve is slidably connected, one end of the connecting beam unit is hinged with the second push beam, and the other end is hinged with the second lock body.
  • it further includes a second elastic element, one end of the second elastic element acts on the second push beam, and the unlocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the second elastic element increases.
  • the locking mechanism further includes a rotating support body fixed to the end connecting hook, the rotating support body is provided with a rotating shaft portion, and the rotating shaft portion has an arc cylindrical surface
  • the lock head is provided with an arc-shaped notch that matches the rotating shaft portion, and the lock head is inserted into the rotating shaft portion with the arc-shaped notch, and the central axis of the rotating shaft portion can be used as the center axis.
  • the centerline of rotation is
  • the center of gravity of the lock head deviates from the center of rotation in the longitudinal direction and is located on the side of the supporting portion; The process of increasing the amount of deformation.
  • the lateral stop mechanism includes: a support, the support is fixed to the end connecting hook, the support is provided with a through hole; a first stop beam; a stop driving beam assembly, and The first stop beam is in a transmission connection; in the stop state, the first stop beam extends out of the through hole to form a lateral stop to the support portion; in the unblocked state, the stop drive The beam assembly can drive the first stop beam to retract, so as to release the stop on the support portion.
  • a fourth elastic element is further included, and the fourth elastic element acts on the first stop beam, and the unblocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the elastic element increases.
  • the stop driving beam assembly includes a first connecting beam hingedly arranged, one end of the first connecting beam is a first stop driving end, and the other end is a connecting end.
  • the connecting beam is fixedly arranged by a first hinge shaft and is located between the first stop driving end and the connecting end, and the connecting end is drivingly connected to the first stop beam.
  • the lateral stop mechanism includes: a second stop beam arranged in an articulated manner, and two ends of the second stop beam are a second stop driving end and a stop end, respectively.
  • the hinge shaft of the second stop beam is located between the second stop driving end and the stop end, and the hinge shaft is fixed to the end connecting hook; the stop beam, the stop The beam is fixed to the end connecting hook; in the stopping state, the limit beam is pressed against the outer side of the second stop beam in the transverse direction, and the second stop beam can form the support part Lateral stop; in the unblocked state, the second stop driving end can rotate under force, so as to drive the stop end to release the stop for the support portion.
  • the lateral stop mechanism further includes a first stopper and a second stopper, and both the first stopper and the second stopper are fixed to the end connecting hook.
  • the second stop beam In the disengaged state, the second stop beam abuts the first limiting member, and in the stopping state, the second stop beam abuts the second limiting member.
  • the end connecting hook further includes an end hook wall plate covering the outer hook surface of the end hook body, and the end hook wall plate is provided with an end first connecting hole, and the end The first connecting hole is communicated with the end receiving cavity, so that the unlocking member can extend into the end receiving cavity through the end first connecting hole to unlock the locking mechanism.
  • the brake pipe protection device includes: a protection housing, the housing cavity of which is used to accommodate the brake pipe, when the support part of the piggyback and the body part are connected, the The protective shell is located on the laterally outer side of the support part; the protective connector has a protective inner end located on the lower side of the support, a protective outer end located laterally outside the protective inner end, and is located in the protective inner A protection adapter part between the end and the protection outer end; the protection inner end abuts the support part, the protection outer end is fixedly connected to the protection shell, the protection adapter part Rotatingly connected with the main body, so that during the separation of the holder and the main body, the protective connector can rotate under the action of gravity to drive the protective casing to rotate outward, and the holder and the main During the process of connecting the body part, the protective connector can rotate under the pressure of the supporting part to drive the protective housing to be reset to the lateral outer side of the supporting part.
  • the protective connector includes a first pivoting plate, a second pivoting plate, and a pivoting shaft, the first pivoting plate and the second pivoting plate are longitudinally spaced apart from each other, and the second pivoting plate The pivoting plate is closer to the supporting part than the first pivoting plate; the pivoting shaft passes through the first pivoting plate, the body part and the second pivoting plate in sequence, Are connected together.
  • the protective connecting member further includes a protective roller, the protective roller is rotatably connected to the second pivoting plate, and the second pivoting plate extends to the lower side of the supporting part so that the protective The outer peripheral surface of the roller abuts against the lower surface of the holder.
  • the brake pipe protection device further includes a first protection limiter, the first protection limiter is fixed to the body part, when the protection housing rotates downwards and outwards to a limit position At this time, the protection connecting piece conflicts with the first protection limit piece.
  • the brake tube protection device further includes a magnetic member, and when the protection housing is located on the laterally outer side of the support portion, the protection housing is magnetically attracted to the support portion through the magnetic member .
  • the main body includes two end underframes, a bogie is respectively provided below the two end underframes, and the end connection mechanism is provided on both of the end underframes, so
  • the number of the supporting part is one, and it is installed between the two end base frames; or, the body part includes two end base frames and a joint base frame, and the joint base frame includes two joint base frames
  • the two joint underframe sections are connected by joints and are located between the two end underframes.
  • a bogie is respectively provided under the two end underframes, and the two joint underframes are separated
  • a bogie is shared under the lower part, the number of the supporting parts is two, and the two supporting parts are respectively installed between the adjacent end underframes and the joint underframe sub-parts.
  • the present invention also provides a piggyback vehicle, including a vehicle body, which is the vehicle body of the above-mentioned piggyback vehicle.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a specific embodiment of the body of the piggyback vehicle provided by the present invention
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the support part
  • Figure 3 is an exploded view of Figure 2;
  • Figure 4 is a partial enlarged view of the upper hook in Figure 3;
  • Figure 5 is a front view of Figure 4.
  • Fig. 6 is a partial enlarged view of A in Fig. 3;
  • Fig. 7 is a partial enlarged view of B in Fig. 3;
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the end wall
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of FIG. 8 from another perspective.
  • Figure 10 is the connection structure diagram of the central wall and the inclined wall
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of FIG. 10 from another perspective
  • Figure 12 is a structural diagram in which two end underframes are installed on the bogie and connected to each other;
  • Figure 13 is a structural diagram of the end chassis body and the end connecting mechanism
  • Figure 14 is a side view of the structure in Figure 13 installed on the bogie and connected to the support part;
  • Figure 15 is an exploded view of Figure 13;
  • Figure 16 is an enlarged view of the end longitudinal support in Figure 13;
  • Figure 17 is an enlarged view of the end transverse limiting member in Figure 13;
  • Figure 18 is an enlarged view of the first composition in Figure 13;
  • Figure 19 is an enlarged view of the second composition in Figure 13;
  • Fig. 20 is an enlarged view of the third composition in Fig. 13.
  • Figure 21 is an enlarged view of the third longitudinal beam and the fourth longitudinal beam in Figure 13;
  • Figure 22 is an enlarged view of the first corbel and the second corbel in Figure 13;
  • Figure 23 is an enlarged view of an end side bearing in Figure 13;
  • Figure 24 is an enlarged view of a container lock seat in Figure 13;
  • Figure 25 is an enlarged view of a group of reinforcing plates in Figure 13;
  • Figure 26 is a structural diagram of the joint chassis
  • Figure 27 is a side view of Figure 26 installed on the bogie and connected with the support part;
  • Figure 28 is a structural diagram of a joint chassis sub-part of Figure 26;
  • Figure 29 is another view of Figure 28.
  • Figure 30 is a structural diagram of another joint chassis sub-part in Figure 26;
  • Figure 31 is an exploded view of Figure 28;
  • Figure 32 is an enlarged view of the joint longitudinal support in Figure 31;
  • Figure 33 is an enlarged view of the joint lateral limiter in Figure 31;
  • Figure 34 is an enlarged view of the first composition in Figure 31;
  • FIG. 35 is an enlarged view of the second joint beam and the third joint beam in FIG. 31;
  • Figure 36 is an enlarged view of a joint side bearing in Figure 31;
  • Fig. 37 is an enlarged view of a group of reinforcing plates in Fig. 31;
  • Figure 38 is a structural diagram of the first locking mechanism installed on the end connecting hook
  • Figure 39 is a structural diagram of the end connecting hook, the holder and the first locking mechanism in a locked state
  • Figure 40 is a side view of Figure 39;
  • Figure 41 is a side view of Figure 39 in an unlocked state
  • Figure 42 is a connection structure diagram of the first lock body and the first locking drive beam assembly
  • Figure 43 is an exploded view of Figure 42;
  • Figure 44 is a structural diagram of the first limiting portion, the second limiting portion and the first guide sleeve fixed to the end connecting hook;
  • Figure 45 is a structural diagram of the second locking mechanism installed on the end connecting hook
  • Figure 46 is a structural diagram of the end connecting hook, the holder and the second locking mechanism in a locked state
  • Figure 47 is a structural diagram of the end connecting hook, the holder and the second locking mechanism in an unlocked state
  • Figure 48 is a structural diagram of the second guide sleeve, the fourth limiting portion, and the rotating support body fixed to the end connecting hook;
  • Figure 49 is a diagram of the connection structure of the second push beam with the connecting beam unit and the second lock body
  • Figure 50 is a schematic view of the structure of the second connecting sleeve
  • Figure 51 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a transfer block
  • Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the lock
  • Figure 53 is a schematic view of the structure of the second lock body
  • Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the rotating support
  • Figure 55 is a structural diagram of the first lateral stop mechanism installed on the end connecting hook
  • Figure 56 is a structural diagram of a specific implementation of the first lateral stop mechanism
  • Figure 57 is an exploded view of Figure 56;
  • Figure 58 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the support
  • Figure 59 is a split structure diagram of the first connecting beam
  • Figure 60 is a structural diagram of another specific implementation of the first lateral stop mechanism
  • Fig. 61 is an exploded view of the connection structure between the first stop beam and the connection end in Fig. 60;
  • Figure 62 is a diagram of the relative position of the second lateral stop mechanism with the end connecting hook and the support part in the stop state;
  • Fig. 63 is a partial enlarged view of Fig. 62;
  • Figure 64 is a diagram showing the relative position of the second lateral stop mechanism with the end connecting hook and the supporting part in the unblocked state
  • Fig. 65 is a partial enlarged view of Fig. 64;
  • Figure 66 is a structural diagram of the second lateral stop mechanism installed on the end connecting hook
  • Figure 67 is an exploded view of Figure 66;
  • Figure 68 is a structural diagram of the brake pipe protection device
  • Fig. 69 is an enlarged view of C in Fig. 68;
  • Fig. 70 is an enlarged view at D in Fig. 68;
  • Figure 71 is an enlarged view of E in Figure 68;
  • Figure 72 is a structural diagram of the brake pipe protection device in the connected state of the support part and the body part;
  • Figure 73 is an enlarged view of the inner part of the circle in Figure 72;
  • Figure 74 is a structural diagram of the brake tube protection device in a state where the holder part and the body part are separated;
  • Figure 75 is an enlarged view of the inner part of the circle in Figure 74;
  • Figure 76 is a structural diagram of the first protective limit piece and the second protective limit piece set on the support
  • Figure 77 is a structural diagram of the first pivot plate
  • Figure 78 is a structural diagram of the second pivoting plate
  • Figure 79 is a structural diagram of the protective partition
  • Figure 80 is a structural diagram of the pipe hanger seat plate
  • Figure 81 is a structural diagram of the pipe hanger connecting plate.
  • 4 Support part 41 bottom wall, 411 middle wall, 411a longitudinal beam, 411a-1 flat beam section, 411a-1a flat plate, 411a-1b reinforced beam, 411a-2 grid beam section, 411a-2a small beam, 411a -2b connecting plate, 411b transverse beam, 411b-1 rotation center insertion part, 411b-2 longitudinal positioning block, 412 end wall, 412a main body, 412a-1 connection installation position, 412b connection part, 412b-1 vertical Plate, 412b-2 side plate, 412b-3 inclined plate, 412c lower round shaft, 412d pressure plate, 413 inclined wall, 42 side wall, 421 upper hook, 421a top section, 421b side section, 421c wear plate , 422 guide limiter, 423 reinforcement structure, 423a neutral plate, 423b end vertical plate, 423c outer plate, 423d inner plate, 423e notch groove;
  • 5 locking mechanism 51 first lock body, 511 locking end, 512 first limiting end, 513 mounting groove, 514 second limiting end, 52 third hinge shaft, 521 locking mounting plate, 522 bolt , 53 first limiting part, 54 first locking driving beam assembly, 541 first pushing beam, 541a first connecting sleeve, 541b first elastic member, 541c first support member, 542 first guiding sleeve, 543 driving beam , 55 second limit part;
  • 51′ lock head 511′ locking part, 512′ supporting part, 513′ arc-shaped notch, 514′ supporting groove, 52′ second lock body, 521′ insertion section, 522′ sliding groove, 523′ large size supporting section, 524′ small size support section, 53′ second locking driving beam assembly, 531′ second push beam, 531a′ second connecting sleeve, 531b′ second elastic member, 531c′ second support member, 532′ second guide Sleeve, 533′ connecting beam unit, 533a′ first locking connecting beam, 533b′ second locking connecting beam, 533c′ adapter block, 533c-1′ fixed hinge point, 533c-2′ first hinge point, 533c -3' second hinge point, 54' rotating support body, 541' rotating shaft portion, 542' third limiting portion, 543' sliding rail, 55' fourth limiting portion;
  • the length direction of the piggyback car is the longitudinal direction, and the longitudinal direction also refers to the front and rear direction; in the running plane of the railway vehicle, the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is the transverse direction, and the transverse direction also refers to the left and right direction.
  • the position close to the horizontal center of the railway track is inside, and the position relatively far away from the horizontal center of the railway track is outside; the direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned running plane is the vertical direction, where the direction relatively far away from the ground is up, and the direction relatively close to the ground is down .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a specific embodiment of the body of the piggyback car provided by the present invention.
  • the present invention provides a car body for a packback car, which includes a body portion 1 and a support portion 4.
  • the longitudinal ends of the support portion 4 are both provided with a connecting structure, wherein the connecting structure includes an upper hook 421 and an edge
  • the lower round shaft 412c extends horizontally.
  • the main body 1 is provided with an end connecting mechanism 22.
  • the end connecting mechanism 22 includes an end connecting hook 221 and an end longitudinal support 222.
  • the end connecting hook 221 forms an upwardly arranged hook opening.
  • the lower circular shaft 412c can be hung on the hook opening of the end connecting hook 221, and the upper hook 421 can be clamped to the end longitudinal support 222.
  • the connection between the holder part 4 and the main body part 1 can be more reliable; and during separation, by lifting the main body part 1, the main body part 1 and the holder part 4 can also be carried out with the central axis of the lower circular shaft 412c as the center of rotation. The relative rotation forces the connection between the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal connector 222 to loosen, thereby facilitating the separation of the holder 4 and the main body 1.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the support part
  • Figure 3 is an exploded view of Figure 2
  • Figure 4 is a partial enlarged view of the upper hook in Figure 3
  • Figure 5 is a front view of Figure 4
  • Fig. 3 is a partial enlarged view at A
  • Fig. 7 is a partial enlarged view at B in Fig. 3
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the end wall
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Fig. 8 from another perspective
  • 10 is the connection structure diagram of the middle wall and the inclined wall
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of FIG. 10 from another perspective.
  • the clamping surface of the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal support 222 may include a top surface section 421a and two side surface sections 421b to form a U-shaped card with the opening facing downward.
  • the clamping surface can form a tapered clamping port that gradually shrinks from bottom to top.
  • This type of tapered clamping port can facilitate the clamping of the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal support 222, and the clamping effect will be improved.
  • a connection characteristic of tighter and tighter can be formed; moreover, since the lower opening of the tapered mounting port is larger, once the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal support 222 The connection between the two is loosened, and the separation of the two can be easier.
  • tapered bayonet port solution is only a preferred solution of the embodiment of the present invention, and cannot be used as a limitation on the scope of implementation of the car body of the piggyback vehicle provided by the present invention.
  • two The side sections 421b can also be arranged as vertical surfaces, which can also meet the technical effect of snap-fitting with the main body.
  • the holder wear plates 421c can be provided on the two side sections 421b to replace the direct wear of the upper hook 421 by the wear of the holder wear plates 421c, which has a positive effect on improving the service life of the holder 4.
  • each holder wear plate 421c can be connected to the side section 421b by a connecting piece in the form of screws, and the friction force received by each holder wear plate 421c during installation, separation and use of the holder 4
  • the direction is perpendicular to the axial direction of the above-mentioned connecting parts, which will cause the connecting parts to bear unnecessary shearing force. Under long-term use conditions, this shearing force will seriously affect the reliable connection of the wear plate 421c of the support part. sex. In fact, even if the holder wear plate 421c is fixed by welding, the welding seam will receive the above-mentioned shearing force.
  • a shear stop structure may be provided between the holder wear plate 421c and the side section 421b, so that the shear stop structure can offset the friction force of the holder wear plate 421c.
  • Each connecting piece or welding seam
  • Each connecting piece can basically be in a state of no force in the vertical direction, and the reliability of the connection can be higher.
  • the anti-shear stop structure can be provided on the holder wear plate 421c, such as the holder wear plate 421c on the left side in FIG.
  • the transverse portion can resist the side section 421b, so that the friction force acting on the wear plate 421c of the support portion can act on the upper hook 421 through the transverse portion, thereby eliminating the above-mentioned shearing force; or, the anti-shearing stop structure is also It can be arranged on the side section 421b, such as the side section 421b on the right side in FIG.
  • the friction force borne by the holder wear plate 421c can be offset by the force with the top wall, so as to finally eliminate the shearing force.
  • the support portion 4 may include a bottom wall 41 and two side walls 42 connected to the bottom wall 41, and upper hooks 421 may be provided at both longitudinal ends of the two side walls 42.
  • the side wall 42 may also be provided with a guide limiter 422, which can be specifically arranged on the upper hook 421, and its shape can be plate-shaped, block-shaped, column-shaped, etc., and is mainly used for It cooperates with the limiting guide of the main body 1 (for specific structure, please refer to the description of the main body 1 below) to guide the installation of the supporting portion 4 and form a lateral limit of the supporting portion 4.
  • a guide limiter 422 can be specifically arranged on the upper hook 421, and its shape can be plate-shaped, block-shaped, column-shaped, etc., and is mainly used for It cooperates with the limiting guide of the main body 1 (for specific structure, please refer to the description of the main body 1 below) to guide the installation of the supporting portion 4 and form a lateral limit of the supporting portion 4.
  • the limit guide of the main body 1 may be provided with a limit guide groove, from bottom to top, the limit guide groove may include a groove section of equal width and a groove section of variable width, where the width refers to the horizontal dimension, and the width is equal
  • the width of the groove section can be roughly the same as that of the guide limiter 422, and the width of the widened groove section can gradually increase from bottom to top.
  • the guide limiter 422 and the widened groove section can cooperate with each other to match the support part.
  • the installation of 4 is guided to ensure the accuracy of the mounting position of the bracket 4, and when the guide limiting member 422 is inserted into the equal width groove section, the cooperation of the guide limiting member 422 and the equal width groove section can perform the support 4 Horizontal limit.
  • the outer side of the side wall 42 may also be provided with a reinforcing structure 423 to improve the strength of the side wall 42.
  • the reinforcing structure 423 may be a reinforcing member in the form of a stiffener, a reinforcing plate, etc.
  • the reinforced structure 423 can be an installation position for the container lock. In this way, a separate reinforced structure 423 can be omitted, which is beneficial to simplify the structure of the side wall 42.
  • the upper cover plate of the side wall 42 can be modified first, and the outer side of the upper cover plate can be provided with a notch groove 423e corresponding to the notch groove 423e
  • the position of the inner plate 423d and the outer plate 423c, and the neutral plate 423a and the end plate 423b connecting the inner plate 423d and the outer plate 423c can be arranged on the inner and outer sides respectively.
  • This form of installation position has a strengthening effect on the side wall 42 Obviously, it can replace traditional reinforcing ribs, reinforcing plates and other forms of reinforcing parts.
  • the bottom wall 41 may include a middle wall 411 and end walls 412 located on both longitudinal sides of the middle wall 411.
  • the end wall 412 can include a main body portion 412a and a connecting portion 412b, wherein the connecting portion 412b can be used to connect the main body portion 412a and the side wall 42; during the loading and unloading process, due to road vehicles To continuously drive up and down, the wheels of road vehicles must frequently crush the main body portion 412a.
  • the main body portion 412a can adopt a box-type structure. This aspect can ensure the strength, and the other In this way, the weight can be reduced; the lower round shaft 412c can be installed at the end of the main body 412a away from the central wall 411.
  • the connecting portion 412b can be a C-shaped plate including the vertical plate portion 412b-1 and the side plate portion 412b-2. In this way, the strength of the connecting portion 412b itself can be higher, which can ensure the main body portion 412a and the side wall 42 to a greater extent. Connection reliability.
  • the side plate portion 412b-2 may also include an inclined plate section 412b-3 that gradually slopes upward from the inside to the outside. With reference to FIG. 8, this form of the inclined plate section 412b-3 can guide the tires of road vehicles to the fullest extent possible. It is possible to ensure that the tires of the road vehicle roll on the main body portion 412a.
  • the lateral sides of the main body portion 412a may also be provided with pressing plates 412d.
  • the pressing plates 412d may exist as a driving part to drive the brake pipe guard (not shown in the figure) to rotate. return.
  • the middle wall 411 may include two longitudinal beams 411a arranged at intervals along the transverse direction, and the two longitudinal beams 411a may be connected by a plurality of transverse beams 411b arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction. Since the weight of road vehicles is mainly transmitted by the wheels on both sides in the lateral direction, the middle wall 411 with the above structure can bear the gravity transmitted by the wheels on both sides in the lateral direction through two longitudinal beams 411a spaced apart in the lateral direction.
  • the part of the transverse middle area that does not need to be in direct contact with the wheel can adopt a hollow structure composed of several spaced transverse beams 411b, which has a positive effect on reducing the weight of the middle wall 411.
  • the central wall 411 can also be an integrated wall, which does not affect its bearing function for road vehicles.
  • Each longitudinal beam 411a may include a flat beam section 411a-1 and a grid beam section 411a-2
  • the flat beam section 411a-1 may include a flat plate 411a-1a and a number of reinforcing beams 411a-1b installed at the bottom of the flat plate 411a-1a
  • the structural forms of the reinforcing beams 411a-1b can be varied, as shown in the figure, the scheme is a combination of transversely and longitudinally staggered beams. Of course, other structures can also be used, as long as the plate 411a-1a can be strengthened.
  • the technical effect is sufficient; the grid beam section 411a-2 may include a number of small beams 411a-2a arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction. Two small beams 411a-2a adjacent in the longitudinal direction can be connected by connecting plates 411a-2b. .
  • the flat beam section 411a-1 is also It can be used as the parking position of the outrigger of the semi-trailer, so as to cooperate with the bottom plate of the outrigger, so as to reliably support the outrigger of the semi-trailer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the proportion of the longitudinal beam 411a and the transverse beam 411b in the transverse direction of the central wall 411, and also does not limit the flat beam section 411a-1 and the grid beam section 411a-2 in the longitudinal beam.
  • the proportion of 411a in the longitudinal direction can be set by those skilled in the art according to actual needs during specific implementation.
  • the middle wall 411 may also be provided with a longitudinal positioning structure.
  • the longitudinal positioning structure may include a longitudinal positioning block 411b-2, and may be installed on the transverse beam 411b, and the longitudinal positioning block 411b-2 may be provided with a V-shape or Positioning ports of other shapes.
  • the positioning device on the ground can interact with the positioning port to accurately locate the longitudinal position of the piggyback vehicle, which is more convenient for the support part 4. Installation and separation.
  • the mounting and separating methods of the holder 4 and the main body mainly include rotation and translation: for the rotating solution, it is also necessary to provide the holder 4 with a rotation center inserting portion 411b-1, which is the rotation center inserting portion 411b-1 Specifically, it can be hole-shaped or slot-shaped, and its installation position can be on the transverse beam 411b. After the piggyback truck is driven to the designated station, the ground equipment can provide a rotating pin by lifting, etc., and insert it into the above-mentioned center of rotation.
  • the connecting portion 411b-1 can then be used as the center of rotation of the holder 4; for the translation solution, a connecting mounting position 412a-1 of the translation driving member can also be provided on the bottom surface of the holder 4.
  • the connecting mounting position 412a-1 is also It can be a hole type or a groove type. In FIG.
  • the bottom wall 41 may also include an inclined wall 413 gradually inclined upward from the inside to the outside.
  • the inclined wall 413 is located on both lateral sides of the middle wall 411 and is used to connect the middle wall 411 and the side wall 42.
  • the function of the inclined wall body 413 is similar to the aforementioned inclined plate portion 412b-3, which can be used to guide the tires of road vehicles to ensure that the tires of road vehicles stay on the two longitudinal beams 411a as much as possible; In the solution shown in the figure, the longitudinal ends of the inclined wall body 413 can be connected to the aforementioned inclined plate portion 412b-3.
  • the structure of the body 1 of the packback car body provided by the present invention is not actually limited, as long as it can have the aforementioned end connecting mechanism 22 to be connected to the longitudinal ends of the holder 4
  • the connection structure can be matched.
  • the vehicle body can be divided into two forms according to the number of support parts 4 included in each vehicle body:
  • the number of the holder 4 can be one, and the main body 1 can include two end underframes 2.
  • a bogie can be provided under the two end underframes 2 respectively.
  • Both the bottom frames 2 can be provided with the aforementioned end connecting mechanism 22, and the support portion 4 can be installed between the bottom frames 2 at both ends.
  • the number of the supporting parts 4 can be multiple, and the number of the supporting parts 4 is usually not more than two due to the limitation of the axle load.
  • the main body 1 may include two end chassis 2 and a joint chassis 3
  • the joint chassis 3 may include two joint chassis sub-parts 3a, and the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a can pass through
  • the joints are connected and located between the underframes 2 at both ends.
  • a bogie is provided under the underframes 2 at both ends.
  • the two joint underframe sub-parts 3a can share one bogie, and the two support parts 4 can They are installed between the adjacent end underframe 2 and the joint underframe sub-section 3a; in this way, the longitudinal length of each car body can be more fully utilized to increase the cargo capacity of the car body, which can effectively Reduce transportation costs.
  • FIG. 13 is a structural diagram of the end chassis body and the end connecting mechanism
  • FIG. 14 is a side view of the structure in FIG. 13 installed on the bogie and connected to the support portion
  • FIG. 15 is an exploded view of FIG. 13
  • FIG. 16 is FIG.
  • FIG. 13 An enlarged view of the longitudinal support member at the middle end
  • Figure 17 is an enlarged view of the lateral stop member at the end in Figure 13
  • Figure 18 is an enlarged view of the first composition in Figure 13
  • Figure 19 is an enlarged view of the second composition in Figure 13
  • Figure 20 is an enlarged view of the third composition in Figure 13
  • Figure 21 is an enlarged view of the third longitudinal beam and the fourth longitudinal beam in Figure 13
  • Figure 22 is the first corbel and the second corbel in Figure 13
  • Enlarged view FIG. 23 is an enlarged view of an end side bearing in FIG. 13
  • FIG. 24 is an enlarged view of a container lock seat in FIG. 13
  • FIG. 25 is an enlarged view of a group of reinforcing plates in FIG.
  • two adjacent car bodies can be connected by two end underframes 2.
  • the two end underframes 2 are connected by couplers.
  • a bogie is provided under each end underframe 2, that is, one end underframe 2 is correspondingly installed on a bogie.
  • the end connecting mechanism 22 is connected to the rear end of the end chassis body 21.
  • the definitions of front and rear are mainly determined in conjunction with the perspective in the drawings. In fact, since each car body includes two For the symmetrical end chassis 2, the front and rear, left and right positional relationships of the two end chassis 2 are actually opposite. This can be understood in conjunction with the front, rear, left, and right labels in FIG. 12.
  • the end connecting mechanism 22 includes an end connecting hook 221.
  • the hook opening of the end connecting hook 221 faces upward, and the inner hook surface of the end connecting hook 221 is provided with an end groove 221a extending in the transverse direction.
  • the lower round shaft 412c of the holder 4 is placed in the end groove 221a, and receives the upward supporting force from the inner surface of the end groove 221a, so that the vertical direction is effectively supported.
  • the inner surface of the end groove 221a can also play a certain longitudinal limit on the lower round shaft 412c. Therefore, the end underframe 2 and the supporting portion 4 have better connection reliability.
  • the lower round shaft 412c can be released from the end groove 221a, which facilitates the separation of the end chassis 2 and the holder 4.
  • the end connecting mechanism 22 further includes an end longitudinal support 222, the end longitudinal support 222 is located above the end connecting hook 221, and can be directly above or diagonally above.
  • the end longitudinal support 222 includes an end longitudinal support body 222a and end wear plates 222b fixed to the front and rear ends of the end longitudinal support body 222a.
  • the end of the holder 4 is provided with an upper hook 421, and the hook opening of the upper hook 421 faces downward.
  • the end longitudinal support body 222a extends into the hook opening of the upper hook 421, and the two are hooked together.
  • the front end wear plate 222b and the inner hook front side of the upper hook 421 When abutting, the end wear plate 222b at the rear end abuts against the rear side of the inner hook surface of the upper hook 421, thereby supporting the supporting portion 4 in the longitudinal direction. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the end chassis 2 and the support portion 4 can be further improved, and the separation convenience of the end chassis 2 and the support portion 4 will not be affected.
  • the upper part of the end wear plate 222b at the front end is inclined backward relative to the lower part, and the upper part of the end wear plate 222b at the rear end is inclined forward relative to the lower part.
  • the inner surface of the end groove 221a forms an end guide surface, which when matched with the lower round shaft 412c can guide the drop of the holder 4 during installation, and the end guide surface It can also be matched with the lower round shaft 412c to guide the rotation and separation of the holder 4 and the main body 1.
  • the above-mentioned end guide surface can guide the lower round shaft 412c to gradually slide into the end connecting hook 221 to guide the installation of the bracket 4, and
  • the degree of clamping between the end longitudinal support body 222a and the upper hook 421 can be gradually increased, so that the upper hook 421 can hook the end longitudinal support body 222a firmly; separating the holder 4 from the end
  • an upward lifting force force F in Figure 14
  • the end bottom frame 2 is in the end groove 221a.
  • the top of the end longitudinal support body 222a is a trapezoidal structure with a small upper part and a larger lower part (see FIG. 16), and the height position of the end wear plate 222b at the rear end is lower than the height position of the end wear plate 222b at the front end.
  • the structure for avoiding interference is not limited to this, and can be adjusted reasonably in actual implementation.
  • the end wear plate 222b and the end longitudinal support body 222a are connected by bolts and nuts.
  • the end longitudinal support body 222a has a hollow structure and has an oblong hole at the bottom, which facilitates the replacement of the end wear plate 222b.
  • the end groove 221a is a cylindrical groove (see FIG. 13), so that the inner surface of the groove 221a can play the above-mentioned guiding role when matched with the lower cylindrical shaft 412c.
  • the end The part groove 221a is not limited to a cylindrical groove.
  • the end connecting mechanism 22 further includes an end transverse limiting member 223, and the end transverse limiting member 223 is the guide limiting member provided on the end chassis 2 and the support portion 4.
  • the positioning member 422 is matched with the positioning guide, the end transverse positioning member 223 is located above the end connecting hook 221, specifically it may be directly above or diagonally above, and the end transverse positioning member 223 is located at the end
  • the front of the longitudinal support 222 may be directly in front or obliquely in front.
  • the end lateral limiting member 223 includes an end lateral limiting groove 223a.
  • the guide limiter 422 is inserted into the end transverse limit groove 223a, and the left and right groove walls of the end transverse limit groove 223a are respectively located on the left and right sides of the guide limiter 422 Side to define the lateral position of the guide limiter 422. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the end chassis 2 and the holder 4 can be further improved.
  • the upper part of the left side groove wall and/or the upper part of the right side groove wall of the end lateral limiting groove 223a may respectively form a left guiding surface 223b and a right guiding surface 223c (see FIG. 17), and the left guiding surface
  • the upper side of 223b is inclined to the left relative to the lower side
  • the upper side of the right guiding surface 223c is inclined to the right relative to the lower side, so that the guiding limiting member 422 can be guided into the end lateral limiting groove 223a.
  • the end lateral limiting member 223 is composed of a U-shaped plate and two ribs. In actual implementation, the structure of the end lateral limiting member 223 is not limited to this.
  • the end underframe body 21 includes a first beam 2101, a second beam 2102, a first longitudinal beam 2103, a second longitudinal beam 2104, a third longitudinal beam 2105, a fourth longitudinal beam 2106, The first bolster 2107, the second bolster 2108, the end traction beam 2109, the impact seat 2110, the end side bearing 2112, the saddle mounting seat 2114, and the buffer mounting seat 2115 (see FIG. 20).
  • the first beam 2101 is arranged in front of the second beam 2102
  • the first longitudinal beam 2103 and the second longitudinal beam 2104 are respectively fixed on the rear sides of both ends of the first beam 2101
  • the four longitudinal beams 2106 are respectively fixed on the front sides of both ends of the second longitudinal beam 2102
  • the rear end of the first longitudinal beam 2103 and the front end of the third longitudinal beam 2105 are respectively fixed to the right end of the first corbel 2107
  • the rear end and the front end of the fourth longitudinal beam 2106 are respectively fixed to the left end of the second bolster 2108 to form a frame.
  • the end traction beam 2109 is located inside the frame.
  • the front end of the end traction beam 2109 is fixed to the first cross beam 2101, and the rear end is fixed to the second cross beam 2102.
  • the left and right sides of the traction beam 2109 are fixed.
  • the fixing method between the beam and the beam can be welding.
  • the impact seat 2110 is fixed on the front side of the first cross beam 2101, and specifically can be riveted or bolted.
  • the impact seat 2110 is connected to the coupler to withstand the impact of the coupler.
  • the end connecting mechanism 22 is fixed to the second cross beam 2102, specifically, it can be fixed by welding.
  • One end side bearing 2112 is fixed to the first bolster 2107, and the other end side bearing 2112 is fixed to the second bolster 2108, which can be fixed by welding.
  • the second cross beam 2102 and the end connecting hook 221 constitute the first component.
  • two end connecting hooks 221 are provided, one is fixed on the lower side of the left end of the second cross beam 2102, and the other is fixed on the lower side of the right end of the second cross beam 2102.
  • there are also two end longitudinal supports 222 one is fixed on the rear side of the left end of the second beam 2102, the other is fixed on the rear side of the right end of the second beam 2102, and two end transverse limits are also provided.
  • One of the positioning members 223 is fixed on the upper side of the left end of the second cross beam 2102, and the other is fixed on the upper side of the right end of the second cross beam 2102.
  • the first cross beam 2101, the first longitudinal beam 2103, the second longitudinal beam 2104 and the impact seat 2110 constitute a second composition.
  • the end traction beam 2109 includes a traction upper plate and a traction lower plate arranged in parallel, and a traction web arranged between the two.
  • the traction upper plate is provided with a plate opening for the saddle mounting seat 2114 to be exposed.
  • the third longitudinal beam and the fourth longitudinal beam have the same structure, and both include a trough beam with a slot facing upwards, a cover plate covering the slot of the trough beam, and a transverse beam passing through the trough beam. Round tube.
  • the first corbel and the second corbel have the same structure, and both include a corbel upper plate, a corbel lower plate, two corbel webs, and two corbel diaphragms.
  • the two end side bearings have the same structure.
  • the end side bearing includes a side bearing bottom plate, three side bearing upright plates, a side bearing adjustment pad and a side bearing wear plate.
  • Three side bearing upright plates are connected above the side bearing bottom plate and the three are connected in an I-shape.
  • the side bearing adjustment pad is connected below the side bearing bottom plate, the side bearing wear plate is connected below the side bearing adjustment pad, and the three are connected together by bolts, nuts and washers.
  • the end underframe body 21 further includes two container lock seats 2111.
  • a container lock seat 2111 is fixed on the upper side of the third longitudinal beam 2105, the first corbel 2107 and the second cross beam 2102, and the other container lock seat 2111 is fixed on the fourth longitudinal beam 2106, the second corbel 2108 and the second beam 2102 The upper side can be fixed by welding.
  • the two container lock seats 2111 have the same structure.
  • the container lock base 2111 includes a horizontally arranged container bottom plate, a longitudinal container vertical plate connected to the left and right sides of the container bottom plate, and three horizontal container vertical plates connected between two longitudinal container vertical plates.
  • the vertical plate one horizontal container vertical plate is located at the end of the container bottom plate, and the other two horizontal container vertical plates are located in the middle of the container bottom plate.
  • Rib plates are arranged between the two horizontal vertical container vertical plates in the middle part and the container bottom plate, and the rib plates are located between the two horizontal vertical vertical plates in the middle part.
  • the end chassis body 21 further includes a reinforcing plate 2113.
  • a reinforcing plate 2113 there are two sets of reinforcing plates 2113, one group is connected between the second cross beam 2102 and the third longitudinal beam 2105, and the other group is connected between the second cross beam 2102 and the fourth longitudinal beam 2106.
  • the two sets of reinforcing components 2113 have the same structure.
  • each set of reinforcing components 2113 includes one transverse rib and two triangular ribs.
  • the structure of the joint underframe 3 is similar to the end underframe 2, especially at the end connecting mechanism 22.
  • Figure 26 for the structure of the joint underframe
  • Figure 27 for the mounting on the bogie in Figure 26.
  • Figure 28 is a structural view of one joint chassis subsection in Figure 26
  • Figure 29 is another perspective view of Figure 28
  • Figure 30 is another joint chassis subsection in Figure 26
  • Fig. 31 is an exploded view of Fig. 28,
  • Fig. 32 is an enlarged view of the joint longitudinal support in Fig. 31
  • Fig. 33 is an enlarged view of the joint lateral limiter in Fig. 31, and
  • Fig. 34 is the first component in Fig. 31
  • Figure 35 is an enlarged view of the second joint beam and the third joint beam in Figure 31
  • Figure 36 is an enlarged view of a joint side bearing in Figure 31
  • Figure 37 is a set of reinforcement plates in Figure 31 Zoom in.
  • the joint chassis sub-part 3a includes a joint chassis body 31, a joint connecting mechanism 32 and a joint 33.
  • the joint connecting mechanism 32 is the end connecting mechanism 3 installed on the joint chassis 3, which is fixed on the joint
  • the rear end of the base body 31 and the joint 33 are fixed to the front end of the joint base body 31.
  • the ends of the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a that are close to each other are the front ends of the two, and the ends that are far away from each other are the rear ends of the two.
  • the joints 33 of the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a are connected by joint bearings. In the connected state, the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a can rotate in the lateral and vertical directions to adapt to the flexibility of the vehicle when turning and walking on slopes. need.
  • each joint chassis sub-part 3a is connected to a support part 4, so that two adjacent support parts 4 are connected by the joint chassis 3, and two joint chassis sub-parts 3a are provided below
  • One bogie that is, two joint chassis sub-parts 3a (one joint chassis 3) are correspondingly installed on one bogie.
  • the structures of the joints 33 of the two joint chassis subsections 3a are different.
  • the joint 33 of one joint chassis subsection 3a is configured as a concave joint
  • the joint of the other joint chassis subsection 3a is configured as a concave joint. It is a convex joint. In the connected state, the convex joint extends into the concave joint to realize a rotatably connected.
  • the structure of the joint connection mechanism 32 of the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a is the same, and the structure of the joint chassis body 31 is also the same.
  • the joint connection structure 32 of the two joint chassis parts 3a is relatively laterally symmetrical. It is also relatively laterally symmetric.
  • the specific structure of the joint connection mechanism 32 will be described below first, and then the specific structure of the joint chassis body 31 will be described.
  • the joint connection mechanism 32 includes a joint connection hook 321.
  • the hook opening of the joint hook 321 faces upward, and the inner hook surface of the joint hook 321 is provided with a joint groove 321 a extending in the transverse direction.
  • the lower round shaft 412c of the holder 4 is placed in the joint groove 321a, and receives the upward supporting force from the inner surface of the joint groove 321a, so that the vertical direction is effectively supported, and at the same time,
  • the inner surface of the joint groove 321a can also play a certain longitudinal limit on the lower round shaft 412c. Therefore, the joint base frame 3 and the support portion 4 have better connection reliability.
  • the lower round shaft 412c can be released from the joint groove 321a, which facilitates the separation of the joint chassis 3 and the holder 4.
  • the joint connection mechanism 32 further includes a joint longitudinal support 322, which is located above the joint connection hook 321, and may be directly above or diagonally above.
  • the joint longitudinal support 322 includes a joint longitudinal support body 322a and a joint wear plate 322b fixed to the front and rear ends of the joint longitudinal support body 322a.
  • the upper side of the end of the holder 4 is provided with an upper hook 421, and the hook opening of the upper hook 421 faces downward.
  • the end longitudinal support body 322a extends into the hook opening of the upper hook 421, and the two are hooked together.
  • the joint wear plate 322b at the front end abuts the front side of the inner hook of the upper hook 421.
  • the joint wear plate 322b at the rear end abuts against the rear side of the inner hook surface of the upper hook 421, thereby supporting the support portion 4 in the longitudinal direction. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the joint base frame 3 and the support portion 4 can be further improved, and the separation convenience of the joint base frame 3 and the support portion 4 will not be affected.
  • the upper part of the joint wear plate 322b at the front end is inclined backward relative to the lower part, and the upper part of the joint wear plate 322b at the rear end is inclined forward relative to the lower part.
  • the inner surface of the joint groove 321a forms a joint guide surface, which when matched with the lower circular shaft 412c, can guide the drop of the holder 4 during installation, and the joint guide surface can also interact with the lower part.
  • the round shaft 412c cooperates to guide the rotation and separation of the support portion 4 and the joint chassis 3.
  • the joint guide surface can guide the lower circular shaft 412c to gradually slide into the joint connecting hook 321 to guide the installation of the holder 4, and the joint guide surface 4
  • the degree of clamping between the joint longitudinal support body 322a and the upper hook 421 can be gradually increased, so that the upper hook 421 can hook firmly to the joint longitudinal support body 322a; when the bracket 4 and the joint chassis 3 are separated, An upward lifting force (force F in Figure 27) can be applied to the position of the joint chassis 3 near the rear end.
  • force F force in Figure 27
  • the central axis of the circular shaft 412c is the center of rotation to rotate, so that the joint longitudinal support body 322a and the upper hook 421 can be unlocked, thereby facilitating the separation of the joint base frame 3 and the support portion 4.
  • such an arrangement can improve the connection reliability and separation convenience of the joint chassis 3 and the support part 4.
  • the top of the joint longitudinal support body 322a is a trapezoidal structure with a small upper part and a larger lower part (see FIG. 32).
  • the height position of the joint wear plate 322b at the rear end is lower than the height position of the joint wear plate 322b at the front end. It is ensured that the joint chassis sub-part 3a can smoothly produce the above-mentioned lateral rotation without interference.
  • the structure for avoiding interference is not limited to this, and can be adjusted reasonably in actual implementation.
  • the joint wear plate 322b and the joint longitudinal support body 322a are connected by bolts and nuts.
  • the joint longitudinal support body 322a has a hollow structure and has an oblong hole at the bottom, which facilitates the replacement of the joint wear plate 322b.
  • the joint groove 321a is a cylindrical groove (see FIG. 28), so that the inner surface of the joint groove 321a can play the above-mentioned guiding role when matched with the cylindrical lower shaft 412c.
  • the joint groove The groove 321a is not limited to a cylindrical groove.
  • the joint connection mechanism 32 further includes a joint lateral limiter 323, which is a guide limiter 422 disposed on the joint chassis 3 and opposite to the support portion 4.
  • the joint lateral limiting member 323 is located above the joint connecting hook 321, which can be directly above or obliquely above, and the joint lateral limiting member 323 is located in front of the joint longitudinal support 322, specifically It can be straight ahead or diagonally forward.
  • the joint lateral limiting member 323 includes a joint lateral limiting groove 323a.
  • the guide limiter 422 is inserted into the joint transverse limit groove 323a, and the left and right groove walls of the joint transverse limit groove 323a are located on the left and right sides of the guide limiter 422, respectively. Side to define the lateral position of the guide limiter 422. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the joint chassis 3 and the support portion 4 can be further improved.
  • the upper part of the left side groove wall and/or the upper part of the right side groove wall of the joint lateral limiting groove 323a respectively form a left guiding surface 323b and a right guiding surface 323c (see FIG. 33), and the left guiding surface 323b
  • the upper side is inclined to the left relative to the lower side
  • the upper side of the right guiding surface 323c is inclined to the right relative to the lower side, so that the guiding limiting member 422 can be guided into the joint lateral limiting groove 323a.
  • the joint lateral limiting member 323 is composed of a U-shaped plate and two rib plates. In actual implementation, the structure of the joint lateral limiting member 323 is not limited to this.
  • the joint chassis body 31 includes a first joint beam 3101, a second joint beam 3102, a third joint beam 3103, a first joint longitudinal beam 3104, a second joint longitudinal beam 3105, and a joint traction beam. 3106, the first joint floor 3107, the second joint floor 3108.
  • the first joint beam 3101 is arranged behind the second joint beam 3102 and the third joint beam 3103.
  • the left end of the first joint beam 3101 is fixed by the first joint beam 3104 and the left end of the second joint beam 3102.
  • the right end is fixed with the right end of the second joint longitudinal beam 3105 and the third joint beam 3103.
  • the right end of the second joint beam 3102 and the left end of the third joint beam 3103 are respectively fixed to the front end of the joint traction beam 3106, thereby forming a joint frame; joint traction
  • the rear end of the beam 3106 is fixed to the first joint cross beam 3101; the fixing method between the beam and the beam may be welding.
  • the joint 33 is fixed at the front end of the joint traction beam 3106, which may be fixed by welding.
  • the first joint floor 3107 and the second joint floor 3108 cover the top frame of the joint frame and are respectively located on the left and right sides of the joint traction beam 3106.
  • the first joint floor 3107 is fixed to the second joint cross beam 3102 and the first joint longitudinal beam 3104
  • the joint traction beam 3106, the second joint floor 3108 is fixed to the third joint cross beam 3103, the second joint longitudinal beam 3105 and the joint traction beam 3106, which may be fixed by welding.
  • the first joint beam 3101 and the joint connecting hook 321 constitute the first component.
  • One of the positioning members 323 is fixed on the upper side of the left end of the first joint beam 3101, and the other is fixed on the upper side of the right end of the first joint beam 3101.
  • the second joint cross beam 3102 and the third joint cross beam 3103 have the same structure, and both include a bottom plate, a double web, and a partition arranged between the double webs (see FIG. 35).
  • the first joint longitudinal beam 3104 and the second joint longitudinal beam 3105 have the same structure, and both are groove-shaped beams with upward notches (see FIG. 31).
  • the first joint floor 3107 and the second joint floor 3108 have the same structure, and both have a plate structure with a hole in the center.
  • the articulated traction beam 3106 includes a traction upper cover plate and a traction lower cover plate, and a traction vertical plate arranged between the two.
  • the joint chassis body further includes two joint side bearings 3109.
  • the two joint side bearings 3109 are respectively located on the left and right sides of the joint 33.
  • One joint side bearing 3109 is fixed on the second joint beam 3102.
  • another joint side bearing 3109 is fixed on the front side of the third joint beam 3103.
  • the structure of the two joint side bearings 3109 is the same.
  • the joint side bearing includes a side bearing lower cover plate, a side bearing upper cover plate and a side bearing upright plate arranged between the two.
  • the joint chassis body 31 further includes a reinforcing plate 3110.
  • a reinforcing plate 3110 there are two sets of reinforcing plates 3110 (see Figure 31), one set of reinforcing plates 3110 is fixed between the first joint floor 3107 and the first joint beam 3101, and the other set of reinforcing plates The piece is fixed between the second joint floor 3108 and the first joint beam 3101.
  • each set of reinforcing components 3110 includes one transverse rib and two triangular ribs.
  • Both the end chassis 2 and the joint chassis 3 can be equipped with a locking mechanism 5, which can lock or unlock the vertical support portion 4 and the main body 1, and the locking mechanism 5 is on the end chassis 2
  • the installation position of the joint chassis 3 is similar.
  • the end connecting hook 221 includes an end hook main body 221b, and the end hook main body 221b includes two end hook split bodies 221b-1 arranged at a lateral interval and formed in two The end accommodating cavity 221b-2 between the end hook split bodies 221b-1, and the locking mechanism 4 can be installed in the end accommodating cavity 221b-2.
  • the end connecting hook 221 further includes an end hook wall plate 221c covering the outer hook surface of the end hook body 221b.
  • the end hook wall plate 221c is provided with an end first connecting hole 221d, and the end first The connecting hole 221d communicates with the end accommodating cavity 221b-2, so that the unlocking member can extend into the end accommodating cavity 221b-2 through the end first connecting hole 221d to unlock the locking mechanism. Can be separated from the end chassis 2.
  • the end connecting hook 221 is also provided with an end second connecting hole 221e.
  • the joint hook 321 includes a joint hook main body 321b, and the joint hook main body 321b includes two joint hook split bodies 321b-1 arranged at a lateral interval and formed between the two joint hook split bodies 321b-1
  • the joint accommodating cavity 321b-2, the locking mechanism 5 can be installed in the joint accommodating cavity 321b-2.
  • the joint hook 321 also includes a joint hook wall plate 321c covering the outer hook surface of the joint hook body 321b.
  • the joint hook wall plate 321c is provided with a joint first connection hole 321d, and the joint first connection hole 321d and the joint receiving The cavity 321b-2 communicates so that the unlocking component can extend into the joint receiving cavity 321b-2 through the joint first connecting hole 321d to unlock the locking mechanism. After unlocking, the holder 4 can be separated from the joint chassis 3.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides the locking mechanism 5 with two structures.
  • the first locking mechanism 5 can refer to Figures 38-44.
  • Figure 38 is a structural diagram of the first locking mechanism installed on the end connecting hook
  • Figure 39 is the end connecting hook
  • Fig. 40 is a side view of Fig. 39 in a locked state
  • Fig. 41 is a side view of Fig. 39 in an unlocked state
  • Fig. 42 is a connection structure diagram of the first lock body and the first locking driving beam assembly
  • Fig. 43 is an exploded view of Fig. 42
  • Fig. 44 is a structural view of the first restricting portion, the second restricting portion, and the first guide sleeve fixed to the end connecting hook.
  • the locking mechanism 5 includes: a first lock body 51, the first lock body 51 is hinged with an end connecting hook 221 through a third hinge shaft 52, one end of the first lock body 51 is for locking The end 511, the other end is the first limiting end 512, the third hinge shaft 52 is located between the locking end 511 and the first limiting end 512; the first limiting portion 53, the first limiting portion 53 Fixed in the end receiving cavity 221b-2 (see Figure 44);
  • the first locking driving beam assembly 54 is connected to the first lock body 51;
  • the first locking driving beam assembly 54 can drive the first limiting end portion 512 to disengage from the first limiting portion 53 from bottom to top, and the locking end portion 511 to rotate away from the supporting portion 4.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the structure of the first limiting portion 53, which may be plate-shaped or block-shaped; similarly, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the number of the first limiting portion 53, which It can be one, or it can include a plurality of mutually independent limiters, as long as it can achieve the above-mentioned technical effects.
  • the first locking drive beam assembly 54 may include a first push beam 541, a first guide sleeve 542, and a transmission beam 543.
  • the first guide sleeve 542 is fixed at the end to accommodate In the cavity 221b-2 (refer to FIG. 44), the first push beam 541 and the first guide sleeve 542 can be slidably connected, one end of the transmission beam 543 can be hinged with the first lock body 51, and the other end can be connected to the first push beam 541 articulated.
  • the hinged transmission beam 543 can convert the linear motion of the first push beam 541 into the rotational motion of the first lock body 51 to transmit to the first lock body 51
  • the unlocking driving force can realize the unlocking of the first lock body 51; and when the driving force disappears, relying on its own gravity, etc., the first push beam 541 can automatically slide down along the first guide sleeve 542 and drive the first lock body
  • the reverse rotation of 51 can realize the automatic locking of the first lock body 51.
  • the reverse driving force can also be provided by an external device to drive the first push beam 541 to reset and lock.
  • the first push beam 541 may directly face the first connecting hole 221d at the end (refer to FIGS. 40 and 41), so that the unlocking member can pass through the first connecting hole 221d at the end to contact the first push beam 541, thereby facing the first connecting hole 221d.
  • a push beam 541 applies upward unlocking driving force.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the source of the driving force received by the first push beam 541 when unlocking. It can be manually driven.
  • unlocking components such as an unlocking lever can be provided.
  • the unlocking part is manually operated by the staff to generate driving force on the first push beam 541; alternatively, an automatic driving scheme can also be adopted.
  • the power source can be a motor, an air cylinder, an oil cylinder, etc., and these power sources can be installed in the vehicle. Physically, it can also be installed on the ground equipment, which can be specifically selected according to the actual situation.
  • a transmission mechanism can also be provided between the power source and the first push beam 541 to transmit the driving force of the power source.
  • the beam section of the first pushing beam 541 located above the first guide sleeve 542 may also be provided with a first connecting sleeve 541a, as shown in FIG. 43, the first connecting sleeve 541a may specifically be a U-shaped plate. It can be connected with the first push beam 541 and can form a support with the first guide sleeve 542 to serve as a limiting component for the first push beam 541 to move downwards.
  • the transmission beam 543 can be hinged on the two side plate parts of the U-shaped plate. between.
  • the downward movement limit of the first push beam 541 can also be realized by the cooperation of the first limit end 512 and the first limit portion 53.
  • the transmission beam 543 can also be used to limit the position.
  • the transmission beam 543 and the first push beam 541 are hinged. The two are usually set at an angle in the actual working process.
  • the transmission beam 543 can also be used as the first A push beam 541 is a limiting component that moves downward.
  • the linear motion of the first push beam 541 is converted into the rotational motion of the first lock body 51 through the transmission beam 543.
  • other solutions can also be used, such as ,
  • a guide hole can be provided on the first lock body 51, and the first push beam 541 can be hinged in the guide hole.
  • the hinge axis of the first push beam 541 can be in the guide hole The inside slides to naturally drive the first lock body 51 to rotate, so that the conversion from linear motion to rotary motion can also be realized.
  • the locking mechanism 5 may further include a locking first elastic member 541b, one end of the locking first elastic member 541b can interact with the first push beam 541, and the unlocking process is to lock the first elastic member 541b.
  • the locking first elastic member 541b may be a spring, which may be sheathed and installed on the first push beam 541, and the lower end of the first push beam 541 may be provided with a first support 541c, and both ends of the spring may be It respectively interacts with the first guide sleeve 542 and the first support 541c.
  • the first push beam 541 can act as a spring column, which is beneficial to prevent the radial movement of the spring during the expansion and contraction process, and has a positive effect on improving the stability of the structure and the reliability of the power transmission; and this structure is adopted.
  • the first push beam 541 In the unlocked state, the first push beam 541 can move upwards, the locking first elastic member 541b can be compressed, and when the lock is restored, the first push beam 541 can move downwards, and the locking first elastic member 541b can freed.
  • the locking of the first elastic member 541b can also have a certain amount of pre-compression, that is to say, the locking of the first elastic member 541b can still provide a certain elastic force when locked, which is important for ensuring the first elasticity.
  • the stabilization of the locked state of the first lock body 51 has a positive effect, which can avoid the automatic unlocking of the first lock body 51 when the rail vehicle passes a curve.
  • the first support 541c can be a nut. In this way, by changing the screwed position of the nut, the distance between the first support 541c and the first guide sleeve 542 can be adjusted, and the locked state can be adjusted. The pre-compression amount of the first elastic member 541b is locked down.
  • the locking first elastic member 541b In the unlocked state, the locking first elastic member 541b can actually be in a stretched state. At this time, the installation position of the locking first elastic member 541b can be changed. Specifically, it can be set in the first connecting sleeve. Between 541a and the first guide sleeve 542, and both ends of the first connecting sleeve 541a and the first guide sleeve 542 may be fixedly connected, so as to transmit tensile force.
  • the first lock body 51 may be provided with an installation groove 513, and the transmission beam 543 may be hinged in the installation groove 513, so that the thickness of the locking mechanism in the axial direction of the hinge axis of the transmission beam 543 and the first lock body 51 can be Smaller, the overall structure can be more compact.
  • the above-mentioned installation groove 513 may also be provided in the transmission beam 543, and then the first lock body 51 may be hinged to the installation groove 513 of the transmission beam 543; or, the installation groove 513 may not be provided at this time.
  • the thickness of the assembly formed by the transmission beam 543 and the first lock body 51 in the axial direction of the hinge axis of the transmission beam 543 and the first lock body 51 will be relatively large.
  • the locking mechanism 5 may also include a fixed second limiting portion 55, the second limiting portion 55 may be fixed in the end accommodating cavity 221b-2, and its structure can be similar to the first limiting portion 53 Similarly, no repetitive description will be made here; the first lock body 51 may also include a second limiting end 514, and in the locked state, the second limiting end 514 can interact with the second limiting end from bottom to top. 55 offset.
  • the first lock body 51 in the locked state, can form a three-point support solution, the force of the first lock body 51 is more balanced, and the locking of the first lock body 51 on the holder 4 is more reliable.
  • the first lock body 51 may include two lock arms arranged at an included angle, and the two lock arms may be roughly formed in an L shape, and the third hinge shaft 52 may be arranged at the junction of the two lock arms, that is, an L shape.
  • the end of one locking arm away from the third hinge shaft 52 can be the locking end 511, and the end of the other locking arm away from the third hinge shaft 52 can be the first limiting end 512; two locks A small included angle ( ⁇ 180 degrees) and a large included angle (>180 degrees) are formed between the arms.
  • the side where the small included angle is located is the inner end of the connection, and the side where the large included angle is located is the connection.
  • the outer end can be used as the second limit end 514 mentioned above.
  • the first limiting portion 53 in the locked state, can generate a bottom-up supporting force on the first limiting end 512, and the second limiting portion 55 can generate a bottom-up supporting force on the second limiting end 514.
  • the top-down supporting force coupled with the upward pushing force generated by the holder 4 on the locking end 511, can make the force of the first lock body 51 more balanced; moreover, through the interaction of the three force points, the third
  • the hinge shaft 52 is basically in an unstressed state, which has a positive effect on ensuring the reliability of the locking mechanism.
  • the third hinge shaft 52 can also be used as an installation support point.
  • the outer wall of the third hinge shaft 52 can be provided with a slot, and a locking mounting plate 521 can be provided in the slot (the connection between the locking mounting plate 521 and the third hinge shaft 52 can also be directly (Using welding), the locking mounting plate 521 can be connected to the end connecting hook 221 by bolts 522 and other connectors.
  • the locking mounting plate 521 and the end connecting hook 221 can also be welded And other methods for fixed connection.
  • Figure 45 is a structural diagram of the second locking mechanism installed on the end connecting hook
  • Figure 46 is the end connecting hook, the holder and the second lock
  • Figure 47 is the structure diagram of the end connecting hook, the support portion and the second locking mechanism in the unlocked state.
  • Figure 48 is the second guide sleeve, the fourth limiter, and the rotation The supporting body is fixed to the structure of the end connecting hook.
  • FIG. 49 is the connecting structure diagram of the second push beam and the connecting beam unit and the second lock body.
  • FIG. 50 is the structure diagram of the second connecting sleeve
  • FIG. 51 is the adapter block.
  • Figure 52 is a schematic structural diagram of the lock head
  • Figure 53 is a structural schematic diagram of the second lock body
  • Figure 54 is a structural schematic diagram of the rotating support body.
  • the holder 4 and the end connecting hook 221 can be locked in the vertical direction to ensure reliable connection between the two and driving safety. When unlocking, it does not affect the holder 4 and the end. The convenience of separation of the connecting hook 221.
  • the locking mechanism 5 includes: a lock head 51', which is rotatably connected to the end connecting hook 221, and the lock head 51' is provided on both sides of its rotation centerline.
  • the second locking driving beam assembly 53' when unlocking, can drive the second lock body 52' to slide in a direction away from the lock head 51', and the support portion 512' It can rotate downward about the center line of rotation, and the locking part 511 ′ can rotate upward to release the locking of the holder part without affecting the separation of the holder part 4 from the end connecting hook 221.
  • the rotation setting of the lock head 51' may specifically be a hinged setting.
  • a hinge shaft can be provided for the lock head 51'.
  • the hinge shaft can be fixed to the end connecting hook 221 and located between the locking portion 511' and the supporting portion 512'. between.
  • a rotating support 54' can also be provided.
  • the rotating support 54' can be fixed to the end connecting hook 221, and a rotating shaft portion 541' can be provided thereon.
  • the rotating shaft portion 541' has an arc cylindrical surface, and the lock head 51 may be provided with an arc-shaped notch 513' that matches the rotating shaft portion 541', where matching means that the outer diameter of the rotating shaft portion 541' is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the arc-shaped notch 513'.
  • the lock head 51' When assembling, the lock head 51' can be inserted into the rotating shaft portion 541' through the arc-shaped notch 513', and can be rotated with the central axis of the rotating shaft portion 541' as the rotation center line, so that the lock head 51' can also be realized Rotation settings.
  • the rotation of the lock head 51' can be realized by the offset of the center of gravity.
  • the center of gravity of the lock head 51' can deviate from the rotation center line in the longitudinal direction and is located on the side of the support portion 512'.
  • the arc-shaped notch 513' can be set on the right side of the center of gravity of the lock 51'. In this way, when the second lock body 52' is displaced to the left, the lock 51' can naturally rotate counterclockwise to relieve the support part. Of the lock.
  • a third elastic member in the form of a spring or the like for the lock 51'.
  • the third elastic member can gather elastic force in the form of tensile force/compression force, etc., when the second lock body When 52' gradually moves away, the elastic force of the third elastic member can be released to drive the lock head 51' to automatically rotate and unlock.
  • both of the above two methods can realize the automatic rotation of the lock head 51' when unlocking.
  • those skilled in the art can make a selection according to actual needs.
  • the number of the rotating support bodies 54' can be two. In this way, the lock head 51' can be erected on the two rotating support bodies 54', and the installation stability of the lock head 51' is higher. In addition, the space between the two rotating support bodies 54' can be used to insert the second lock body 52', and the connection structure of the lock head 51', the second lock body 52' and the rotating support body 54' can also be more compact.
  • the rotating support 54' may further include a third limiting portion 542', which may be angular or the like.
  • the third limiting portion 542' may be connected to The support portion 512' resists to limit the downward rotation of the support portion 512'.
  • it can also support the gap where the second lock body 52' is inserted from below the support portion 512' to facilitate the second lock body 52' Is inserted again to support the supporting portion 512'.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the support height of the third limiting portion 542'.
  • those skilled in the art can set it according to actual needs, as long as the third limiting portion 542' and the supporting portion 512' are guaranteed When supporting, the locking portion 511' can unlock the support portion while leaving an insertion gap for the second lock body 52'.
  • a supporting groove 514' may be further provided on the lock 51'.
  • the aforementioned third limiting portion 542' may be inserted into the supporting groove 514'. It can be understood that the depth at which the third limiting portion 542' is inserted into the supporting groove 514' actually determines the supporting height of the supporting portion 512' when unlocked. Therefore, in specific practice, the depth of the supporting groove 514' can also be adjusted. Adjust the supporting height of the supporting portion 512'.
  • the second lock body 52' may include an insertion section 521' with an inclined guide surface.
  • the insertion section 521' can be inserted from below the supporting portion 512' and can be supported by the inclined guide surface
  • the supporting portion 512' is supported by each other to gradually drive the supporting portion 512' to rotate upward, the locking portion 511' to rotate downward, and to lock the supporting portion.
  • the second lock body 52' may only include the insertion section 521'. Under this condition, when in the locked state, the second lock body 52' can still be supported by the inclined guide surface and the supporting portion 512', and when in the unlocked state, The second lock body 52' can be completely disengaged from the support portion 512', or the inclined guide surface can be supported by the support portion 512', that is, when unlocking, the second lock body 52' and the lock head 51' need not be Completely disengaged, at this time, the second lock body 52' itself can also limit the rotation of the lock head 51', and since the lock head 51' is still on the second lock body 52', there is no second lock body 52' For the problem of inability to insert, the aforementioned third limiting portion 542' may not exist.
  • the second lock body 52' may include a three-part structure, which is a large-size support section 523' with a larger vertical size and an insertion section 521 with a vertical variable size. ′ And the small supporting section 524′ with a smaller vertical dimension, the large supporting section 523′ has a first supporting plane, and the small supporting section 524′ has a second supporting plane.
  • the second lock body 52′ In the locked state, the second lock body 52′ It can be supported by the first support plane and the support portion 512', and in the unlocked state, the second lock body 52' can be supported by the second support plane and the support portion 512'.
  • the lock head 51' can be more stable during unlocking and locking; and based on the above design, the support portion 512' and the second lock body 52' are parallel to each other during unlocking. If it is not completely separated, the small-sized supporting section 524' will naturally form a rotation limit of the supporting portion 512', and the aforementioned third limit portion 542' may not exist.
  • the second lock body 52' may also only include a large-size support section 523' (or a small-size support section 524') and an insertion section 521', which can also achieve the second lock body 52' Function.
  • a guiding structure may be provided between the second lock body 52' and the rotating support body 54' to guide the sliding direction of the second lock body 52'.
  • the sliding portion may be an integral structure, such as the elongated sliding rail 543' shown in the drawings, or may also be a split structure, for example, may include a number of sliding blocks arranged at intervals.
  • the fourth limiting portion 55' can be fixed in the end accommodating cavity 221b-2. In the locked state, the fourth limiting portion 55' can freely The top and bottom are pressed against the supporting portion 512'.
  • the lock head 51' in the locked state, the lock head 51' can form a three-point support solution, the force of the lock head 51' is more balanced, and the lock head 51' can be more reliable for the locking of the holder; moreover, due to the three receiving With the interaction of the force points, there is basically no force action between the arc-shaped notch 513' and the rotating shaft portion 541', which has a positive effect on ensuring the reliability of the locking mechanism.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the structure of the fourth limiting portion 55', which may be plate-shaped or block-shaped; similarly, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the number of the fourth limiting portion 55' either It can be one or multiple independent limiters, as long as it can achieve the above-mentioned technical effects.
  • the second locking driving beam assembly 53' may include a second pushing beam 531', a second guide sleeve 532', and a connecting beam unit 533'
  • the second guide sleeve 532' can be fixedly arranged, specifically, it can be installed in the end accommodating cavity 221b-2 (refer to Figure 48)
  • the second push beam 531' can be slidably connected to the second guide sleeve 532'
  • One end of the connecting beam unit 533' is hinged with the second push beam 531', and the other end is hinged with the second lock body 52'.
  • the hinged connecting beam unit 533' can drive the second lock body 52' to slide in a direction away from the lock head 51', and then the lock head 51' can be rotated and unlocked by itself; and when the driving force disappears, relying on its own gravity, etc., the second push beam 531' can automatically slide down along the second guide sleeve 532', and drive the second lock body through the connecting beam unit 533' 52' slides in the direction close to the lock head 51' to support the support portion 512' again.
  • the lock head 51' can be rotated in reverse to realize automatic locking. Of course, it can also be driven by an external device in the reverse direction. Force to drive the second push beam 531' to reset and lock.
  • the second push beam 531' may be directly opposite to the first connecting hole 221d at the end (refer to FIGS. 46 and 47), so that the unlocking member can pass through the first connecting hole 221d at the end to contact the second push beam 531', thereby An upward unlocking driving force is applied to the second push beam 531'.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the source of the driving force that the second push beam 531' receives when unlocking. It can be manually driven.
  • unlocking components such as an unlocking lever can be provided.
  • the unlocking component can be manually operated by the staff to generate driving force on the second push beam 531'; alternatively, an automatic driving scheme can also be adopted.
  • the power source can be a motor, an air cylinder, an oil cylinder, etc., and these power sources can be installed On the vehicle body, it can also be installed on the ground equipment, which can be specifically selected according to the actual situation.
  • a transmission mechanism can also be provided between the power source and the second push beam 531' to transmit the driving force of the power source.
  • the beam section of the second push beam 531' located above the second guide sleeve 532' may also be provided with a second connecting sleeve 531a'.
  • the pipe part can be installed on the upper part of the second push beam 531' through threaded connection, welding, interference fit, etc.
  • the hinge part may include two hinged plates arranged oppositely, and the aforementioned connecting beam unit 533' may be hinged on these two Between hinged plates.
  • the above-mentioned second connecting sleeve 531a' and the second guide sleeve 532' can also be used as a limiter for the downward movement of the second pushing beam 531' to limit the maximum downward movement distance of the second pushing beam 531'.
  • the displacement distance of the second lock body 52' is also limited.
  • the downward movement limit of the second push beam 531' can also be realized by the cooperation of the lock head 51' and the fourth limit portion 55'.
  • the above-mentioned second connecting sleeve 531a' may not exist; or It is also possible to use the connecting end of the connecting beam unit 533' and the second push beam 531' to limit the position.
  • the connecting end and the second push beam 531' adopt a hinged connection scheme. It is usually arranged at an included angle. Therefore, even if the second connecting sleeve 531a' does not exist, the connecting end can also be used as a limiting component for the second push beam 531' to move downward.
  • it may further include a second elastic member 531b', one end of the second elastic member 531b' can act on the second push beam 531', and in the unlocked state, the deformation of the second elastic member 531b' can be increased, To gather elasticity.
  • the elastic force of the second elastic member 531b' can be released to cooperate with the gravity of the second push beam 531' to jointly drive the lock 51 'Reset and lock.
  • the second elastic member 531b′ may be a spring, which may be sheathed and installed on the second push beam 531′, and the lower end of the second push beam 531′ may be provided with a second support member 531c′. The ends can respectively abut against the second guide sleeve 532' and the second support 531c'.
  • the second push beam 531' can act as a spring column, which is beneficial to prevent the radial movement of the spring during the expansion and contraction process, and has a positive effect on improving the stability of the structure and the reliability of power transmission; and adopting this Structure, in the unlocked state, the second push beam 531' can be displaced upwards, and the second elastic member 531b' can be compressed, and when the lock is restored, the second push beam 531' can be displaced downwards, and the second elastic member 531b' Can be released again.
  • the second elastic member 531b' in the locked state, can also have a certain amount of pre-compression, that is, the second elastic member 531b' can still provide a certain elastic force when locked, which is useful for ensuring the lock 51 '
  • the stability of the locked state has a positive effect, which can avoid the automatic unlocking of the lock 51' when the rail vehicle passes a curve.
  • the second support 531c' can be a nut. In this way, by changing the screwed position of the nut, the distance between the second support 531c' and the second guide sleeve 532' can be adjusted. Adjust the pre-compression amount of the second elastic member 531b' in the locked state.
  • the second elastic member 531b' can actually be in a stretched state.
  • the installation position of the second elastic member 531b' can be changed. Specifically, it can be arranged in the second connecting sleeve 531a' It can be fixedly connected to the second guide sleeve 532', and at both ends of the second connecting sleeve 531a' and the second guide sleeve 532', so as to transmit tensile force.
  • the connecting beam unit 533' may be a structure formed by a combination of multiple connecting beams.
  • the connecting beam unit 533' may include a first locking connecting beam 533a' and a second locking connecting beam 533b.
  • the adapter block 533c′, the adapter block 533c′ may be provided with non-collinear fixed hinge points 533c-1′, first hinge points 533c-2′ and second hinge points 533c-3′, and fixed hinge points 533c -1' can be fixed, specifically, it can be fixed to the end hook 221, one end of the first locking connecting beam 533a' can be hinged to the second push beam 531', and the other end can be hinged to the first hinge point 533c-2'
  • One end of the second locking connecting beam 533b' can be hinged to the second lock body 52', and the other end can be hinged to the second hinge point 533c-3'.
  • the foregoing description of the specific structure of the second locking drive beam assembly 53' is only a preferred solution of the embodiment of the present invention, and cannot be regarded as the scope of implementation of the body of the piggyback vehicle provided by the present invention. Under the condition that the function is satisfied, other forms of the second locking driving beam assembly 53' can also be used.
  • the second locking driving beam assembly 53' can adopt a beam directly arranged to be capable of linear displacement.
  • the main body 1 is also provided with a lateral stop mechanism 6.
  • the lateral stop mechanism can determine the reset position of the bracket 4 to ensure the accurate installation of the bracket 4 ⁇ 1 ⁇ In the body section 1.
  • the lateral stop mechanism 6 can be installed on the end base frame 2 and the joint base frame 3. Since the installation structure is similar, the following only takes the end base frame 2 as an example to describe the lateral stop mechanism 6 Structure, similarly, the embodiment of the present invention also provides the lateral stop mechanism 6 in two structural forms.
  • FIG. 55 is a structural diagram of the first lateral stop mechanism installed on the end connecting hook
  • Figure 56 is a specific example of the first lateral stop mechanism.
  • Fig. 57 is an exploded view of Fig. 56
  • Fig. 58 is a schematic structural diagram of the support
  • Fig. 59 is a split structure diagram of the first connecting beam
  • Fig. 60 is another type of the first lateral stop mechanism
  • FIG. 61 is an exploded view of the connection structure between the first stop beam and the connection end in FIG. 60.
  • the first type of lateral stop mechanism 6 includes: a support 61, the support 61 is fixed to the end connecting hook 221, which can be fixed by welding, etc., and the support 61 is provided with a through hole 611; first stop beam 62; stop driving beam assembly 63, drivingly connected with the first stop beam 62; in the stop state, the first stop beam 62 can extend through the hole 611, to support the part 4 A lateral stop is formed, and in the unblocked state, the stop driving beam assembly 63 can drive the first stop beam 62 to retract to release the stop on the support portion 4.
  • the first stop beam 62 in the stopped state, can extend from the through hole 611 to form a lateral stop to the support portion 4, thereby ensuring the accurate reset of the support portion 4; and in the unblocked state
  • the stop driving beam assembly 63 can act on the first stop beam 62 to retract it, so that the stop on the support portion 4 can be released, so as not to affect the normal operation of the support portion 4 and the end chassis 2.
  • a third elastic member 64 may be included.
  • the third elastic member 64 can act on the first stop beam 62. During the unblocking process, the deformation amount of the third elastic member 64 will increase to gather the elastic force. In this way, when the driving force used to stop the driving beam assembly 63 disappears, the third elastic member 64 can be released to drive the first stop beam 62 to automatically return to the stop position, which can improve the automation degree of the equipment.
  • the first stop beam 62 may include a thick neck portion 621 and a thin neck portion 622, a step surface 623 may be formed between the two, and the third elastic member 64 may be a spring, which can be sheathed and installed on the thin neck portion 622 , And can interact with the step surface 623.
  • the thin neck 622 can also function as a spring column to guide the expansion and contraction of the spring, which can largely avoid the radial movement of the spring during the expansion and contraction process, which is useful for improving the stability and reliability of the transmission. Has a positive effect.
  • the third elastic member 64 can also adopt other forms of elastic elements such as elastic balls, elastic blocks, tension ropes, etc., as long as the use effect can be satisfied.
  • the support 61 can also be provided with a stop and limit member 65, and both ends of the third elastic member 64 can respectively interact with the stop and limit member 65 and the step surface 623.
  • the thick neck 621 can be used as a stop part to increase the strength of the stop part.
  • the stepped surface 623 can generate a compressive force on the third elastic member 64 to increase the compression amount of the third elastic member 64.
  • the third elastic member 64 is in contact with the stop and limit member 65 and the step surface 623.
  • the cross section of the thick neck portion 621 may be non-circular, and the through hole 611 can match the thick neck portion 621.
  • the matching here means that the shapes and sizes of the two are roughly the same.
  • the stop surface of the thick neck portion 621 in contact with the support portion 4 can be a flat surface. In this way, the contact area between the support portion 4 and the stop surface can be larger, and the reliability of the stop can be improved to a greater extent. improve.
  • the third elastic member 64 can also generate a tensile force.
  • the narrow neck 622 of the first stop beam 62 can be used as a stop part for contact with the support part 4, and this
  • both ends of the third elastic member 64 need to be connected with the stop and limit member 65 and the step surface 623 so as to be able to generate a pulling force when unblocking.
  • the stop and limit member 65 can be in the shape of a sleeve.
  • the sleeve can be a cylinder, a square tube or a special-shaped tube of other shapes.
  • the sleeve can protect the spring.
  • the stopper 65 can be plate-shaped or block-shaped.
  • the support 61 is connected. At this time, the spring is in a relatively open space, and the operator can directly observe it to facilitate the adjustment of the installation state of the spring.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the structure of the support 61, its structure is mainly to adapt to the connection with the end connecting hook 221, in specific implementation, those skilled in the art can according to the end connection
  • the hook 221 is used to adjust the shape of the support 61.
  • the support 61 needs to provide corresponding mounting points.
  • One of the mounting points is the aforementioned through hole 611.
  • the figure also shows another mounting point-mounting hole 612. This mounting hole 612 can be used to install the brake pipe assembly of the piggyback vehicle (not shown in the figure).
  • the stop driving beam assembly 63 may include a first connecting beam 631 hingedly arranged.
  • One end of the first connecting beam 631 may be a first driving end 6311 for receiving external driving force, and the other end may be a connecting end 6312.
  • the first hinge shaft 633 of the first connecting beam 631 can be fixedly arranged. Specifically, it can be fixedly installed on the support 61 and located between the first driving end portion 6311 and the connecting end portion 6312.
  • the connecting end portion 6312 is It can be connected to the first stop beam 62 in transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the source of the driving force that the stop driving beam assembly 63 receives when disengaging. It can adopt a manual driving scheme.
  • the staff can manually operate the unblocking component to generate driving force to the first driving end 6311; alternatively, an automatic driving scheme can also be adopted.
  • the power source can be a motor, an air cylinder, an oil cylinder, etc.
  • the power source can be installed on the car body or on the ground equipment. It can be selected according to the actual situation.
  • a transmission mechanism can also be provided between the power source and the first drive end 6311 to transmit the driving force of the power source. .
  • the stop driving beam assembly 63 may further include a second connecting beam 632, and one end of the second connecting beam 632 may be connected to the first stop by screwing or welding.
  • the stop beam 62 is connected with the connecting end 6312, one end may be provided with a second hinge shaft 634, the other may be provided with a strip-shaped guide hole 631a-1, and the second hinge shaft 634 can be inserted into the strip -Shaped guide hole 631a-1.
  • the above-mentioned strip-shaped guide hole 631a-1 can be provided on the connecting end 6312, and the second hinge shaft 634 can be fixed on the second connecting beam 632.
  • the size of the second connecting beam 632 can be relatively smaller. Small, the structure can be more compact.
  • the spring may have a certain amount of pre-compression to ensure the reliability when the first stop beam 62 is at the stop position, and the above-mentioned pre-compression amount can be adjusted by the second connecting beam 632 and the first stop The connection position of the beam 62 is determined.
  • a first anti-loosening member 624 can also be provided, and the first anti-loosing member 624 can also be connected to the first stop beam 62. It can be tightly pressed against the second connecting beam 632 to prevent loosening and fixing of the second connecting beam 632.
  • the first anti-loosening member 624 may specifically be an anti-loosening nut, and of course, it may also be an anti-loosing stop limiting member in the form of an insert bar, a stopper, or the like.
  • the stop connecting plate 613 and the guard plate 614 can also be used as a part of the support 61.
  • the connecting end portion 6312 may be provided with a strip-shaped guide groove 631e, the first stop beam 62 may be inserted into the strip-shaped guide groove 631e, and the connecting end portion 6312 It can be opposed to the locking member 631f provided on the first stop beam 62 to define the connection position of the connecting end 6321 and the first stop beam 62.
  • the rotational movement of the connecting end portion 6312 can also be converted into the linear movement of the first stop beam 62 to drive the first stop beam 62 to perform Unblock or return to the stop.
  • the connecting end portion 6312 may be defined between the locking member 631f and the stop limiting member 65, and the pre-compression of the third elastic member 64 can be adjusted by the locking member 631f on the first stop beam 62
  • the installation position is determined, and a first gasket 631g may be provided between the locking member 631f and the connecting end portion 6312 to reduce the wear at the connection between the two.
  • connection between the locking member 631f and the first stop beam 62 may be threaded connection, or welding, etc., when it is threaded connection, it may also include a second anti-loosening member, which may be an anti-loosening member.
  • the nut may also be a stop insert (not marked in the drawings), a stop block, etc., to limit the installation position of the locking member 631f.
  • both of the above two solutions can realize the conversion of the rotary motion of the first connecting beam 631 to the linear motion of the first stop beam 62, and can realize the switching of the first stop beam 62 between the stopped state and the unblocked state.
  • those skilled in the art can make selections according to actual needs.
  • the first connecting beam 631 may include a long plate 631a and a short plate 631b arranged at intervals, and the first hinge shaft 633 can be connected to the long plate 631a and the short plate 631b.
  • One end of the plate 631a forms the aforementioned connecting end 6312
  • the aforementioned strip-shaped guide hole 631a-1 can be provided on the long plate 631a
  • the other end of the long plate 631a can be connected to the short plate 631b.
  • the roller 631c When an external driving force acts on the roller 631c, the roller 631c can rotate, which can reduce the friction between the first driving end portion 6311 and the external driving device, and has a positive effect on reducing the wear of the first driving end portion 6311.
  • the roller 631d may include a rod portion 631d-1 and a head portion 631d-2, the radial dimension of the head portion 631d-2 may be larger than the rod portion 631d-1, the long plate 631a,
  • the short plate 631b may be provided with a through hole 631b-1, and the through hole 631b-1 of the inner one of the two may be a stepped hole.
  • the end of the rod portion 631d-1 away from the head portion 631d-2 can be matched and locked with the lock nut 631d-3.
  • the “inside” here refers to the side close to the end connecting hook 221.
  • the protruding length of the roller 631d on the inner side can be shorter, which can largely prevent the end of the first driving end 6311 from rotating.
  • the restoration stop of the first stop beam 62 mainly relies on the third elastic member 64 directly acting on the first stop beam 62.
  • the stop driving beam assembly 63 drives the first stop beam 62 to return to the stop state. That is to say, the first stop beam 62 can be unlocked and returned to the stop by the stop driving beam assembly 63.
  • This solution This can be achieved by providing an elastic member to the stop driving beam assembly 63.
  • a core of the above-mentioned lateral stop mechanism is the separation of the stop driving beam assembly 63 and the first stop beam 62.
  • the stop driving beam assembly 63 participating in the driving is not stressed, which is a key point of higher reliability of the above-mentioned lateral stop mechanism.
  • Figures 62-67 for the structure of the second type of lateral stop mechanism 6.
  • Figure 62 is a diagram of the relative position of the second type of lateral stop mechanism with the end connecting hooks and brackets in the stopping state
  • Figure 63 is Figure 62
  • Figure 64 is the relative position diagram of the second lateral stop mechanism and the end connecting hooks and brackets in the unblocked state
  • Figure 65 is a partial enlarged view of Figure 64
  • Figure 66 is the second lateral A structural diagram of the stop mechanism installed on the end connecting hook
  • FIG. 67 is an exploded view of FIG. 66.
  • the lateral stop mechanism 6 includes: a second stop beam 61' hingedly arranged, and two ends of the second stop beam 61' are driving ends 611' respectively And the stop end 612', the hinge shaft 613' of the second stop beam 61' is located between the driving end 611' and the stop end 612', and the hinge shaft 613' is fixed to the end connecting hook 221;
  • the position beam 62' is fixed to the end connecting hook 221; in the stopping state, the limit beam 62' is pressed against the outer side of the second stop beam 61' in the transverse direction, and the second stop beam 61' can support
  • the portion 4 forms a lateral stop; in the unblocked state, the driving end portion 611 ′ can rotate under force to drive the stop end portion 612 ′ to release the stop on the support portion 4.
  • the limit beam 62' in the stopping state, the limit beam 62' can be pressed against the second stop beam 61' in the lateral direction to provide lateral support for the second stop beam 61', and then the second stop beam 61' forms a lateral stop on the support portion 4, which can ensure the accurate reset of the support portion 4; and in the unblocked state, the driving end portion 611' can receive force and drive the entire second stop beam 61' to rotate, thereby The stop end 612 ′ can be driven to rotate to release the stop, so as not to affect the normal separation of the support portion 4 and the end chassis 2.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the source of the driving force received by the driving end 611' when disengaging. It can adopt a manual driving scheme.
  • the staff can manually operate the unblocking components to generate driving force on the drive end 611'; alternatively, an automatic driving scheme can also be adopted.
  • the power source can be a motor, an air cylinder, an oil cylinder, etc., these powers
  • the source can be installed on the vehicle body or on the ground equipment, which can be selected according to the actual situation.
  • a transmission mechanism can also be provided between the power source and the driving end 611' to transmit the driving force of the power source.
  • it may also include a first limiting member 63', the first limiting member 63' is fixed to the end connecting hook 221, and in the unblocked state, the second stop beam 61' can be connected to the first limiting member 63 ′ To avoid excessive rotation of the second stop beam 61 ′.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the shape of the first limiting member 63', which may be plate-shaped, block-shaped, column-shaped, etc., which can be specifically determined according to actual conditions; similarly, the embodiment of the present invention also
  • the number and installation position of the first limiting member 63' are not limited, as long as the above-mentioned effects can be achieved.
  • the first limiting member 63' may be formed by extending the end hook wall plate 221c of the end connecting hook 221, so that there is no need to specially provide the first limiting member 63. ′, the number of parts can be less.
  • the center of gravity of the second stop beam 61' can deviate from the hinge shaft 613' in the longitudinal direction and is located at the stop end The side where the section 612' is located. In this way, when the driving force used to drive the end portion 611' disappears, under the action of the gravity of the second stop beam 61', the second stop beam 61' can automatically rotate to the stop state without the need to provide other
  • the structure of the drive component and the device can be relatively simple.
  • the fourth elastic member 65' is stopped.
  • the amount of deformation can be increased to gather elastic force. In this way, when the driving force used to drive the end portion 611' disappears, the elastic force collected by the stop fourth elastic member 65' can be released, alone or in cooperation with the aforementioned gravity, to jointly drive the second stop beam 61' rotates to the stop state.
  • the above-mentioned stop fourth elastic member 65' may specifically be a torsion spring, which can be sheathed and installed on the hinge shaft 613'.
  • the end connecting hook 221), the other extended end can abut against the second stop beam 61'.
  • the torsion spring can gather the torsional deformation force, and
  • the driving force used to drive the end portion 611' disappears, the aforementioned torsional deformation force can be released to drive the second stop beam 61' to automatically rotate.
  • the above-mentioned stop fourth elastic member 65' may also be a linear spring, such as a tension spring, a compression spring, etc., a spring element that generates elastic force by displacement in the axial direction.
  • the linear spring may be The tension spring, one end of the tension spring can be fixed, and the other end can be connected to the second stop beam 61', so that the elastic force can be gathered when the second stop beam 61' rotates to release the stop.
  • the stop fourth elastic member 65' may also be an elastic element in the form of an elastic block, an elastic ball, a tension rope, etc., as long as the above-mentioned technical effects can be achieved.
  • the second limiting member 64' may also include a second limiting member 64', the second limiting member 64' is fixed to the end connecting hook 221, and in the stopping state, the second stopping beam 61' can be connected to the second limiting member 64' is opposed to limit the position of the second stop beam 61' in the stop state.
  • the structure, quantity, and installation position of the second limiting member 64' can be similar to those of the first limiting member 63', and no repeated description will be made here.
  • the second stop beam 61' can be arranged with a gap between the stop beam 62' in the vertical direction, so that the stop beam 62' does not need to bear the second stop beam 61'
  • no shear stress will be generated at the connection between the limit beam 62' and the end connecting hook 221, and the connection reliability of the limit beam 62' and the end connecting hook 221 can be higher.
  • the following embodiments of the present invention will also describe the structure of the second stop beam 61'.
  • the driving end 611' in the stopping state, may be an end gradually inclined from top to bottom toward the stopping end 612', so that when the driving end 611' receives an upward driving force, The second stop beam 61' will naturally rotate in the direction of releasing the stop state to ensure that the second stop beam 61' can be unlocked smoothly.
  • adjusting the shape of the driving end portion 611' is actually adjusting the driving force and the direction of action of the driving end portion 611'.
  • the second stop beam can also be realized by adjusting the direction of the driving force.
  • the 61' rotation is unlocked.
  • the end of the second stop beam 61 ′ far away from the driving end 611 ′ may be provided with a downward bending elbow, and this elbow may serve as the above-mentioned stopping end 612 ′.
  • the arrangement of the head can increase the strength of the stop end 612', and at the same time, can also avoid the vehicle body and the brake pipe guard (not shown in the figure).
  • the hinge shaft 613' of the second stop beam 61' may be a stepped shaft, which may specifically include a large-diameter section 613a′ and a small-diameter section 613b′, wherein the large-diameter section 613a′ can be used to connect the hook with the end 221 is connected, the second stop beam 61' can be installed on the large-diameter section 613a'; it can also include a third limiting member 613c', which can be specifically a nut, which can be installed on the small-diameter section 613b' , In order to cooperate with the end connecting hook 221 to define the installation position of the second stop beam 61'. It should be understood that the function of the third limiting member 613c' is mainly for limiting, not for locking. After the installation is completed, it is necessary to ensure that the second stopping beam 61' can rotate smoothly.
  • a second gasket 613d′ may also be provided between the third limiting member 613c′ and the second stop beam 61′.
  • the second gasket 613d′ may be made of rubber or metal, etc., which can avoid the The direct friction between the second stop beam 61' and the third limit member 613c' has a positive effect on reducing wear.
  • the brake pipe is an important part of the railway vehicle. It needs to penetrate the car body in the longitudinal direction during installation. For the piggyback car, due to the repeated separation and installation of the support part 4 and the body part 1, the brake pipe has It may interfere with the separation and installation of the holder part. Once interference occurs, the brake tube may be damaged by the holder part 4 during operation.
  • the present application also relates to a flip-type brake tube protection device, which includes a protection shell and a brake tube installed on the protection shell.
  • the protective shell can be turned outward in the vertical plane along the lateral direction to avoid interference with the support part 4, and when the support part 4 is dropped to be installed on the body part 1, the protective shell can be turned inward in the transverse direction to return to the original In this way, it is possible to better prevent the brake tube from interfering with the supporting part 4 in action.
  • the protective shell can also protect the brake tube, which can prevent the brake tube from contacting the ground and causing abrasion and leakage.
  • the driving safety of the back car has a positive effect.
  • Figure 68 is a structural diagram of the brake pipe protection device
  • Figure 69 is an enlarged view at C in Figure 68
  • Figure 70 is an enlarged view at D in Figure 68
  • Figure 71 is Fig. 68 is an enlarged view at E
  • Fig. 72 is a structural view of the brake tube protection device in the connection state of the support part and the body part
  • Fig. 73 is an enlarged view of the inner part of the circle in Fig. 72
  • Fig. 74 is a brake tube protection The structure of the device in the separated state of the holder and the main body.
  • Figure 75 is an enlarged view of the inner part of the circle in Figure 74
  • Figure 76 is a structural view of the first and second protective limiters arranged on the support
  • Figure 77 is a structural diagram of the first pivot plate
  • Figure 78 is a structural diagram of the second pivot plate
  • Figure 79 is a structural diagram of the protective partition
  • Figure 80 is a structural diagram of the pipe hanger plate
  • Figure 81 is a pipe Hanging connecting plate structure diagram.
  • the body of a packback car usually includes a body portion 1 and a support portion 4, and the support portion 4 can be separated from the body portion 1 by rotating the support portion 4 in a vertical direction or translating the support portion 4 in a horizontal direction.
  • the brake tube is arranged on the laterally outer side of the support part 4, and when the support part 4 is rotated around the vertical direction or the support part 4 is translated horizontally, in order to avoid the interference of the brake tube, the support part 44 needs to be lifted upward for a certain distance.
  • the present invention designs a brake pipe protection device.
  • the brake pipe protection device 10 includes a protection housing 11, and the housing cavity of the protection housing 11 is used for accommodating the brake pipe.
  • the protective housing 11 can protect the brake pipe on the one hand, and facilitate the unified movement of the brake pipe on the other hand.
  • FIG. 72 when the holder 4 is connected to the main body 1, the protective housing 11 is located on the lateral outer side of the side wall 42 of the holder 4.
  • the brake pipe protection device 10 further includes a protection connector 12.
  • the protection connector 12 includes a protection inner end 12a, a protection outer end 12b, and a protection between the two.
  • Adapter 12c As shown in Figure 73, the protective inner end 12a is located on the lower side of the holder 4 and abuts against the holder 4, specifically it can abut the pressure plate 412d of the holder 4; the protective outer end 12b is located at the lower side of the protective inner end 12a. It is laterally outside, and is rotatably connected with the main body 1, specifically, it can be rotatably connected with the support 61 of the main body 1.
  • the support portion 4 Since the height position of the protective shell 11 is lowered, it is only necessary to lift the support portion 4 upward for a short distance to avoid the interference of the protective shell 11 on the support portion 4, so that the support portion 4 can smoothly rotate around the vertical direction. Or pan in the horizontal direction.
  • the protective shell 11 can automatically rotate downward and outward to avoid the holder part 4, effectively shortening the lifting distance of the holder part 4; the holder part 4 and the body part 1 During the connection process, the protective housing 11 can be automatically reset. The shortening of the lifting distance and the automatic avoidance and automatic reset of the protective shell 11 improve the separation efficiency and connection efficiency of the support portion 4 and the main body portion 1.
  • the brake protective gear 10 can also be provided with a first protective limiter 13 (see Figure 73 and Figure 76), and the first protective limiter 13 is fixed to the main body 1 and specifically can be fixed on the support 61,
  • the protective connecting piece 12 conflicts with the first protective limiting member 13, so as to prevent the risk of the protective housing 11 from turning downwards and causing difficulty in resetting.
  • the first protective limiter 13 is a block. In actual implementation, its structure and shape can be adjusted as needed, and it is not limited to the block.
  • the brake tube protection device 10 may also be provided with a magnetic member 14 (see FIG. 68).
  • the protection housing 11 When the protection housing 11 is located on the laterally outer side of the holder 4, the protection housing 11 passes through the magnetic member 14 and the holder 4 The side wall 42 is magnetically attracted. In this way, the on-vehicle vibration of the brake protection device can be alleviated, and the service life of the brake protection device 10 can be improved.
  • the magnetic member 14 is detachably fixed on the upper surface of the protective housing 11, specifically, it can be fixed by bolts and nuts. Fixing the magnetic member 14 on the upper surface of the shielding case 11 can ensure that the direction of the magnetic force received by the shielding case 11 during the resetting process of the shielding case 11 is basically the same as the resetting direction of the shielding case 11, so that the magnetic force can be Assist the protective shell 11 to reset.
  • the magnetic component 14 and the protective housing 11 are detachably fixed, which facilitates the replacement of the magnetic component 14.
  • the brake tube protection device 10 can also be provided with a second protection limiter 15 (see FIGS. 75 and 76).
  • a second protection limiter 15 see FIGS. 75 and 76.
  • the protection housing 11 When the protection housing 11 is reset to the lateral outside of the holder 4, the protection connection member 12 and The second protective limit piece 15 conflicts.
  • the magnetic member 14 When the magnetic member 14 is provided, when the holder 4 moves upward, under the action of the magnetic force, the protective connector 12 tends to move upward accordingly. By setting the second protective limit member 15, the protective connector 12 can be prevented from following The support part 4 moves upward.
  • the second protective limiter 15 is a block. In actual implementation, its structure and shape can be adjusted as required, and it is not limited to the block.
  • the protective connector 12 includes a first pivoting plate 121, a second pivoting plate 122, and a pivoting shaft 123.
  • the first pivoting plate 121 and the second pivoting plate 122 are arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction.
  • the second pivoting plate 122 is closer to the supporting portion 4 than the first pivoting plate 121.
  • the support 61 is located between the first pivot plate 121 and the second pivot plate 122, and the pivot shaft 123 sequentially passes through the first pivot plate 121, the mounting hole 612 on the support 61, and the second pivot plate 122, Connecting the three together realizes the rotational connection between the protective connector 12 and the main body 1.
  • This structure has high connection reliability. Of course, in actual implementation, it is not limited to this structure.
  • one end of the pivoting shaft 123 is provided with a limiting head (not visible in the figure), and the other end is provided with a radial hole.
  • the limiting pin 1231 passes through the radial hole.
  • the first pivoting plate 121 and the first pivot The two pivoting plates 122 are located between the limiting head and the limiting pin 1231, so that the pivoting shaft 123 can be axially limited, and the connection reliability between the protective connector 12 and the main body 1 can be further improved.
  • the protective connector 12 further includes a protective roller 125, and the protective roller 125 is rotatably connected to the second pivoting plate 122.
  • the second pivoting plate 122 extends to the lower side of the pressing plate 412d, so that the outer peripheral surface of the protective roller 125 abuts against the lower surface of the pressing plate 412d, so as to realize the abutment of the protective connector 12 and the support portion 4.
  • a fixed shaft 124 is provided.
  • One end of the fixed shaft 124 is fixed to the second pivot plate 122, which can be fixed by welding.
  • the other end of the fixed shaft 124 is fixed with a retaining ring (not shown in the figure).
  • the protective roller 125 is rotatably sleeved on the outer circumference of the fixed shaft 124 and is located between the retaining ring and the second pivoting plate 122.
  • the retaining ring and the second pivoting plate 122 can prevent the protective roller 125 from being separated from the fixed shaft 124.
  • the front and rear ends of the protective shell 11 are not provided with end plates, and the front and rear ends of the protective shell 11 are blocked by the protective connector 12, which facilitates the protection of the brake pipe.
  • the front end of the protective housing 11 is blocked by a first pivoting plate 121 and a second pivoting plate 122, and the rear end is blocked by another first pivoting plate 121 and another second pivoting plate 122.
  • Both the first pivoting plate 121 and the second pivoting plate 122 are provided with protective through holes 12d for the brake pipe to pass through.
  • the first pivoting plate 121 and the second pivoting plate 122 are each provided with two protective through holes 12d, and the two protective through holes 12d are arranged staggered in the up and down direction.
  • the number and arrangement of the protective vias 12d are not limited to this.
  • the protective shell 11 includes a C-shaped protective beam 111, a plurality of protective sealing plates 112, and a plurality of sets of pipe hanger assemblies 113.
  • Each protective sealing plate 112 is blocked and fixed on the opening side of the C-shaped beam. Specifically, it can be fixed by welding.
  • An installation port is formed in the middle, and the installation port is used to install the pipe hanger assembly 113.
  • each set of pipe hanger assemblies 113 includes two protective partitions 1131 and two pipe hanger seat plates 1132.
  • Two protective partitions 1131 are fixed inside the C-shaped protective beam 111, and can be fixed by welding.
  • the two protective partitions 1131 are spaced apart from each other along the length direction (ie, longitudinal) of the C-shaped protective beam 111.
  • the two pipe hanger plates 1132 are fixed to the two protective partitions 1131 and are located between the two protective partitions 1131 in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • a pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 is also provided.
  • the protective partition 1131 is provided with a pipe hole for the brake pipe to pass through, and the brake pipe passes through the pipe holes on each protective partition 1131 in turn. In this way, the brake pipe can be lowered.
  • the shaking in the protective shell 11 is beneficial to improve the protection effect and alleviate the driving vibration.
  • the pipe hanger seat plate 1132 is provided with a seat hole for threaded fasteners to pass through.
  • the pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 is provided with connecting holes for threaded fasteners to pass through.
  • the seat holes of the two pipe hanger plates 1132 are aligned so that the threaded fasteners pass through the two pipe hanger plate 1132 in turn.
  • the connecting holes of the pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 and the pipe hanger seat plate 1132 The holes are aligned so that the threaded fasteners pass through the pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 and the pipe hanger seat plate 1132 in sequence.
  • the part of the brake pipe 20 located in the protective housing 11 is a rigid pipe, and the pipe section located outside the protective housing 11 is a flexible pipe.
  • the first pivoting plate 121 is provided with a flange connection hole, and the flange joint 201 is fixed on the first pivoting plate 121 (see FIG. 73).
  • This kind of brake pipe can adapt to frequent turning of the protective housing 11, is not easy to break, and has high reliability.
  • the rigid pipe may be a whole pipe, or may be formed by connecting multiple rigid pipe sections through flanges or quick-fitting joints.
  • Each flexible pipe can be a whole pipe, or it can be formed by connecting multiple flexible pipe sections through flanges or quick-fitting joints.
  • the present invention also provides a piggyback vehicle, including a vehicle body, which is the vehicle body of the piggyback vehicle involved in each of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the packback vehicle may also include a bogie, a saddle, a coupler, a coupler buffer device, a braking system, etc., which are all components that a packback vehicle should have in the prior art.
  • the application no longer details the structure of these components. In specific practice, those skilled in the art can select components with suitable structures for use according to actual needs.

Abstract

Disclosed are a piggyback vehicle and a vehicle body thereof. The vehicle body comprises a body part (1) and a supporting part (4), wherein a connecting structure is arranged at each of two longitudinal ends of the supporting part (4), and each connecting structure comprises an upper hook (421) and a lower circular shaft (412c) extending in the transverse direction; and the body part (1) is provided with an end connecting mechanism (22), the end connecting mechanism (22) comprises an end connecting hook (221) and an end longitudinal supporting member (222), the end connecting hook (221) forms an upward hook opening, and in an assembled state, the lower circular shaft (412c) can be hung on the hook opening of the end connecting hook (221), and the upper hook (421) can be clamped onto the end longitudinal supporting member (222). By using such a structure, two connecting points may exist between the two longitudinal ends of the supporting part (4) and the body part (1), and the supporting part (4) and the body part (1) are reliably connected; and during separation, by means of lifting the body part (1), the body part (1) and the supporting part (4) can rotate relative to one another by taking the central axis of the lower circular shaft (412c) as a rotation central line, such that the joint between the upper hook (421) and the end longitudinal supporting member (222) is forced to become loosened, and the supporting part (4) can be conveniently separated from the body part (1).

Description

一种驮背车及其车体A piggyback vehicle and its body
本申请要求于2020年02月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为2020101306274、发明名称为“一种驮背车及其车体”以及于同日提交中国专利局、申请号为202020236278X、发明名称为“一种驮背车及其车体”的两件中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires that it be submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on February 28, 2020, with the application number 2020101306274, the title of the invention being "a piggyback vehicle and its car body", and the Chinese Patent Office on the same day, the application number being 202020236278X, and the title of the invention being The priority of two Chinese patent applications for "a piggyback vehicle and its body", the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及驮背车技术领域,具体涉及一种驮背车及其车体。The invention relates to the technical field of a piggyback vehicle, in particular to a piggyback vehicle and its body.
背景技术Background technique
驮背运输是指公路货车或半挂车等公路车辆装载货物后在始发地火车站自行开上驮背车,并通过铁路完成长距离运输,在到达目的地火车站后,公路车辆可自行开下驮背车并驶往最终目的地的一种便捷运输方式。Piggyback transportation means that road vehicles such as road trucks or semi-trailers load goods on their own at the railway station of the origin and complete long-distance transportation by rail. After arriving at the destination railway station, the road vehicles can drive by themselves. A convenient way of transporting to the final destination in a piggyback vehicle.
驮背车的车体一般可以包括本体部和可分离的托部,在装卸货时,可以先将托部自本体部分离出来,以方便公路车辆的开上、开下,在装卸货完成后,可以再将托部安装于本体部,在这样的方案中,托部与本体部的连接结构就十分重要。The body of a piggyback vehicle can generally include a body part and a detachable support part. When loading and unloading, the support part can be separated from the body part to facilitate the opening and closing of the road vehicle. After the loading and unloading is completed , The holder part can be installed on the body part. In such a solution, the connection structure between the holder part and the body part is very important.
有鉴于此,如何提供一种驮背车的车体,仍是本领域技术人员亟待解决的技术问题。In view of this, how to provide a body of a piggyback vehicle is still an urgent technical problem to be solved by those skilled in the art.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明的目的是提供一种驮背车及其车体,其中,该车体的托部和本体部的连接可靠,且方便分离。The purpose of the present invention is to provide a packback car and its car body, wherein the support part and the body part of the car body are reliably connected and easily separated.
为解决上述技术问题,本发明提供一种驮背车的车体,包括本体部和托部,所述托部的纵向两端均设有连接结构,所述连接结构包括上部勾和沿横向延伸的下部圆轴;所述本体部设有端部连接机构,所述端部连接机构包括端部连接钩和端部纵向支撑件,所述端部连接钩形成朝上设置的钩口,组装状态下,所述下部圆轴能够挂靠于所述端部连接钩的钩口,所述 上部勾能够卡装于所述端部纵向支撑件。In order to solve the above technical problems, the present invention provides a car body of a packback car, which includes a body part and a support part. Both longitudinal ends of the support part are provided with a connecting structure. The lower round shaft; the body is provided with an end connecting mechanism, the end connecting mechanism includes an end connecting hook and an end longitudinal support, the end connecting hook forms an upwardly set hook mouth, assembled state Next, the lower round shaft can be hung on the hook opening of the end connecting hook, and the upper hook can be clamped to the end longitudinal support.
采用这种结构,托部的纵向两端与本体部之间均可以存在上部勾与端部纵向支撑件、下部圆轴与端部连接钩所形成的两个连接点,托部与本体部的连接可以更为可靠;且在分离时,通过对于本体部的举升,本体部、托部还能够以下部圆轴的中轴线为旋转中心线进行相对转动,迫使上部勾与端部纵向连接件的连接处产生松动,进而可以方便托部与本体部的分离。With this structure, there can be two connection points between the upper hook and the end longitudinal support, the lower round shaft and the end connecting hook between the longitudinal ends of the holder and the main body. The connection can be more reliable; and during separation, by lifting the body part, the body part and the support part can also rotate relative to the central axis of the lower round shaft as the center of rotation, forcing the upper hook and the end longitudinal connection piece The joints of the brackets are loosened, which can facilitate the separation of the holder part and the main body part.
可选地,所述上部勾与所述本体部的卡装面包括顶面段和两个侧面段;两所述侧面段中,第一者为竖直面,第二者为自上而下沿远离所述第一者方向倾斜的倾斜面;或者,两所述侧面段均为自上而下沿远离对方的方向倾斜的倾斜面。Optionally, the clamping surface of the upper hook and the body portion includes a top surface section and two side sections; of the two side sections, the first is a vertical surface, and the second is a top-down An inclined surface inclined in a direction away from the first; or, both of the side sections are inclined surfaces inclined in a direction away from each other from top to bottom.
可选地,两所述侧面段均设有托部磨耗板,且所述托部磨耗板与所述侧面段之间设有抗剪止挡结构。Optionally, both of the side sections are provided with a holding part wear plate, and a shear stop structure is provided between the holding part abrasion plate and the side section.
可选地,所述托部包括底墙和与所述底墙相连的两个侧墙,两所述侧墙的纵向两端均设有所述上部勾;所述侧墙还设有导向限位件,用于和所述本体部的限位导向件相配合,以对所述托部的安装进行导向,并形成所述托部的横向限位。Optionally, the supporting portion includes a bottom wall and two side walls connected to the bottom wall, and the upper hooks are provided at both longitudinal ends of the two side walls; the side walls are also provided with guide limits The positioning member is used to cooperate with the positioning guide member of the main body part to guide the installation of the support part and form a lateral limit of the support part.
可选地,所述底墙包括中部墙体和位于所述中部墙体纵向两侧的端部墙体,所述端部墙体包括主体部分和连接部分,所述主体部分采用箱式结构,所述下部圆轴安装于所述主体部分远离所述中部墙体的一端;所述中部墙体包括沿横向间隔设置的两个纵向梁,两所述纵向梁通过若干沿纵向间隔设置的横向梁相连,所述纵向梁包括平梁段和格栅梁段,所述平梁段包括平板和安装于所述平板底部的若干加强梁,所述格栅梁段包括若干沿纵向间隔设置的小横梁。Optionally, the bottom wall includes a middle wall and end walls located on both longitudinal sides of the middle wall, and the end walls include a main body part and a connecting part, and the main body part adopts a box structure, The lower round shaft is installed at an end of the main part away from the middle wall; the middle wall includes two longitudinal beams arranged at intervals along the transverse direction, and the two longitudinal beams pass through a plurality of transverse beams arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction. Connected, the longitudinal beam includes a flat beam section and a grid beam section, the flat beam section includes a flat plate and a plurality of reinforcing beams installed at the bottom of the flat plate, and the grid beam section includes a plurality of small cross beams arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction .
可选地,所述中部墙体还设有纵向定位结构;和/或,所述中部墙体还设有旋转中心插接部;和/或,所述底墙还设有连接安装位;和/或,所述底墙还包括由内向外逐渐向上倾斜的斜墙体,所述斜墙体位于所述中部墙体的横向两侧,用于连接所述中部墙体和所述侧墙。Optionally, the middle wall is further provided with a longitudinal positioning structure; and/or, the middle wall is further provided with a rotation center plug-in part; and/or, the bottom wall is further provided with a connection installation position; and /Or, the bottom wall further includes an inclined wall gradually inclined upward from the inside to the outside, and the inclined wall is located on both lateral sides of the middle wall and is used to connect the middle wall and the side wall.
可选地,所述端部连接钩的内钩面设有沿横向延伸的端部凹槽,所述端部凹槽的内表面形成端部导引面,用于导引所述下部圆轴的滑入,且所述端部导引面还能够与所述下部圆轴相配合,以导引所述托部与所述本体 部的转动分离。Optionally, the inner hook surface of the end connecting hook is provided with an end groove extending transversely, and the inner surface of the end groove forms an end guide surface for guiding the lower round shaft The end guide surface can also be matched with the lower round shaft to guide the rotation and separation of the support part and the main body part.
可选地,所述端部纵向支撑件包括端部纵向支撑主体以及固定在所述端部纵向支撑主体前端和后端的端部磨耗板,所述端部纵向支撑主体供所述上部勾钩挂,且在钩挂状态下,前端的所述端部磨耗板与所述上部勾的内钩面前侧抵接,后端的所述端部磨耗板与所述上部勾的内钩面后侧抵接。Optionally, the end longitudinal support includes an end longitudinal support body and an end wear plate fixed at the front and rear ends of the end longitudinal support body, and the end longitudinal support body is hooked by the upper part. , And in the hooked state, the end wear plate at the front end abuts against the front side of the inner hook of the upper hook, and the end wear plate at the rear end abuts against the rear side of the inner hook surface of the upper hook .
可选地,所述端部连接机构还包括:端部横向限位件,所述端部横向限位件位于所述端部连接钩上方并位于所述端部纵向支撑件前方;所述端部横向限位件包括端部横向限位槽,所述端部横向限位槽用于和所述托部的导向限位件相配合,以对所述托部的安装进行导向,并形成所述托部的横向限位。Optionally, the end connecting mechanism further includes: an end transverse limiting member, the end transverse limiting member is located above the end connecting hook and in front of the end longitudinal support; the end The transverse limiting member includes an end transverse limiting groove, and the end transverse limiting groove is used to cooperate with the guide limiting member of the bracket to guide the installation of the bracket and form a The horizontal limit of the support part.
可选地,所述本体部还安装有锁闭机构,用于在上下方向上锁定或解锁所述托部;和/或,所述本体部还安装有横向止挡机构,止挡状态下,所述横向止挡机构能够对所述托部形成横向止挡,解挡状态下,所述横向止挡机构能够解除对所述托部的止挡。Optionally, the body part is further equipped with a locking mechanism for locking or unlocking the support part in the up and down direction; and/or, the body part is also equipped with a lateral stop mechanism, and in the stopped state, The lateral stop mechanism can form a lateral stop on the support portion, and in a disengaged state, the lateral stop mechanism can release the stop on the support portion.
可选地,所述端部连接钩包括端部钩主体,所述端部钩主体包括两个沿横向间隔布置的端部钩分体以及形成在两所述端部钩分体之间的端部容纳腔,所述锁闭机构安装于所述端部容纳腔;和/或,所述横向止挡机构安装于所述端部连接钩的横向外侧。Optionally, the end connecting hook includes an end hook body, and the end hook body includes two end hook split bodies arranged at a lateral interval and an end formed between the two end hook split bodies. In the accommodating cavity, the locking mechanism is installed in the end accommodating cavity; and/or, the lateral stop mechanism is installed in the lateral outer side of the end connecting hook.
可选地,所述锁闭机构包括:第一锁体,所述第一锁体与所述端部连接钩铰接,所述第一锁体的一端部为锁定端部,另一端部为第一限位端部,所述第一锁体的第三铰轴位于所述锁定端部和所述第一限位端部之间;第一限位部,所述第一限位部固定在所述端部容纳腔内;第一锁闭驱动梁组件,与所述第一锁体相连;锁定状态下,所述第一限位端部自上而下与所述第一限位部相抵,所述锁定端部与所述托部相抵,以锁定所述托部;解锁状态下,所述第一锁闭驱动梁组件能够驱使所述第一限位端部自下而上脱离所述第一限位部、所述锁定端部旋转脱离所述托部。Optionally, the locking mechanism includes: a first lock body, the first lock body is hinged with the end connecting hook, one end of the first lock body is a locking end, and the other end is a second end. A limiting end, the third hinge axis of the first lock body is located between the locking end and the first limiting end; the first limiting portion, the first limiting portion is fixed at In the end accommodating cavity; the first locking drive beam assembly is connected to the first lock body; in the locked state, the first limiting end abuts against the first limiting portion from top to bottom , The locking end abuts against the holding part to lock the holding part; in the unlocked state, the first locking driving beam assembly can drive the first limiting end to disengage from the bottom up The first limiting part and the locking end rotate away from the supporting part.
可选地,所述第一锁闭驱动梁组件包括第一推梁、第一导向套和传动梁,所述第一导向套固定在所述端部容纳腔内,所述第一推梁与所述第一导向套滑动连接,所述传动梁的一端与所述第一锁体铰接,另一端与所述第一推梁铰接。Optionally, the first locking drive beam assembly includes a first push beam, a first guide sleeve, and a transmission beam, the first guide sleeve is fixed in the end accommodating cavity, and the first push beam is connected to The first guide sleeve is slidably connected, one end of the transmission beam is hinged with the first lock body, and the other end is hinged with the first push beam.
可选地,还包括第一弹性件,所述第一弹性件的一端与所述第一推梁相作用,解锁过程为所述第一弹性件的变形量增加的过程。Optionally, it further includes a first elastic element, one end of the first elastic element acts on the first push beam, and the unlocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the first elastic element increases.
可选地,所述锁闭机构还包括第二限位部,所述第二限位部固定在所述端部容纳腔内,所述第一锁体还包括第二限位端部,锁定状态下,所述第二限位端部自下而上与所述第二限位部相抵。Optionally, the locking mechanism further includes a second limiting portion, the second limiting portion is fixed in the end accommodating cavity, and the first lock body further includes a second limiting end for locking In the state, the second limiting end portion abuts against the second limiting portion from bottom to top.
可选地,所述锁闭机构包括:锁头,所述锁头可转动地连于所述端部连接钩,所述锁头在其旋转中心线的两侧分别设有锁定部和支撑部;第二锁体,所述第二锁体可滑动地连于所述端部连接钩;第二锁闭驱动组件,与所述第二锁体传动连接;锁定状态下,所述第二锁体自下而上与所述支撑部相支撑,以使所述锁定部压紧所述托部;解锁状态下,所述第二锁闭驱动组件能够驱动所述第二锁体沿远离所述锁头的方向位移,所述支撑部能够绕所述旋转中心线向下转动,以使所述锁定部向上转动脱离所述托部。Optionally, the locking mechanism includes: a lock head rotatably connected to the end connecting hook, and the lock head is respectively provided with a locking portion and a supporting portion on both sides of its rotation center line A second lock body, the second lock body is slidably connected to the end connecting hook; a second locking drive assembly is drivingly connected with the second lock body; in the locked state, the second lock The body supports the support part from bottom to top, so that the locking part presses the support part; in the unlocked state, the second locking driving assembly can drive the second lock body away from the The direction of the lock head is displaced, and the support part can rotate downward about the rotation center line, so that the locking part rotates upward to escape from the support part.
可选地,所述第二锁闭驱动组件包括第二推梁、第二导向套和连梁单元,所述第二导向套固定在所述端部容纳腔内,所述第二推梁与所述第二导向套滑动连接,所述连梁单元的一个端部与所述第二推梁铰接,另一端部与所述第二锁体铰接。Optionally, the second locking drive assembly includes a second push beam, a second guide sleeve, and a connecting beam unit, the second guide sleeve is fixed in the end accommodating cavity, and the second push beam is connected to The second guide sleeve is slidably connected, one end of the connecting beam unit is hinged with the second push beam, and the other end is hinged with the second lock body.
可选地,还包括第二弹性件,所述第二弹性件的一端与所述第二推梁相作用,解锁过程为所述第二弹性件的变形量增加的过程。Optionally, it further includes a second elastic element, one end of the second elastic element acts on the second push beam, and the unlocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the second elastic element increases.
可选地,所述锁闭机构还包括旋转支撑体,所述旋转支撑体固定于所述端部连接钩,所述旋转支撑体设有旋转轴部,所述旋转轴部具有弧形柱面,所述锁头设有与所述旋转轴部相匹配的弧形缺口,所述锁头以所述弧形缺口插装于所述旋转轴部,并能够以旋转轴部的中轴线作为所述旋转中心线。Optionally, the locking mechanism further includes a rotating support body fixed to the end connecting hook, the rotating support body is provided with a rotating shaft portion, and the rotating shaft portion has an arc cylindrical surface The lock head is provided with an arc-shaped notch that matches the rotating shaft portion, and the lock head is inserted into the rotating shaft portion with the arc-shaped notch, and the central axis of the rotating shaft portion can be used as the center axis. The centerline of rotation.
可选地,所述锁头的重心在纵向上偏离所述旋转中心线,并位于所述支撑部所在侧;和/或,还包括第三弹性件,锁定过程为所述第三弹性件的变形量增加的过程。Optionally, the center of gravity of the lock head deviates from the center of rotation in the longitudinal direction and is located on the side of the supporting portion; The process of increasing the amount of deformation.
可选地,所述横向止挡机构包括:支座,所述支座固定于所述端部连接钩,所述支座设有过孔;第一止挡梁;止挡驱动梁组件,与所述第一止挡梁传动连接;止挡状态下,所述第一止挡梁伸出所述过孔,以对所述托部形成横向止挡;解挡状态下,所述止挡驱动梁组件能够驱动所述第一止 挡梁缩回,以解除对所述托部的止挡。Optionally, the lateral stop mechanism includes: a support, the support is fixed to the end connecting hook, the support is provided with a through hole; a first stop beam; a stop driving beam assembly, and The first stop beam is in a transmission connection; in the stop state, the first stop beam extends out of the through hole to form a lateral stop to the support portion; in the unblocked state, the stop drive The beam assembly can drive the first stop beam to retract, so as to release the stop on the support portion.
可选地,还包括第四弹性件,所述第四弹性件作用于所述第一止挡梁,解挡过程为所述弹性件的变形量增加的过程。Optionally, a fourth elastic element is further included, and the fourth elastic element acts on the first stop beam, and the unblocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the elastic element increases.
可选地,所述止挡驱动梁组件包括铰接设置的第一连梁,所述第一连梁的一端部为第一止挡驱动端部,另一端部为连接端部,所述第一连梁通过第一铰轴固定设置,并位于所述第一止挡驱动端部和所述连接端部之间,所述连接端部与所述第一止挡梁传动连接。Optionally, the stop driving beam assembly includes a first connecting beam hingedly arranged, one end of the first connecting beam is a first stop driving end, and the other end is a connecting end. The connecting beam is fixedly arranged by a first hinge shaft and is located between the first stop driving end and the connecting end, and the connecting end is drivingly connected to the first stop beam.
可选地,所述横向止挡机构包括:铰接设置的第二止挡梁,所述第二止挡梁的两个端部分别为第二止挡驱动端部和止挡端部,所述第二止挡梁的铰接轴位于所述第二止挡驱动端部和所述止挡端部之间,且所述铰接轴固定于所述端部连接钩;限位梁,所述限位梁固定于所述端部连接钩;在止挡状态下,所述限位梁沿横向与所述第二止挡梁的外侧相抵紧,所述第二止挡梁能够对所述托部形成横向止挡;在解挡状态下,所述第二止挡驱动端部受力能够旋转,以驱使所述止挡端部解除对于所述托部的止挡。Optionally, the lateral stop mechanism includes: a second stop beam arranged in an articulated manner, and two ends of the second stop beam are a second stop driving end and a stop end, respectively. The hinge shaft of the second stop beam is located between the second stop driving end and the stop end, and the hinge shaft is fixed to the end connecting hook; the stop beam, the stop The beam is fixed to the end connecting hook; in the stopping state, the limit beam is pressed against the outer side of the second stop beam in the transverse direction, and the second stop beam can form the support part Lateral stop; in the unblocked state, the second stop driving end can rotate under force, so as to drive the stop end to release the stop for the support portion.
可选地,所述横向止挡机构还包括第一限位件和第二限位件,所述第一限位件和所述第二限位件均固定于所述端部连接钩,在解挡状态下,所述第二止挡梁与所述第一限位件相抵,在止挡状态下,所述第二止挡梁与所述第二限位件相抵。Optionally, the lateral stop mechanism further includes a first stopper and a second stopper, and both the first stopper and the second stopper are fixed to the end connecting hook. In the disengaged state, the second stop beam abuts the first limiting member, and in the stopping state, the second stop beam abuts the second limiting member.
可选地,所述端部连接钩还包括包覆在所述端部钩主体外钩面的端部钩壁板,所述端部钩壁板设有端部第一连接孔,所述端部第一连接孔与所述端部容纳腔相通,以便解锁部件能够通过所述端部第一连接孔伸入所述端部容纳腔对所述锁闭机构进行解锁。Optionally, the end connecting hook further includes an end hook wall plate covering the outer hook surface of the end hook body, and the end hook wall plate is provided with an end first connecting hole, and the end The first connecting hole is communicated with the end receiving cavity, so that the unlocking member can extend into the end receiving cavity through the end first connecting hole to unlock the locking mechanism.
可选地,还包括制动管防护装置,所述制动管防护装置包括:防护壳体,其壳腔用于容纳制动管,驮背车的托部和本体部连接状态下,所述防护壳体位于所述托部的横向外侧;防护连接件,其具有位于所述托部下侧的防护内端部、位于所述防护内端部横向外侧的防护外端部、位于所述防护内端部和所述防护外端部之间的防护转接部;所述防护内端部与所述托部抵接,所述防护外端部与防护壳体固定连接,所述防护转接部与所述本体部转动连接,以便所述托部与所述本体部分离过程中,所述防护连接件能够在重力作用下转动、带动所述防护壳体向外转动,所述托部与所述本 体部连接的过程中,所述防护连接件能够在所述托部的抵压作用下转动、带动所述防护壳体复位到所述托部的横向外侧。Optionally, it further includes a brake pipe protection device, the brake pipe protection device includes: a protection housing, the housing cavity of which is used to accommodate the brake pipe, when the support part of the piggyback and the body part are connected, the The protective shell is located on the laterally outer side of the support part; the protective connector has a protective inner end located on the lower side of the support, a protective outer end located laterally outside the protective inner end, and is located in the protective inner A protection adapter part between the end and the protection outer end; the protection inner end abuts the support part, the protection outer end is fixedly connected to the protection shell, the protection adapter part Rotatingly connected with the main body, so that during the separation of the holder and the main body, the protective connector can rotate under the action of gravity to drive the protective casing to rotate outward, and the holder and the main During the process of connecting the body part, the protective connector can rotate under the pressure of the supporting part to drive the protective housing to be reset to the lateral outer side of the supporting part.
可选地,所述防护连接件包括第一枢接板、第二枢接板和枢接转轴,所述第一枢接板和所述第二枢接板沿纵向相互间隔,所述第二枢接板相比所述第一枢接板更靠近所述托部;所述枢接转轴依次穿过所述第一枢接板、所述本体部和所述第二枢接板,将三者连在一起。Optionally, the protective connector includes a first pivoting plate, a second pivoting plate, and a pivoting shaft, the first pivoting plate and the second pivoting plate are longitudinally spaced apart from each other, and the second pivoting plate The pivoting plate is closer to the supporting part than the first pivoting plate; the pivoting shaft passes through the first pivoting plate, the body part and the second pivoting plate in sequence, Are connected together.
可选地,所述防护连接件还包括防护滚轮,所述防护滚轮可转动地连于所述第二枢接板,所述第二枢接板伸到所述托部下侧,使所述防护滚轮的外周面与所述托部的下表面抵接。Optionally, the protective connecting member further includes a protective roller, the protective roller is rotatably connected to the second pivoting plate, and the second pivoting plate extends to the lower side of the supporting part so that the protective The outer peripheral surface of the roller abuts against the lower surface of the holder.
可选地,所述制动管防护装置还包括第一防护限位件,所述第一防护限位件固定于所述本体部,当所述防护壳体向下并向外转动到极限位置时,所述防护连接件与所述第一防护限位件抵触。Optionally, the brake pipe protection device further includes a first protection limiter, the first protection limiter is fixed to the body part, when the protection housing rotates downwards and outwards to a limit position At this time, the protection connecting piece conflicts with the first protection limit piece.
可选地,所述制动管防护装置还包括磁性件,当所述防护壳体位于所述托部的横向外侧时,所述防护壳体通过所述磁性件与所述托部磁力吸合。Optionally, the brake tube protection device further includes a magnetic member, and when the protection housing is located on the laterally outer side of the support portion, the protection housing is magnetically attracted to the support portion through the magnetic member .
可选地,所述本体部包括两个端部底架,两所述端部底架的下方分别设有一个转向架,两所述端部底架均设有所述端部连接机构,所述托部的数量为一个,并安装在两所述端部底架之间;或者,所述本体部包括两个端部底架和关节底架,所述关节底架包括两个关节底架分部,两所述关节底架分部通过关节相连,并位于两所述端部底架之间,两所述端部底架的下方分别设有一个转向架,两所述关节底架分部的下方共用一个转向架,所述托部的数量为两个,两所述托部分别安装在相邻的所述端部底架、所述关节底架分部之间。Optionally, the main body includes two end underframes, a bogie is respectively provided below the two end underframes, and the end connection mechanism is provided on both of the end underframes, so The number of the supporting part is one, and it is installed between the two end base frames; or, the body part includes two end base frames and a joint base frame, and the joint base frame includes two joint base frames The two joint underframe sections are connected by joints and are located between the two end underframes. A bogie is respectively provided under the two end underframes, and the two joint underframes are separated A bogie is shared under the lower part, the number of the supporting parts is two, and the two supporting parts are respectively installed between the adjacent end underframes and the joint underframe sub-parts.
本发明还提供一种驮背车,包括车体,所述车体为上述的驮背车的车体。The present invention also provides a piggyback vehicle, including a vehicle body, which is the vehicle body of the above-mentioned piggyback vehicle.
由于上述的驮背车的车体已经具备如上的技术效果,那么,具有该车体的驮背车亦当具备相类似的技术效果,故在此不作赘述。Since the above-mentioned packback car body already has the above technical effects, then the packback car with the car body should also have similar technical effects, so it will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本发明所提供驮背车的本体的一种具体实施方式的结构示意 图;Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a specific embodiment of the body of the piggyback vehicle provided by the present invention;
图2为托部结构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the support part;
图3为图2的分解视图;Figure 3 is an exploded view of Figure 2;
图4为图3中上部勾处的局部放大图;Figure 4 is a partial enlarged view of the upper hook in Figure 3;
图5为图4的正视图;Figure 5 is a front view of Figure 4;
图6为图3中A处的局部放大图;Fig. 6 is a partial enlarged view of A in Fig. 3;
图7为图3中B处的局部放大图;Fig. 7 is a partial enlarged view of B in Fig. 3;
图8为端部墙体的结构示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the end wall;
图9为图8在另一视角下的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of FIG. 8 from another perspective;
图10为中部墙体和斜墙体的连接结构图;Figure 10 is the connection structure diagram of the central wall and the inclined wall;
图11为图10在另一视角下的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of FIG. 10 from another perspective;
图12为两个端部底架安装于转向架并相互连接的结构图;Figure 12 is a structural diagram in which two end underframes are installed on the bogie and connected to each other;
图13为端部底架本体和端部连接机构的结构图;Figure 13 is a structural diagram of the end chassis body and the end connecting mechanism;
图14为图13中结构安装于转向架并与托部相连的侧视图;Figure 14 is a side view of the structure in Figure 13 installed on the bogie and connected to the support part;
图15为图13的分解视图;Figure 15 is an exploded view of Figure 13;
图16为图13中端部纵向支撑件的放大图;Figure 16 is an enlarged view of the end longitudinal support in Figure 13;
图17为图13中端部横向限位件的放大图;Figure 17 is an enlarged view of the end transverse limiting member in Figure 13;
图18为图13中第一组成的放大图;Figure 18 is an enlarged view of the first composition in Figure 13;
图19为图13中第二组成的放大图;Figure 19 is an enlarged view of the second composition in Figure 13;
图20为图13中第三组成的放大图。Fig. 20 is an enlarged view of the third composition in Fig. 13.
图21为图13中第三纵梁和第四纵梁的放大图;Figure 21 is an enlarged view of the third longitudinal beam and the fourth longitudinal beam in Figure 13;
图22为图13中第一枕梁和第二枕梁的放大图;Figure 22 is an enlarged view of the first corbel and the second corbel in Figure 13;
图23为图13中一个端部旁承的放大图;Figure 23 is an enlarged view of an end side bearing in Figure 13;
图24为图13中一个集装箱锁座的放大图;Figure 24 is an enlarged view of a container lock seat in Figure 13;
图25为图13中一组补强板件的放大图;Figure 25 is an enlarged view of a group of reinforcing plates in Figure 13;
图26为关节底架的结构图;Figure 26 is a structural diagram of the joint chassis;
图27为图26安装于转向架并与托部相连的侧视图;Figure 27 is a side view of Figure 26 installed on the bogie and connected with the support part;
图28为图26中一个关节底架分部的结构图;Figure 28 is a structural diagram of a joint chassis sub-part of Figure 26;
图29为图28的另一视角图;Figure 29 is another view of Figure 28;
图30为图26中另一个关节底架分部的结构图;Figure 30 is a structural diagram of another joint chassis sub-part in Figure 26;
图31为图28的分解视图;Figure 31 is an exploded view of Figure 28;
图32为图31中关节纵向支撑件的放大图;Figure 32 is an enlarged view of the joint longitudinal support in Figure 31;
图33为图31中关节横向限位件的放大图;Figure 33 is an enlarged view of the joint lateral limiter in Figure 31;
图34为图31中第一组成的放大图;Figure 34 is an enlarged view of the first composition in Figure 31;
图35为图31中第二关节横梁和第三关节横梁的放大图;FIG. 35 is an enlarged view of the second joint beam and the third joint beam in FIG. 31;
图36为图31中一个关节旁承的放大图;Figure 36 is an enlarged view of a joint side bearing in Figure 31;
图37为图31中一组补强板件的放大图;Fig. 37 is an enlarged view of a group of reinforcing plates in Fig. 31;
图38为第一种锁闭机构安装于端部连接钩的结构图;Figure 38 is a structural diagram of the first locking mechanism installed on the end connecting hook;
图39为端部连接钩、托部以及第一种锁闭机构在锁定状态下的结构图;Figure 39 is a structural diagram of the end connecting hook, the holder and the first locking mechanism in a locked state;
图40为图39的侧视图;Figure 40 is a side view of Figure 39;
图41为图39在解锁状态下的侧视图;Figure 41 is a side view of Figure 39 in an unlocked state;
图42为第一锁体和第一锁闭驱动梁组件的连接结构图;Figure 42 is a connection structure diagram of the first lock body and the first locking drive beam assembly;
图43为图42的分解视图;Figure 43 is an exploded view of Figure 42;
图44为第一限位部、第二限位部以及第一导向套固定于端部连接钩的结构图;Figure 44 is a structural diagram of the first limiting portion, the second limiting portion and the first guide sleeve fixed to the end connecting hook;
图45为第二种锁闭机构安装于端部连接钩的结构图;Figure 45 is a structural diagram of the second locking mechanism installed on the end connecting hook;
图46为端部连接钩、托部以及第二种锁闭机构在锁定状态下的结构图;Figure 46 is a structural diagram of the end connecting hook, the holder and the second locking mechanism in a locked state;
图47为端部连接钩、托部以及第二种锁闭机构在解锁状态下的结构图;Figure 47 is a structural diagram of the end connecting hook, the holder and the second locking mechanism in an unlocked state;
图48为第二导向套、第四限位部、旋转支撑体固定于端部连接钩的结构图;Figure 48 is a structural diagram of the second guide sleeve, the fourth limiting portion, and the rotating support body fixed to the end connecting hook;
图49为第二推梁与连梁单元、第二锁体的连接结构图;Figure 49 is a diagram of the connection structure of the second push beam with the connecting beam unit and the second lock body;
图50为第二连接套的结构示意图;Figure 50 is a schematic view of the structure of the second connecting sleeve;
图51为转接块的结构示意图;Figure 51 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a transfer block;
图52为锁头的结构示意图;Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the lock;
图53为第二锁体的结构示意图;Figure 53 is a schematic view of the structure of the second lock body;
图54为旋转支撑体的结构示意图Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the rotating support
图55为第一种横向止挡机构安装于端部连接钩的结构图;Figure 55 is a structural diagram of the first lateral stop mechanism installed on the end connecting hook;
图56为第一种横向止挡机构一种具体实施方式的结构图;Figure 56 is a structural diagram of a specific implementation of the first lateral stop mechanism;
图57为图56的分解视图;Figure 57 is an exploded view of Figure 56;
图58为支座的结构示意图;Figure 58 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the support;
图59为第一连梁的分体结构图;Figure 59 is a split structure diagram of the first connecting beam;
图60为第一种横向止挡机构另一种具体实施方式的结构图;Figure 60 is a structural diagram of another specific implementation of the first lateral stop mechanism;
图61为图60中第一止挡梁与连接端部的连接结构的分解视图;Fig. 61 is an exploded view of the connection structure between the first stop beam and the connection end in Fig. 60;
图62为第二种横向止挡机构在止挡状态下与端部连接钩、托部的相对位置图;Figure 62 is a diagram of the relative position of the second lateral stop mechanism with the end connecting hook and the support part in the stop state;
图63为图62的局部放大图;Fig. 63 is a partial enlarged view of Fig. 62;
图64为第二种横向止挡机构在解挡状态下与端部连接钩、托部的相对位置图;Figure 64 is a diagram showing the relative position of the second lateral stop mechanism with the end connecting hook and the supporting part in the unblocked state;
图65为图64的局部放大图;Fig. 65 is a partial enlarged view of Fig. 64;
图66为第二种横向止挡机构安装于端部连接钩的结构图;Figure 66 is a structural diagram of the second lateral stop mechanism installed on the end connecting hook;
图67为图66的分解视图;Figure 67 is an exploded view of Figure 66;
图68为制动管防护装置的结构图;Figure 68 is a structural diagram of the brake pipe protection device;
图69为图68中C处的放大图;Fig. 69 is an enlarged view of C in Fig. 68;
图70为图68中D处的放大图;Fig. 70 is an enlarged view at D in Fig. 68;
图71为图68中E处的放大图;Figure 71 is an enlarged view of E in Figure 68;
图72为制动管防护装置在托部和本体部连接状态下的结构图;Figure 72 is a structural diagram of the brake pipe protection device in the connected state of the support part and the body part;
图73为图72中圈内部分的放大图;Figure 73 is an enlarged view of the inner part of the circle in Figure 72;
图74为制动管防护装置在托部和本体部分离状态下的结构图;Figure 74 is a structural diagram of the brake tube protection device in a state where the holder part and the body part are separated;
图75为图74中圈内部分的放大图;Figure 75 is an enlarged view of the inner part of the circle in Figure 74;
图76为第一防护限位件和第二防护限位件设于支座的结构图Figure 76 is a structural diagram of the first protective limit piece and the second protective limit piece set on the support
图77为第一枢接板的结构图;Figure 77 is a structural diagram of the first pivot plate;
图78为第二枢接板的结构图;Figure 78 is a structural diagram of the second pivoting plate;
图79为防护隔板的结构图;Figure 79 is a structural diagram of the protective partition;
图80为管吊座板的结构图;Figure 80 is a structural diagram of the pipe hanger seat plate;
图81为管吊连接板结构图。Figure 81 is a structural diagram of the pipe hanger connecting plate.
附图标记说明如下:The reference signs are explained as follows:
1本体部;1 body part;
2端部底架,21端部底架本体、2101第一横梁、2102第二横梁、2103第一纵梁、2104第二纵梁、2105第三纵梁、2106第四纵梁、2107第一枕梁、2108第二枕梁、2109端部牵引梁、2110冲击座、2111集装箱锁座、2112端部旁承、2113补强板件、2114鞍座安装座、2115缓冲器安装座,22端部连接机构、221端部连接钩、221a端部凹槽、221b端部钩主体、221b-1端部钩分体、221b-2端部容纳腔、221c端部钩壁板、221d端部第一连接孔、221e端部第二连接孔、222端部纵向支撑件、222a端部纵向支撑主体、222b端部磨耗板、223端部横向限位件、223a端部横向限位槽、223b左导引面、223c右导引面;2 end underframe, 21 end underframe body, 2101 first beam, 2102 second beam, 2103 first longitudinal beam, 2104 second longitudinal beam, 2105 third longitudinal beam, 2106 fourth longitudinal beam, 2107 first Corbel, 2108 second corbel, 2109 end traction beam, 2110 impact seat, 2111 container lock seat, 2112 end side bearing, 2113 reinforcement plate, 2114 saddle mounting seat, 2115 buffer mounting seat, 22 ends Part connecting mechanism, 221 end part connecting hook, 221a end part groove, 221b end part hook body, 221b-1 end part hook split body, 221b-2 end part receiving cavity, 221c end part hook wall plate, 221d end part first A connecting hole, a second connecting hole at the end of 221e, a longitudinal support at the end of 222, a longitudinal support body at an end of 222a, a wear plate at an end of 222b, a transverse stop at the end of 223, a transverse stop at the end of 223a, and a left-side stop at 223b Guide surface, 223c right guide surface;
3关节底架、3a关节底架分部、31关节底架本体、3101第一关节横梁、3102第二关节横梁、3103第三关节横梁、3104第一关节纵梁、3105第二关节纵梁、3106关节牵引梁、3107第一关节地板、3108第二关节地板、3109关节旁承、3110补强板件、32关节连接机构、321端部连接钩、321a端部凹槽、321b关节钩主体、321b-1关节钩分体、321b-2关节容纳腔、321c关节钩壁板、321d关节第一连接孔、321e关节第二连接孔、322端部纵向支撑件、322a端部纵向支撑主体、322b关节磨耗板、323端部横向限位件、323a关节横向限位槽、323b左导引面、323c右导引面、33关节、34关节轴承;3 joint chassis, 3a joint chassis sub-frame, 31 joint chassis body, 3101 first joint beam, 3102 second joint beam, 3103 third joint beam, 3104 first joint longitudinal beam, 3105 second joint longitudinal beam, 3106 joint traction beam, 3107 first joint floor, 3108 second joint floor, 3109 joint side bearing, 3110 reinforcement plate, 32 joint connection mechanism, 321 end connection hook, 321a end groove, 321b joint hook body, 321b-1 joint hook split body, 321b-2 joint accommodating cavity, 321c joint hook wall plate, 321d joint first connection hole, 321e joint second connection hole, 322 end longitudinal support, 322a end longitudinal support body, 322b Joint wear plate, 323 end lateral limiter, 323a joint lateral limit groove, 323b left guide surface, 323c right guide surface, 33 joints, 34 joint bearings;
4托部、41底墙、411中部墙体、411a纵向梁、411a-1平梁段、411a-1a平板、411a-1b加强梁、411a-2格栅梁段、411a-2a小横梁、411a-2b连接板、411b横向梁、411b-1旋转中心插接部、411b-2纵向定位块、412端部墙体、412a主体部分、412a-1连接安装位、412b连接部分、412b-1立板部、412b-2侧板部、412b-3倾斜板部、412c下部圆轴、412d压板、413斜墙体、42侧墙、421上部勾、421a顶面段、421b侧面段、421c磨耗板、422导向限位件、423加强结构、423a中立板、423b端立板、423c外侧板、423d内侧板、423e缺口槽;4 Support part, 41 bottom wall, 411 middle wall, 411a longitudinal beam, 411a-1 flat beam section, 411a-1a flat plate, 411a-1b reinforced beam, 411a-2 grid beam section, 411a-2a small beam, 411a -2b connecting plate, 411b transverse beam, 411b-1 rotation center insertion part, 411b-2 longitudinal positioning block, 412 end wall, 412a main body, 412a-1 connection installation position, 412b connection part, 412b-1 vertical Plate, 412b-2 side plate, 412b-3 inclined plate, 412c lower round shaft, 412d pressure plate, 413 inclined wall, 42 side wall, 421 upper hook, 421a top section, 421b side section, 421c wear plate , 422 guide limiter, 423 reinforcement structure, 423a neutral plate, 423b end vertical plate, 423c outer plate, 423d inner plate, 423e notch groove;
5锁闭机构、51第一锁体、511锁定端部、512第一限位端部、513安装槽、514第二限位端部、52第三铰轴、521锁闭安装板、522螺栓、53第一限位部、54第一锁闭驱动梁组件、541第一推梁、541a第一连接套、 541b第一弹性件、541c第一支撑件、542第一导向套、543传动梁、55第二限位部;5 locking mechanism, 51 first lock body, 511 locking end, 512 first limiting end, 513 mounting groove, 514 second limiting end, 52 third hinge shaft, 521 locking mounting plate, 522 bolt , 53 first limiting part, 54 first locking driving beam assembly, 541 first pushing beam, 541a first connecting sleeve, 541b first elastic member, 541c first support member, 542 first guiding sleeve, 543 driving beam , 55 second limit part;
51′锁头、511′锁定部、512′支撑部、513′弧形缺口、514′支撑槽、52′第二锁体、521′插入段、522′滑槽、523′大尺寸支撑段、524′小尺寸支撑段、53′第二锁闭驱动梁组件、531′第二推梁、531a′第二连接套、531b′第二弹性件、531c′第二支撑件、532′第二导向套、533′连梁单元、533a′第一锁闭连梁、533b′第二锁闭连梁、533c′转接块、533c-1′固定铰接点、533c-2′第一铰接点、533c-3′第二铰接点、54′旋转支撑体、541′旋转轴部、542′第三限位部、543′滑轨、55′第四限位部;51′ lock head, 511′ locking part, 512′ supporting part, 513′ arc-shaped notch, 514′ supporting groove, 52′ second lock body, 521′ insertion section, 522′ sliding groove, 523′ large size supporting section, 524′ small size support section, 53′ second locking driving beam assembly, 531′ second push beam, 531a′ second connecting sleeve, 531b′ second elastic member, 531c′ second support member, 532′ second guide Sleeve, 533′ connecting beam unit, 533a′ first locking connecting beam, 533b′ second locking connecting beam, 533c′ adapter block, 533c-1′ fixed hinge point, 533c-2′ first hinge point, 533c -3' second hinge point, 54' rotating support body, 541' rotating shaft portion, 542' third limiting portion, 543' sliding rail, 55' fourth limiting portion;
6横向止挡机构、61支座、611过孔、612安装孔、613止挡连接板、614护板、615止挡上盖板、62第一止挡梁、621粗颈部、622细颈部、623台阶面、624第一防松件、63止挡驱动梁组件、631第一连梁、6311第一驱动端部、6312连接端部、631a长板件、631a-1条形导向孔、631b短板件、631b-1穿过孔、631c滚轮、631d滚轴、631d-1杆部、631d-2头部、631d-3锁紧螺母、631e条形导向槽、631f锁紧件、631g第一垫片、632第二连梁、633第一铰轴、633a安装板、634第二铰轴、64第三弹性件、65止挡限位件;6 Transverse stop mechanism, 61 support, 611 through hole, 612 mounting hole, 613 stop connecting plate, 614 guard plate, 615 stop upper cover, 62 first stop beam, 621 thick neck, 622 narrow neck Section, 623 step surface, 624 first anti-loosening member, 63 stop driving beam assembly, 631 first connecting beam, 6311 first driving end, 6312 connecting end, 631a long plate, 631a-1 strip guide hole , 631b short plate, 631b-1 through hole, 631c roller, 631d roller, 631d-1 rod, 631d-2 head, 631d-3 lock nut, 631e strip guide groove, 631f lock piece, 631g first gasket, 632 second connecting beam, 633 first hinge shaft, 633a mounting plate, 634 second hinge shaft, 64 third elastic member, 65 stop and limit member;
61′第二止挡梁、611′驱动端部、612′止挡端部、613′铰接轴、613a′大径段、613b′小径段、613c′第三限位件、613d′第二垫片、62′限位梁、63′第一限位件、64′第二限位件、65′第四弹性件;61′ second stop beam, 611′ drive end, 612′ stop end, 613′ hinge shaft, 613a′ large diameter section, 613b′ small diameter section, 613c′ third stopper, 613d′ second pad Sheet, 62' limiting beam, 63' first limiting member, 64' second limiting member, 65' fourth elastic member;
10制动管防护装置、11防护壳体、111C形防护梁、112防护封板、113管吊组件、1131防护隔板、1132管吊座板、1133管吊连接板、12防护连接件、12a防护内端部、12b防护外端部、12c防护转接部、12d防护过孔、121第一枢接板、122第二枢接板、123枢接转轴、1231限位销、124固定轴、125防护滚轮、13第一防护限位件、14磁性件、15第二防护限位件;10 Brake pipe protective device, 11 protective shell, 111C-shaped protective beam, 112 protective sealing plate, 113 pipe hanger assembly, 1131 protective partition, 1132 pipe hanger plate, 1133 pipe hanger connecting plate, 12 protective connector, 12a Protection inner end, 12b protection outer end, 12c protection adapter, 12d protection through hole, 121 first pivot plate, 122 second pivot plate, 123 pivot shaft, 1231 limit pin, 124 fixed shaft, 125 protective rollers, 13 first protective limit piece, 14 magnetic component, 15 second protective limit piece;
20制动管、201法兰接头。20 brake pipe, 201 flange joint.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本领域的技术人员更好地理解本发明的技术方案,下面结合附图和具体实施例对本发明作进一步的详细说明。In order to enable those skilled in the art to better understand the technical solutions of the present invention, the present invention will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments.
在本申请中,以驮背车的长度方向为纵向,纵向也是指前后方向;在铁路车辆的运行平面内,与该纵向相垂直的方向为横向,横向也是指左右方向,在横向上,相对靠近铁路轨道横向中心的位置为内,相对远离铁路轨道横向中心的位置为外;与上述运行平面相垂直的方向为垂向,其中,相对远离地面的方面为上,相对靠近地面的方向为下。In this application, the length direction of the piggyback car is the longitudinal direction, and the longitudinal direction also refers to the front and rear direction; in the running plane of the railway vehicle, the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is the transverse direction, and the transverse direction also refers to the left and right direction. The position close to the horizontal center of the railway track is inside, and the position relatively far away from the horizontal center of the railway track is outside; the direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned running plane is the vertical direction, where the direction relatively far away from the ground is up, and the direction relatively close to the ground is down .
在本申请中,“第一”、“第二”、“第三”等类似指代词语仅为了便于区分描述,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性也不代表顺序关系。In this application, "first", "second", "third" and other similar denoting words are only used for distinguishing and describing, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or representing a sequence relationship.
请参考图1,图1为本发明所提供驮背车的本体的一种具体实施方式的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 1, which is a schematic structural diagram of a specific embodiment of the body of the piggyback car provided by the present invention.
如图1所示,本发明提供一种驮背车的车体,包括本体部1和托部4,托部4的纵向两端均设有连接结构,其中,连接结构包括上部勾421和沿横向延伸的下部圆轴412c,本体部1设有端部连接机构22,端部连接机构22包括端部连接钩221和端部纵向支撑件222,端部连接钩221形成朝上设置的钩口,组装状态下,下部圆轴412c能够挂靠于端部连接钩221的钩口,上部勾421能够卡装于端部纵向支撑件222。As shown in Figure 1, the present invention provides a car body for a packback car, which includes a body portion 1 and a support portion 4. The longitudinal ends of the support portion 4 are both provided with a connecting structure, wherein the connecting structure includes an upper hook 421 and an edge The lower round shaft 412c extends horizontally. The main body 1 is provided with an end connecting mechanism 22. The end connecting mechanism 22 includes an end connecting hook 221 and an end longitudinal support 222. The end connecting hook 221 forms an upwardly arranged hook opening. In the assembled state, the lower circular shaft 412c can be hung on the hook opening of the end connecting hook 221, and the upper hook 421 can be clamped to the end longitudinal support 222.
采用这种结构,托部4的纵向两端与本体部1之间均可以存在上部勾421与端部纵向支撑件222、下部圆轴412c与端部连接钩221所形成的两个连接点,托部4与本体部1的连接可以更为可靠;且在分离时,通过对于本体部1的举升,本体部1、托部4还能够以下部圆轴412c的中轴线为旋转中心线进行相对转动,迫使上部勾421与端部纵向连接件222的连接处产生松动,进而可以方便托部4与本体部1的分离。With this structure, there can be two connection points formed between the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal support 222, the lower round shaft 412c and the end connecting hook 221 between the longitudinal ends of the holder 4 and the main body 1. The connection between the holder part 4 and the main body part 1 can be more reliable; and during separation, by lifting the main body part 1, the main body part 1 and the holder part 4 can also be carried out with the central axis of the lower circular shaft 412c as the center of rotation. The relative rotation forces the connection between the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal connector 222 to loosen, thereby facilitating the separation of the holder 4 and the main body 1.
以下本发明实施例将对本发明所提供驮背车的车体的不同组成部分的结构进行分别描述。The following embodiments of the present invention will separately describe the structures of different components of the car body of the packback car provided by the present invention.
托部4Care part 4
请参考图2-11,图2为托部的结构示意图,图3为图2的分解视图,图4为图3中上部勾处的局部放大图,图5为图4的正视图,图6为图3中A处的局部放大图,图7为图3中B处的局部放大图,图8为端部墙体的结构示意图,图9为图8在另一视角下的结构示意图,图10为中部墙体 和斜墙体的连接结构图,图11为图10在另一视角下的结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 2-11, Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the support part, Figure 3 is an exploded view of Figure 2, Figure 4 is a partial enlarged view of the upper hook in Figure 3, Figure 5 is a front view of Figure 4, Figure 6 Fig. 3 is a partial enlarged view at A, Fig. 7 is a partial enlarged view at B in Fig. 3, Fig. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the end wall, and Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Fig. 8 from another perspective. 10 is the connection structure diagram of the middle wall and the inclined wall, and FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of FIG. 10 from another perspective.
如图2所示,并结合图4、图5,上部勾421与端部纵向支撑件222的卡装面可以包括顶面段421a和两个侧面段421b,以形成开口朝下的U型卡装面;两侧面段421b中,第一者可以为竖直面,第二者可以为自上而下沿远离第一者方向倾斜的倾斜面,或者,两侧面段421b均可以为自上而下沿远离对方的方向倾斜的倾斜面。As shown in Figure 2 and in conjunction with Figures 4 and 5, the clamping surface of the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal support 222 may include a top surface section 421a and two side surface sections 421b to form a U-shaped card with the opening facing downward. Mounting surface; of the two side sections 421b, the first one can be a vertical surface, the second one can be an inclined surface inclined from top to bottom in a direction away from the first, or both side sections 421b can be from top to bottom An inclined surface with the lower edge slanted away from the other side.
如此,卡装面可以形成自下而上逐渐缩小的锥形卡装口,这种形式的锥形卡装口可以方便上部勾421与端部纵向支撑件222的卡装,且卡紧效果会随着托部4与本体部1的靠近程度而增加,可形成越落越紧的连接特点;而且,由于锥形卡装口的下部开口较大,一旦上部勾421与端部纵向支撑件222的连接处产生松动,二者的分离可以较为容易。In this way, the clamping surface can form a tapered clamping port that gradually shrinks from bottom to top. This type of tapered clamping port can facilitate the clamping of the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal support 222, and the clamping effect will be improved. As the distance between the holder part 4 and the main body part 1 increases, a connection characteristic of tighter and tighter can be formed; moreover, since the lower opening of the tapered mounting port is larger, once the upper hook 421 and the end longitudinal support 222 The connection between the two is loosened, and the separation of the two can be easier.
需要说明,上述锥形卡装口的方案仅为本发明实施例的一种优选方案,并不能够作为对本发明所提供驮背车的车体的实施范围的限定,在具体实施时,两个侧面段421b也可以均设置为竖直面,这同样能够满足与本体部卡接安装的技术效果。It should be noted that the above-mentioned tapered bayonet port solution is only a preferred solution of the embodiment of the present invention, and cannot be used as a limitation on the scope of implementation of the car body of the piggyback vehicle provided by the present invention. In the specific implementation, two The side sections 421b can also be arranged as vertical surfaces, which can also meet the technical effect of snap-fitting with the main body.
在托部4与本体部的安装、分离等过程中,上部勾421的卡装面与本体部之间会存在滑动摩擦、静摩擦等形式的摩擦力,有可能会对上部勾421造成磨损,为此,可以在两侧面段421b设置托部磨耗板421c,以通过托部磨耗板421c的磨损来代替对于上部勾421的直接磨损,这对于提高托部4的使用寿命具有积极效果。During the process of installing and separating the holder 4 and the main body, there will be frictional forces in the form of sliding friction and static friction between the clamping surface of the upper hook 421 and the main body, which may cause wear and tear on the upper hook 421. Therefore, the holder wear plates 421c can be provided on the two side sections 421b to replace the direct wear of the upper hook 421 by the wear of the holder wear plates 421c, which has a positive effect on improving the service life of the holder 4.
请继续参考图5,各托部磨耗板421c可以通过螺钉等形式的连接件与侧面段421b相连,而托部4在安装、分离以及使用过程中,各托部磨耗板421c所受到的摩擦力的方向与上述连接件的轴向是相垂直的,这就会导致各连接件承受不必要的剪切力,长期使用条件下,这种剪切力会严重影响托部磨耗板421c的连接可靠性。实际上,即便托部磨耗板421c是通过焊接固定,焊缝处也会受到上述的剪切力。Please continue to refer to FIG. 5, each holder wear plate 421c can be connected to the side section 421b by a connecting piece in the form of screws, and the friction force received by each holder wear plate 421c during installation, separation and use of the holder 4 The direction is perpendicular to the axial direction of the above-mentioned connecting parts, which will cause the connecting parts to bear unnecessary shearing force. Under long-term use conditions, this shearing force will seriously affect the reliable connection of the wear plate 421c of the support part. sex. In fact, even if the holder wear plate 421c is fixed by welding, the welding seam will receive the above-mentioned shearing force.
针对此,本发明实施例在托部磨耗板421c和侧面段421b之间可以设有抗剪止挡结构,以通过该抗剪止挡结构来抵消托部磨耗板421c所承受的摩擦力,这样,各连接件(或者焊缝)在垂向上基本可以处于不受力的状态,连接的可靠性可以更高。In view of this, in the embodiment of the present invention, a shear stop structure may be provided between the holder wear plate 421c and the side section 421b, so that the shear stop structure can offset the friction force of the holder wear plate 421c. , Each connecting piece (or welding seam) can basically be in a state of no force in the vertical direction, and the reliability of the connection can be higher.
详细而言,该抗剪止挡结构可以设置在托部磨耗板421c上,如附图5中位于左侧的托部磨耗板421c,该托部磨耗板421c可以大致为L形,L形的横部可以与侧面段421b相抵,这样,作用于托部磨耗板421c的摩擦力可以通过横部作用在上部勾421上,从而可以消除上述的剪切力;或者,该抗剪止挡结构也可以设置在侧面段421b上,如附图5中位于右侧的侧面段421b,该侧面段421b可以设有缺口,托部磨耗板421c可以安装在该缺口内,并与缺口的顶壁相抵,进而可通过与顶壁的作用力来抵消托部磨耗板421c所承受的摩擦力,以最终消除剪切力。In detail, the anti-shear stop structure can be provided on the holder wear plate 421c, such as the holder wear plate 421c on the left side in FIG. The transverse portion can resist the side section 421b, so that the friction force acting on the wear plate 421c of the support portion can act on the upper hook 421 through the transverse portion, thereby eliminating the above-mentioned shearing force; or, the anti-shearing stop structure is also It can be arranged on the side section 421b, such as the side section 421b on the right side in FIG. Furthermore, the friction force borne by the holder wear plate 421c can be offset by the force with the top wall, so as to finally eliminate the shearing force.
结合图3,托部4可以包括底墙41和与底墙41相连的两个侧墙42,两侧墙42的纵向两端均可以设有上部勾421。With reference to FIG. 3, the support portion 4 may include a bottom wall 41 and two side walls 42 connected to the bottom wall 41, and upper hooks 421 may be provided at both longitudinal ends of the two side walls 42.
而且,侧墙42还可以设有导向限位件422,该导向限位件422具体可以设置在上部勾421上,其形状可以为板状,也可以为块状、柱状等,其主要用于和本体部1的限位导向件(具体结构可以参见后文中有关本体部1的描述)相配合,以对托部4的安装进行导向,并能够形成托部4的横向限位。Moreover, the side wall 42 may also be provided with a guide limiter 422, which can be specifically arranged on the upper hook 421, and its shape can be plate-shaped, block-shaped, column-shaped, etc., and is mainly used for It cooperates with the limiting guide of the main body 1 (for specific structure, please refer to the description of the main body 1 below) to guide the installation of the supporting portion 4 and form a lateral limit of the supporting portion 4.
举例说明,本体部1的限位导向件可以设有限位导向槽,自下而上,该限位导向槽可以包括等宽槽段和变宽槽段,这里的宽度是指横向尺寸,等宽槽段的宽度可以大体与导向限位件422相同,而变宽槽段的宽度则可以自下而上逐渐增加,这样,通过导向限位件422与变宽槽段的配合,可以对托部4的安装进行导向,以保证托部4安装位置的准确性,而当导向限位件422插入等宽槽段时,导向限位件422与等宽槽段的配合又能够对托部4进行横向限位。For example, the limit guide of the main body 1 may be provided with a limit guide groove, from bottom to top, the limit guide groove may include a groove section of equal width and a groove section of variable width, where the width refers to the horizontal dimension, and the width is equal The width of the groove section can be roughly the same as that of the guide limiter 422, and the width of the widened groove section can gradually increase from bottom to top. In this way, the guide limiter 422 and the widened groove section can cooperate with each other to match the support part. The installation of 4 is guided to ensure the accuracy of the mounting position of the bracket 4, and when the guide limiting member 422 is inserted into the equal width groove section, the cooperation of the guide limiting member 422 and the equal width groove section can perform the support 4 Horizontal limit.
侧墙42的外侧面还可以设有加强结构423,以提高侧墙42的强度,该加强结构423具体可以为加强筋、加强板等形式的加强部件,或者,在本发明所提供驮背车的车体用于运输集装箱时,该加强结构423可以为集装箱锁的安装位,如此,可以省却单独设置的加强结构423,有利于简化侧墙42的结构。The outer side of the side wall 42 may also be provided with a reinforcing structure 423 to improve the strength of the side wall 42. The reinforcing structure 423 may be a reinforcing member in the form of a stiffener, a reinforcing plate, etc. When the body of the vehicle body is used to transport containers, the reinforced structure 423 can be an installation position for the container lock. In this way, a separate reinforced structure 423 can be omitted, which is beneficial to simplify the structure of the side wall 42.
结合图6、图7,在一种示例性的方案中,设置集装箱锁的安装位可以首先对侧墙42的上盖板进行改造,上盖板的外侧可以设置缺口槽423e,对应缺口槽423e的位置,可以分别在内外两侧设置内侧板423d和外侧板 423c,以及连接内侧板423d、外侧板423c的中立板423a和端立板423b,这种形式的安装位对于侧墙42的加强效果明显,可以替代传统加强筋、加强板等形式的加强部件。With reference to Figures 6 and 7, in an exemplary solution, to set the installation position of the container lock, the upper cover plate of the side wall 42 can be modified first, and the outer side of the upper cover plate can be provided with a notch groove 423e corresponding to the notch groove 423e The position of the inner plate 423d and the outer plate 423c, and the neutral plate 423a and the end plate 423b connecting the inner plate 423d and the outer plate 423c can be arranged on the inner and outer sides respectively. This form of installation position has a strengthening effect on the side wall 42 Obviously, it can replace traditional reinforcing ribs, reinforcing plates and other forms of reinforcing parts.
可以理解,上述关于集装箱锁安装位的具体结构的说明仅是针对一种特定集装箱锁的安装位的示例性描述,这并不能够代表所有形式的集装箱锁的安装位,在具体实施时,如果所需集装箱锁的结构发生变化,上述安装位的结构可以进行适应性的调整,这点可以参照现有技术,在此不做详细描述。It can be understood that the above description of the specific structure of the container lock installation position is only an exemplary description of the installation position of a specific container lock, which does not represent the installation position of all forms of container locks. In the specific implementation, if The structure of the required container lock is changed, and the structure of the above installation position can be adjusted adaptively. This point can be referred to the prior art, which will not be described in detail here.
底墙41可以包括中部墙体411和位于中部墙体411纵向两侧的端部墙体412。如图8、图9所示,端部墙体412可以包括主体部分412a和连接部分412b,其中,连接部分412b可用于连接主体部分412a和侧墙42;在装卸货的过程中,由于公路车辆要不断地开上开下,公路车辆的车轮要频繁地碾压主体部分412a,为提高主体部分412a的强度和使用寿命,主体部分412a可以采用箱式结构,这一方面可以保证强度,另一方面又可以降低重量;下部圆轴412c可以安装在主体部分412a远离中部墙体411的一端。The bottom wall 41 may include a middle wall 411 and end walls 412 located on both longitudinal sides of the middle wall 411. As shown in Figures 8 and 9, the end wall 412 can include a main body portion 412a and a connecting portion 412b, wherein the connecting portion 412b can be used to connect the main body portion 412a and the side wall 42; during the loading and unloading process, due to road vehicles To continuously drive up and down, the wheels of road vehicles must frequently crush the main body portion 412a. In order to improve the strength and service life of the main body portion 412a, the main body portion 412a can adopt a box-type structure. This aspect can ensure the strength, and the other In this way, the weight can be reduced; the lower round shaft 412c can be installed at the end of the main body 412a away from the central wall 411.
连接部分412b可以为包括立板部412b-1和侧板部412b-2的C型板,这样,连接部分412b自身的强度可以较高,能够较大程度地保证主体部分412a和侧墙42的连接可靠性。而且,侧板部412b-2还可以包括由内向外逐渐向上倾斜的倾斜板段412b-3,结合图8,这种形式的倾斜板段412b-3可以对公路车辆的轮胎进行导向,以尽可能地保证公路车辆的轮胎在主体部分412a上滚动。The connecting portion 412b can be a C-shaped plate including the vertical plate portion 412b-1 and the side plate portion 412b-2. In this way, the strength of the connecting portion 412b itself can be higher, which can ensure the main body portion 412a and the side wall 42 to a greater extent. Connection reliability. Moreover, the side plate portion 412b-2 may also include an inclined plate section 412b-3 that gradually slopes upward from the inside to the outside. With reference to FIG. 8, this form of the inclined plate section 412b-3 can guide the tires of road vehicles to the fullest extent possible. It is possible to ensure that the tires of the road vehicle roll on the main body portion 412a.
主体部分412a的横向两侧还可以设有压板412d,在托部4下落并安装在主体部时,该压板412d可以作为驱动件存在,以驱使制动管防护装置(图中未示出)旋转回位。The lateral sides of the main body portion 412a may also be provided with pressing plates 412d. When the holder 4 is dropped and installed on the main body, the pressing plates 412d may exist as a driving part to drive the brake pipe guard (not shown in the figure) to rotate. return.
再如图10、图11所示,中部墙体411可以包括沿横向间隔设置的两个纵向梁411a,两纵向梁411a可以通过若干沿纵向间隔设置的横向梁411b相连。由于公路车辆的重量主要通过横向两侧的车轮来传递,采用上述结构的中部墙体411,即可以通过横向上间隔的两个纵向梁411a来分别承担横向两侧的车轮所传递的重力,而横向中间区域无需直接与车轮相接触的 部分则可以采用若干相间隔的横向梁411b所组成的镂空结构,这对于减轻中部墙体411的重量具有积极效果。As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the middle wall 411 may include two longitudinal beams 411a arranged at intervals along the transverse direction, and the two longitudinal beams 411a may be connected by a plurality of transverse beams 411b arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction. Since the weight of road vehicles is mainly transmitted by the wheels on both sides in the lateral direction, the middle wall 411 with the above structure can bear the gravity transmitted by the wheels on both sides in the lateral direction through two longitudinal beams 411a spaced apart in the lateral direction. The part of the transverse middle area that does not need to be in direct contact with the wheel can adopt a hollow structure composed of several spaced transverse beams 411b, which has a positive effect on reducing the weight of the middle wall 411.
当然,中部墙体411也可以采用一体式的墙体,这并不影响其对于公路车辆的承载功能。Of course, the central wall 411 can also be an integrated wall, which does not affect its bearing function for road vehicles.
每一个纵向梁411a均可以包括平梁段411a-1和格栅梁段411a-2,平梁段411a-1可以包括平板411a-1a和安装于平板411a-1a底部的若干加强梁411a-1b,加强梁411a-1b的结构形式可以多种多样,如附图所示的方案为横纵交错的梁体的组合,当然,也可以采用其他的结构,只要能够实现对平板411a-1a进行加强的技术效果即可;格栅梁段411a-2则可以包括若干沿纵向间隔设置的小横梁411a-2a,沿纵向相邻的两小横梁411a-2a之间可以通过连接板411a-2b进行连接。Each longitudinal beam 411a may include a flat beam section 411a-1 and a grid beam section 411a-2, and the flat beam section 411a-1 may include a flat plate 411a-1a and a number of reinforcing beams 411a-1b installed at the bottom of the flat plate 411a-1a The structural forms of the reinforcing beams 411a-1b can be varied, as shown in the figure, the scheme is a combination of transversely and longitudinally staggered beams. Of course, other structures can also be used, as long as the plate 411a-1a can be strengthened. The technical effect is sufficient; the grid beam section 411a-2 may include a number of small beams 411a-2a arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction. Two small beams 411a-2a adjacent in the longitudinal direction can be connected by connecting plates 411a-2b. .
采用这种设计,格栅梁段411a-2的相邻两小横梁411a-2a之间具有间隙,可以方便安装掩挡,以对公路车辆的车轮进行限位;而平梁段411a-1又可以作为半挂车支腿的停放位置,以便于和支腿底板相配合,进而可对半挂车的支腿进行可靠支撑。With this design, there is a gap between the two adjacent small beams 411a-2a of the grid beam section 411a-2, which can facilitate the installation of shields to limit the wheels of road vehicles; and the flat beam section 411a-1 is also It can be used as the parking position of the outrigger of the semi-trailer, so as to cooperate with the bottom plate of the outrigger, so as to reliably support the outrigger of the semi-trailer.
需要指出,本发明实施例并不限定纵向梁411a、横向梁411b在中部墙体411横向上的占比,同时,也不限定平梁段411a-1和格栅梁段411a-2在纵向梁411a纵向上的占比,在具体实施时,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行设置。It should be pointed out that the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the proportion of the longitudinal beam 411a and the transverse beam 411b in the transverse direction of the central wall 411, and also does not limit the flat beam section 411a-1 and the grid beam section 411a-2 in the longitudinal beam. The proportion of 411a in the longitudinal direction can be set by those skilled in the art according to actual needs during specific implementation.
中部墙体411还可以设有纵向定位结构,具体来说,该纵向定位结构可以包括纵向定位块411b-2,并可以安装在横向梁411b上,纵向定位块411b-2可以设有V形或者其他形状的定位口,在驮背车开到指定站、并停靠时,地面上的定位设备可以与该定位口相作用,以对驮背车的纵向位置进行精准定位,更方便托部4的安装和分离。The middle wall 411 may also be provided with a longitudinal positioning structure. Specifically, the longitudinal positioning structure may include a longitudinal positioning block 411b-2, and may be installed on the transverse beam 411b, and the longitudinal positioning block 411b-2 may be provided with a V-shape or Positioning ports of other shapes. When the piggyback vehicle is driven to the designated station and parked, the positioning device on the ground can interact with the positioning port to accurately locate the longitudinal position of the piggyback vehicle, which is more convenient for the support part 4. Installation and separation.
托部4与本体部的安装和分离方式主要有旋转和平移两种方案:针对旋转的方案,还需要为托部4设置旋转中心插接部411b-1,该旋转中心插接部411b-1具体可以为孔型或者槽型,其安装位置可以在横向梁411b上,在驮背车开到指定站后,地面设备可以通过举升等方式提供旋转销,并插接在上述的旋转中心插接部411b-1内,进而可以作为托部4的旋转中心;针对平移的方案,还可以在托部4的底面设置平移驱动件的连接安装位 412a-1,该连接安装位412a-1也可以为孔型或者槽型,在图9中,该连接安装位412a-1可以设置在端部墙体412的底面。The mounting and separating methods of the holder 4 and the main body mainly include rotation and translation: for the rotating solution, it is also necessary to provide the holder 4 with a rotation center inserting portion 411b-1, which is the rotation center inserting portion 411b-1 Specifically, it can be hole-shaped or slot-shaped, and its installation position can be on the transverse beam 411b. After the piggyback truck is driven to the designated station, the ground equipment can provide a rotating pin by lifting, etc., and insert it into the above-mentioned center of rotation. The connecting portion 411b-1 can then be used as the center of rotation of the holder 4; for the translation solution, a connecting mounting position 412a-1 of the translation driving member can also be provided on the bottom surface of the holder 4. The connecting mounting position 412a-1 is also It can be a hole type or a groove type. In FIG.
底墙41还可以包括由内向外逐渐向上倾斜的斜墙体413,斜墙体413位于中部墙体411的横向两侧,用于连接中部墙体411和侧墙42。该斜墙体413的作用与前述倾斜板部412b-3相类似,均可以用于对公路车辆的轮胎进行导向,以尽可能地保证公路车辆的轮胎停留在两个纵向梁411a上;在附图的方案中,斜墙体413的纵向两端可以与前述的倾斜板部412b-3相连。The bottom wall 41 may also include an inclined wall 413 gradually inclined upward from the inside to the outside. The inclined wall 413 is located on both lateral sides of the middle wall 411 and is used to connect the middle wall 411 and the side wall 42. The function of the inclined wall body 413 is similar to the aforementioned inclined plate portion 412b-3, which can be used to guide the tires of road vehicles to ensure that the tires of road vehicles stay on the two longitudinal beams 411a as much as possible; In the solution shown in the figure, the longitudinal ends of the inclined wall body 413 can be connected to the aforementioned inclined plate portion 412b-3.
本体部1 Body part 1
基于上述形式的托部4,本发明所提供驮背车的车体的本体部1的结构实际上并不做限定,只要能够具有前述的端部连接机构22,以与托部4纵向两端的连接结构相配合即可。Based on the above-mentioned form of the holder 4, the structure of the body 1 of the packback car body provided by the present invention is not actually limited, as long as it can have the aforementioned end connecting mechanism 22 to be connected to the longitudinal ends of the holder 4 The connection structure can be matched.
本发明实施例根据每一节车体所包括托部4的数量,可以将车体分成两种形式:According to the embodiment of the present invention, the vehicle body can be divided into two forms according to the number of support parts 4 included in each vehicle body:
其一,如图1所示,托部4的数量可以为一个,本体部1可以包括两个端部底架2,两端部底架2的下方分别可以设有一个转向架,两端部底架2均可以设有前述端部连接机构22,托部4可以安装在两端部底架2之间。First, as shown in Figure 1, the number of the holder 4 can be one, and the main body 1 can include two end underframes 2. A bogie can be provided under the two end underframes 2 respectively. Both the bottom frames 2 can be provided with the aforementioned end connecting mechanism 22, and the support portion 4 can be installed between the bottom frames 2 at both ends.
其二,托部4的数量可以为多个,受轴重限制,托部4的数量通常不会超过两个。以两个为例,本体部1可以包括两个端部底架2和一个关节底架3,该关节底架3可以包括两个关节底架分部3a,两关节底架分部3a可以通过关节相连,并位于两端部底架2之间,两端部底架2的下方分别设有一个转向架,两关节底架分部3a的下方可以共用一个转向架,两个托部4可以分别安装在相邻的端部底架2、关节底架分部3a之间;这样,可以更为充分地利用每一节车体的纵向长度,以提高车体的载货量,进而可以有效降低运输成本。Second, the number of the supporting parts 4 can be multiple, and the number of the supporting parts 4 is usually not more than two due to the limitation of the axle load. Taking two as an example, the main body 1 may include two end chassis 2 and a joint chassis 3, the joint chassis 3 may include two joint chassis sub-parts 3a, and the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a can pass through The joints are connected and located between the underframes 2 at both ends. A bogie is provided under the underframes 2 at both ends. The two joint underframe sub-parts 3a can share one bogie, and the two support parts 4 can They are installed between the adjacent end underframe 2 and the joint underframe sub-section 3a; in this way, the longitudinal length of each car body can be more fully utilized to increase the cargo capacity of the car body, which can effectively Reduce transportation costs.
对于端部底架2,其可以包括上述的端部连接机构22,具体的结构形式以参照图12-25,图12为两个端部底架安装于转向架并相互连接的结构图,图13为端部底架本体和端部连接机构的结构图,图14为图13中结构安装于转向架并与托部相连的侧视图,图15为图13的分解视图,图16 为图13中端部纵向支撑件的放大图,图17为图13中端部横向限位件的放大图,图18为图13中第一组成的放大图,图19为图13中第二组成的放大图,图20为图13中第三组成的放大图,图21为图13中第三纵梁和第四纵梁的放大图,图22为图13中第一枕梁和第二枕梁的放大图,图23为图13中一个端部旁承的放大图,图24为图13中一个集装箱锁座的放大图,图25为图13中一组补强板件的放大图。For the end underframe 2, it may include the above-mentioned end connection mechanism 22. For the specific structure, refer to Figures 12-25. 13 is a structural diagram of the end chassis body and the end connecting mechanism, FIG. 14 is a side view of the structure in FIG. 13 installed on the bogie and connected to the support portion, FIG. 15 is an exploded view of FIG. 13, and FIG. 16 is FIG. 13 An enlarged view of the longitudinal support member at the middle end, Figure 17 is an enlarged view of the lateral stop member at the end in Figure 13, Figure 18 is an enlarged view of the first composition in Figure 13, and Figure 19 is an enlarged view of the second composition in Figure 13 Figure 20 is an enlarged view of the third composition in Figure 13, Figure 21 is an enlarged view of the third longitudinal beam and the fourth longitudinal beam in Figure 13, Figure 22 is the first corbel and the second corbel in Figure 13 Enlarged view, FIG. 23 is an enlarged view of an end side bearing in FIG. 13, FIG. 24 is an enlarged view of a container lock seat in FIG. 13, and FIG. 25 is an enlarged view of a group of reinforcing plates in FIG.
如图12所示,当存在多节车体时,相邻的两车体可以通过两个端部底架2相连,图中,两个端部底架2通过车钩连接。并且,每个端部底架2下方都设有一个转向架,也就是说,一个端部底架2对应安装在一个转向架上。As shown in Figure 12, when there are multiple car bodies, two adjacent car bodies can be connected by two end underframes 2. In the figure, the two end underframes 2 are connected by couplers. In addition, a bogie is provided under each end underframe 2, that is, one end underframe 2 is correspondingly installed on a bogie.
结合图13,端部连接机构22连在端部底架本体21的后端,这里有关前后的定义主要是结合附图中的视角进行确定,实际上,由于每一节车体均包括两个对称设置的端部底架2,两个端部底架2的前后、左右的位置关系实际上是相反的,对此可以结合图12中有关前后左右的标注进行理解。With reference to Figure 13, the end connecting mechanism 22 is connected to the rear end of the end chassis body 21. The definitions of front and rear are mainly determined in conjunction with the perspective in the drawings. In fact, since each car body includes two For the symmetrical end chassis 2, the front and rear, left and right positional relationships of the two end chassis 2 are actually opposite. This can be understood in conjunction with the front, rear, left, and right labels in FIG. 12.
端部连接机构22包括端部连接钩221。端部连接钩221的钩口朝上,端部连接钩221的内钩面上设有沿横向延伸的端部凹槽221a。The end connecting mechanism 22 includes an end connecting hook 221. The hook opening of the end connecting hook 221 faces upward, and the inner hook surface of the end connecting hook 221 is provided with an end groove 221a extending in the transverse direction.
如图14所示,连接状态下,托部4的下部圆轴412c安放于端部凹槽221a,受到来自端部凹槽221a的内表面的向上的支撑力,因而垂向得到了有效支撑,同时,端部凹槽221a的内表面还能够对下部圆轴412c起到一定的纵向限位作用。因此,该端部底架2与托部4具有较好的连接可靠性。而且,通过向托部4施加向上的举升力,即可使下部圆轴412c从端部凹槽221a中脱出,方便端部底架2与托部4的分离。As shown in Figure 14, in the connected state, the lower round shaft 412c of the holder 4 is placed in the end groove 221a, and receives the upward supporting force from the inner surface of the end groove 221a, so that the vertical direction is effectively supported. At the same time, the inner surface of the end groove 221a can also play a certain longitudinal limit on the lower round shaft 412c. Therefore, the end underframe 2 and the supporting portion 4 have better connection reliability. Moreover, by applying an upward lifting force to the holder 4, the lower round shaft 412c can be released from the end groove 221a, which facilitates the separation of the end chassis 2 and the holder 4.
进一步的,如图13所示,端部连接机构22还包括端部纵向支撑件222,端部纵向支撑件222位于端部连接钩221的上方,具体可以是正上方,也可以是斜上方。Further, as shown in FIG. 13, the end connecting mechanism 22 further includes an end longitudinal support 222, the end longitudinal support 222 is located above the end connecting hook 221, and can be directly above or diagonally above.
如图16所示,端部纵向支撑件222包括端部纵向支撑主体222a以及固定在端部纵向支撑主体222a的前端和后端的端部磨耗板222b。As shown in FIG. 16, the end longitudinal support 222 includes an end longitudinal support body 222a and end wear plates 222b fixed to the front and rear ends of the end longitudinal support body 222a.
如图2所示,托部4的端部设有上部勾421,上部勾421的钩口朝下。As shown in FIG. 2, the end of the holder 4 is provided with an upper hook 421, and the hook opening of the upper hook 421 faces downward.
如图14所示,连接状态下,端部纵向支撑主体222a伸入上部勾421 的钩口,两者钩挂在一起,同时,前端的端部磨耗板222b与上部勾421的内钩面前侧抵接,后端的端部磨耗板222b与上部勾421的内钩面后侧抵接,从而对托部4起到纵向支撑作用。这样,可以进一步提升端部底架2与托部4的连接可靠性,且不会影响端部底架2与托部4的分离便捷性。As shown in Figure 14, in the connected state, the end longitudinal support body 222a extends into the hook opening of the upper hook 421, and the two are hooked together. At the same time, the front end wear plate 222b and the inner hook front side of the upper hook 421 When abutting, the end wear plate 222b at the rear end abuts against the rear side of the inner hook surface of the upper hook 421, thereby supporting the supporting portion 4 in the longitudinal direction. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the end chassis 2 and the support portion 4 can be further improved, and the separation convenience of the end chassis 2 and the support portion 4 will not be affected.
如图16所示,前端的端部磨耗板222b的上部相对下部向后倾斜,后端的端部磨耗板222b的上部相对下部向前倾斜。同时,端部凹槽221a的内表面形成端部导引面,该端部导引面与下部圆轴412c配合时能够导引安装时托部4的落入,而且,该端部导引面还能够与下部圆轴412c相配合,以导引托部4与本体部1的转动分离。As shown in FIG. 16, the upper part of the end wear plate 222b at the front end is inclined backward relative to the lower part, and the upper part of the end wear plate 222b at the rear end is inclined forward relative to the lower part. At the same time, the inner surface of the end groove 221a forms an end guide surface, which when matched with the lower round shaft 412c can guide the drop of the holder 4 during installation, and the end guide surface It can also be matched with the lower round shaft 412c to guide the rotation and separation of the holder 4 and the main body 1.
具体来说,在连接托部4与端部底架2时,上述端部导引面可以导引下部圆轴412c逐渐滑入端部连接钩221内,以导引托部4的安装,且在托部4不断下落时,端部纵向支撑主体222a与上部勾421的卡紧程度可以逐渐加大,这样,便于上部勾421牢固地钩住端部纵向支撑主体222a;分离托部4与端部底架2时,可以向端部底架2靠近后端的位置施加向上的举升力(图14中力F),举升到一定高度时,端部底架2在端部凹槽221a的内表面的导引作用下、以下部圆轴412c的中轴线为旋转中心进行逆时针转动,可使得端部纵向支撑主体222a与上部勾421解卡,从而可方便端部底架2与托部4的分离。简言之,如此设置,能够提升端部底架2与托部4的连接可靠性和分离便捷性。Specifically, when connecting the bracket 4 and the end chassis 2, the above-mentioned end guide surface can guide the lower round shaft 412c to gradually slide into the end connecting hook 221 to guide the installation of the bracket 4, and When the holder 4 keeps falling, the degree of clamping between the end longitudinal support body 222a and the upper hook 421 can be gradually increased, so that the upper hook 421 can hook the end longitudinal support body 222a firmly; separating the holder 4 from the end When lifting the bottom frame 2, an upward lifting force (force F in Figure 14) can be applied to the end bottom frame 2 near the rear end. When it is lifted to a certain height, the end bottom frame 2 is in the end groove 221a. Under the guidance of the surface, the central axis of the lower circular shaft 412c is rotated counterclockwise, so that the end longitudinal support body 222a and the upper hook 421 can be released, thereby facilitating the end chassis 2 and the support 4 Separation. In short, this arrangement can improve the connection reliability and separation convenience of the end chassis 2 and the support portion 4.
图示方案中,端部纵向支撑主体222a的顶部为上小下大的梯形结构(参见图16),后端的端部磨耗板222b的高度位置低于前端的端部磨耗板222b的高度位置,这样,可以保证端部底架2能够顺利地产生如上的逆时针转动,而不会出现干涉。当然,避免干涉的结构不局限于此,可以在实际实施时合理调整。图16中,端部磨耗板222b与端部纵向支撑主体222a通过螺栓螺母连接,端部纵向支撑主体222a为中空结构,且底部设有长圆孔,这样,便于端部磨耗板222b的更换。In the solution shown in the figure, the top of the end longitudinal support body 222a is a trapezoidal structure with a small upper part and a larger lower part (see FIG. 16), and the height position of the end wear plate 222b at the rear end is lower than the height position of the end wear plate 222b at the front end. In this way, it can be ensured that the end chassis 2 can smoothly rotate counterclockwise as above without interference. Of course, the structure for avoiding interference is not limited to this, and can be adjusted reasonably in actual implementation. In FIG. 16, the end wear plate 222b and the end longitudinal support body 222a are connected by bolts and nuts. The end longitudinal support body 222a has a hollow structure and has an oblong hole at the bottom, which facilitates the replacement of the end wear plate 222b.
图示方案中,端部凹槽221a为圆柱形槽(参见图13),这样,其内表面与圆柱形的下部圆轴412c配合时能够起到上述导引作用,当然,实际实施时,端部凹槽221a不局限于圆柱形槽。In the solution shown in the figure, the end groove 221a is a cylindrical groove (see FIG. 13), so that the inner surface of the groove 221a can play the above-mentioned guiding role when matched with the lower cylindrical shaft 412c. Of course, in actual implementation, the end The part groove 221a is not limited to a cylindrical groove.
进一步的,如图13所示,端部连接机构22还包括端部横向限位件223, 该端部横向限位件223即为设置在端部底架2上的与托部4的导向限位件422相配合的限位导向件,端部横向限位件223位于端部连接钩221的上方,具体可以是正上方,也可以是斜上方,并且,端部横向限位件223位于端部纵向支撑件222的前方,具体可以是正前方,也可以是斜前方。Further, as shown in FIG. 13, the end connecting mechanism 22 further includes an end transverse limiting member 223, and the end transverse limiting member 223 is the guide limiting member provided on the end chassis 2 and the support portion 4. The positioning member 422 is matched with the positioning guide, the end transverse positioning member 223 is located above the end connecting hook 221, specifically it may be directly above or diagonally above, and the end transverse positioning member 223 is located at the end The front of the longitudinal support 222 may be directly in front or obliquely in front.
如图17所示,端部横向限位件223包括端部横向限位槽223a。As shown in FIG. 17, the end lateral limiting member 223 includes an end lateral limiting groove 223a.
结合图14,连接状态下,导向限位件422插于端部横向限位槽223a,端部横向限位槽223a的左侧槽壁和右侧槽壁分别位于导向限位件422的左右两侧,以限定导向限位件422的横向位置。这样,能够进一步提升端部底架2与托部4的连接可靠性。With reference to Figure 14, in the connected state, the guide limiter 422 is inserted into the end transverse limit groove 223a, and the left and right groove walls of the end transverse limit groove 223a are respectively located on the left and right sides of the guide limiter 422 Side to define the lateral position of the guide limiter 422. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the end chassis 2 and the holder 4 can be further improved.
图示方案中,端部横向限位槽223a的左侧槽壁上部和/或右侧槽壁上部可以分别形成左导引面223b和右导引面223c(参见图17),左导引面223b的上侧相对下侧向左倾斜,右导引面223c的上侧相对下侧向右倾斜,这样可以将导向限位件422导引到端部横向限位槽223a内。In the solution shown in the figure, the upper part of the left side groove wall and/or the upper part of the right side groove wall of the end lateral limiting groove 223a may respectively form a left guiding surface 223b and a right guiding surface 223c (see FIG. 17), and the left guiding surface The upper side of 223b is inclined to the left relative to the lower side, and the upper side of the right guiding surface 223c is inclined to the right relative to the lower side, so that the guiding limiting member 422 can be guided into the end lateral limiting groove 223a.
图17中,端部横向限位件223由一块U形板和两块筋板组成,实际实施时,端部横向限位件223的结构不局限于此。In FIG. 17, the end lateral limiting member 223 is composed of a U-shaped plate and two ribs. In actual implementation, the structure of the end lateral limiting member 223 is not limited to this.
如图13和图15所示,端部底架本体21包括第一横梁2101、第二横梁2102、第一纵梁2103、第二纵梁2104、第三纵梁2105、第四纵梁2106、第一枕梁2107、第二枕梁2108、端部牵引梁2109、冲击座2110、端部旁承2112、鞍座安装座2114以及缓冲器安装座2115(见图20)。As shown in Figures 13 and 15, the end underframe body 21 includes a first beam 2101, a second beam 2102, a first longitudinal beam 2103, a second longitudinal beam 2104, a third longitudinal beam 2105, a fourth longitudinal beam 2106, The first bolster 2107, the second bolster 2108, the end traction beam 2109, the impact seat 2110, the end side bearing 2112, the saddle mounting seat 2114, and the buffer mounting seat 2115 (see FIG. 20).
如图13所示,第一横梁2101布置在第二横梁2102的前方、第一纵梁2103和第二纵梁2104分别固定在第一横梁2101的两端后侧,第三纵梁2105和第四纵梁2106分别固定在第二横梁2102的两端前侧,第一纵梁2103的后端以及第三纵梁2105的前端分别与第一枕梁2107的右端固定,第二纵梁2104的后端以及第四纵梁2106的前端分别与第二枕梁2108的左端固定,从而形成框架。端部牵引梁2109位于框架内部,端部牵引梁2109的前端与第一横梁2101固定、后端与第二横梁2102固定,第一枕梁2107的左端以及第二枕梁2108的左端分别与端部牵引梁2109的左右两侧固定。梁与梁之间的固定方式可以是焊接。冲击座2110固定在第一横梁2101的前侧,具体可以拉铆或者螺栓固定,冲击座2110处连接车钩,以承受车钩冲击。端部连接机构22固定于第二横梁2102,具体可以焊接固定。一个 端部旁承2112固定于第一枕梁2107,另一端部旁承2112固定于第二枕梁2108,具体可以焊接固定。As shown in Figure 13, the first beam 2101 is arranged in front of the second beam 2102, the first longitudinal beam 2103 and the second longitudinal beam 2104 are respectively fixed on the rear sides of both ends of the first beam 2101, and the third longitudinal beam 2105 and the second The four longitudinal beams 2106 are respectively fixed on the front sides of both ends of the second longitudinal beam 2102, the rear end of the first longitudinal beam 2103 and the front end of the third longitudinal beam 2105 are respectively fixed to the right end of the first corbel 2107, and the second longitudinal beam 2104 The rear end and the front end of the fourth longitudinal beam 2106 are respectively fixed to the left end of the second bolster 2108 to form a frame. The end traction beam 2109 is located inside the frame. The front end of the end traction beam 2109 is fixed to the first cross beam 2101, and the rear end is fixed to the second cross beam 2102. The left and right sides of the traction beam 2109 are fixed. The fixing method between the beam and the beam can be welding. The impact seat 2110 is fixed on the front side of the first cross beam 2101, and specifically can be riveted or bolted. The impact seat 2110 is connected to the coupler to withstand the impact of the coupler. The end connecting mechanism 22 is fixed to the second cross beam 2102, specifically, it can be fixed by welding. One end side bearing 2112 is fixed to the first bolster 2107, and the other end side bearing 2112 is fixed to the second bolster 2108, which can be fixed by welding.
如图18所示,第二横梁2102和端部连接钩221组成第一组成。图中,设有两个端部连接钩221,一个固定在第二横梁2102的左端下侧,另一个固定在第二横梁2102的右端下侧。结合图13,还设有两个端部纵向支撑件222,一个固定在第二横梁2102的左端后侧,另一个固定在第二横梁2102的右端后侧,还设有两个端部横向限位件223,一个固定在第二横梁2102的左端上侧,另一个固定在第二横梁2102的右端上侧。As shown in FIG. 18, the second cross beam 2102 and the end connecting hook 221 constitute the first component. In the figure, two end connecting hooks 221 are provided, one is fixed on the lower side of the left end of the second cross beam 2102, and the other is fixed on the lower side of the right end of the second cross beam 2102. With reference to Figure 13, there are also two end longitudinal supports 222, one is fixed on the rear side of the left end of the second beam 2102, the other is fixed on the rear side of the right end of the second beam 2102, and two end transverse limits are also provided. One of the positioning members 223 is fixed on the upper side of the left end of the second cross beam 2102, and the other is fixed on the upper side of the right end of the second cross beam 2102.
如图19所示,第一横梁2101、第一纵梁2103和第二纵梁2104以及冲击座2110组成第二组成。As shown in FIG. 19, the first cross beam 2101, the first longitudinal beam 2103, the second longitudinal beam 2104 and the impact seat 2110 constitute a second composition.
如图20所示,鞍座安装座2114以及缓冲器安装座2115固定在端部牵引梁2109的内部,组成第三组成。端部牵引梁2109包括平行布置的牵引上板和牵引下板,以及布置在两者之间的牵引腹板,牵引上板上设有供鞍座安装座2114露出的板口。As shown in FIG. 20, the saddle mounting seat 2114 and the buffer mounting seat 2115 are fixed inside the end traction beam 2109 to form the third component. The end traction beam 2109 includes a traction upper plate and a traction lower plate arranged in parallel, and a traction web arranged between the two. The traction upper plate is provided with a plate opening for the saddle mounting seat 2114 to be exposed.
如图21所示,第三纵梁和第四纵梁的结构相同,均包括槽口朝上的槽形梁、盖设在槽形梁槽口上的盖板和横向穿设于槽形梁的圆管。As shown in Figure 21, the third longitudinal beam and the fourth longitudinal beam have the same structure, and both include a trough beam with a slot facing upwards, a cover plate covering the slot of the trough beam, and a transverse beam passing through the trough beam. Round tube.
如图22所示,第一枕梁和第二枕梁的结构相同,均包括枕梁上板、枕梁下板、两个枕梁腹板以及两个枕梁隔板。As shown in Figure 22, the first corbel and the second corbel have the same structure, and both include a corbel upper plate, a corbel lower plate, two corbel webs, and two corbel diaphragms.
如图15所示,两个端部旁承的结构相同。如图23所示,端部旁承包括旁承底板、三个旁承立板,旁承调整垫板和旁承磨耗板。三个旁承立板连在旁承底板上方且三者呈工字形连接。旁承调整垫板连在旁承底板下方,旁承磨耗板连在旁承调整垫板下方,三者通过螺栓螺母垫圈连在一起。As shown in Figure 15, the two end side bearings have the same structure. As shown in Figure 23, the end side bearing includes a side bearing bottom plate, three side bearing upright plates, a side bearing adjustment pad and a side bearing wear plate. Three side bearing upright plates are connected above the side bearing bottom plate and the three are connected in an I-shape. The side bearing adjustment pad is connected below the side bearing bottom plate, the side bearing wear plate is connected below the side bearing adjustment pad, and the three are connected together by bolts, nuts and washers.
进一步的,如图13所示,端部底架本体21还包括两个集装箱锁座2111。一集装箱锁座2111固定在第三纵梁2105、第一枕梁2107以及第二横梁2102上侧,另一集装箱锁座2111固定在第四纵梁2106、第二枕梁2108以及第二横梁2102上侧,具体可以焊接固定。图中,两个集装箱锁座2111的结构相同。Further, as shown in FIG. 13, the end underframe body 21 further includes two container lock seats 2111. A container lock seat 2111 is fixed on the upper side of the third longitudinal beam 2105, the first corbel 2107 and the second cross beam 2102, and the other container lock seat 2111 is fixed on the fourth longitudinal beam 2106, the second corbel 2108 and the second beam 2102 The upper side can be fixed by welding. In the figure, the two container lock seats 2111 have the same structure.
如图24所示,集装箱锁座2111包括水平布置的集装底板、连在集装底板左右两侧的纵向集装立板、连在两块纵向集装立板之间的三块横向集装立板,一块横向集装立板位于集装底板的端部,另两块横向集装立板位 于集装底板的中部。中部的两块横向集装立板与集装底板之间设有筋板,筋板位于中部的两块横向集装立板之间。As shown in Figure 24, the container lock base 2111 includes a horizontally arranged container bottom plate, a longitudinal container vertical plate connected to the left and right sides of the container bottom plate, and three horizontal container vertical plates connected between two longitudinal container vertical plates. As for the vertical plate, one horizontal container vertical plate is located at the end of the container bottom plate, and the other two horizontal container vertical plates are located in the middle of the container bottom plate. Rib plates are arranged between the two horizontal vertical container vertical plates in the middle part and the container bottom plate, and the rib plates are located between the two horizontal vertical vertical plates in the middle part.
进一步的,如图15所示,端部底架本体21还包括补强板件2113。图15中设有两组补强板件2113,一组连在第二横梁2102与第三纵梁2105之间,另一组连在第二横梁2102与第四纵梁2106之间。两组补强组件2113的结构相同。如图25所示,每组补强组件2113包括一块横向筋板和两块三角筋板。Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 15, the end chassis body 21 further includes a reinforcing plate 2113. In FIG. 15, there are two sets of reinforcing plates 2113, one group is connected between the second cross beam 2102 and the third longitudinal beam 2105, and the other group is connected between the second cross beam 2102 and the fourth longitudinal beam 2106. The two sets of reinforcing components 2113 have the same structure. As shown in Fig. 25, each set of reinforcing components 2113 includes one transverse rib and two triangular ribs.
关节底架3的结构与端部底架2存在一定的相似性,尤其是在端部连接机构22处,具体可以参照图26为关节底架的结构图,图27为图26安装于转向架并与托部相连的侧视图,图28为图26中一个关节底架分部的结构图,图29为图28的另一视角图,图30为图26中另一个关节底架分部的结构图,图31为图28的分解视图,图32为图31中关节纵向支撑件的放大图,图33为图31中关节横向限位件的放大图,图34为图31中第一组成的放大图,图35为图31中第二关节横梁和第三关节横梁的放大图,图36为图31中一个关节旁承的放大图,图37为图31中一组补强板件的放大图。The structure of the joint underframe 3 is similar to the end underframe 2, especially at the end connecting mechanism 22. For details, refer to Figure 26 for the structure of the joint underframe, and Figure 27 for the mounting on the bogie in Figure 26. Figure 28 is a structural view of one joint chassis subsection in Figure 26, Figure 29 is another perspective view of Figure 28, and Figure 30 is another joint chassis subsection in Figure 26 Fig. 31 is an exploded view of Fig. 28, Fig. 32 is an enlarged view of the joint longitudinal support in Fig. 31, Fig. 33 is an enlarged view of the joint lateral limiter in Fig. 31, and Fig. 34 is the first component in Fig. 31 Figure 35 is an enlarged view of the second joint beam and the third joint beam in Figure 31, Figure 36 is an enlarged view of a joint side bearing in Figure 31, and Figure 37 is a set of reinforcement plates in Figure 31 Zoom in.
如图26所示,关节底架分部3a包括关节底架本体31、关节连接机构32和关节33,关节连接机构32即为安装在关节底架3的端部连接机构3,其固定在关节底架本体31的后端、关节33固定在关节底架本体31的前端。需要说明的是,两个关节底架分部3a的相互靠近的一端为两者的前端,相互远离的一端为两者的后端。应用时,两个关节底架分部3a的关节33通过关节轴承连接,连接状态下,两个关节底架分部3a能够绕横向和垂向转动,以适应车辆转弯和走坡道时的柔性需求。As shown in Figure 26, the joint chassis sub-part 3a includes a joint chassis body 31, a joint connecting mechanism 32 and a joint 33. The joint connecting mechanism 32 is the end connecting mechanism 3 installed on the joint chassis 3, which is fixed on the joint The rear end of the base body 31 and the joint 33 are fixed to the front end of the joint base body 31. It should be noted that the ends of the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a that are close to each other are the front ends of the two, and the ends that are far away from each other are the rear ends of the two. In application, the joints 33 of the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a are connected by joint bearings. In the connected state, the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a can rotate in the lateral and vertical directions to adapt to the flexibility of the vehicle when turning and walking on slopes. need.
如图27所示,应用时,每个关节底架分部3a各连接一托部4,使相邻的两托部4通过关节底架3连接,两个关节底架分部3a下方设有一个转向架,也就是说,两个关节底架分部3a(一个关节底架3)对应安装在一个转向架上。As shown in Figure 27, in application, each joint chassis sub-part 3a is connected to a support part 4, so that two adjacent support parts 4 are connected by the joint chassis 3, and two joint chassis sub-parts 3a are provided below One bogie, that is, two joint chassis sub-parts 3a (one joint chassis 3) are correspondingly installed on one bogie.
如图28和图30所示,两个关节底架分部3a的关节33的结构不同,一个关节底架分部3a的关节33设置为凹关节,另一个关节底架分部3a的关节设置为凸关节,连接状态下,凸关节伸入凹关节内,实现可转动地连 接。As shown in Figure 28 and Figure 30, the structures of the joints 33 of the two joint chassis subsections 3a are different. The joint 33 of one joint chassis subsection 3a is configured as a concave joint, and the joint of the other joint chassis subsection 3a is configured as a concave joint. It is a convex joint. In the connected state, the convex joint extends into the concave joint to realize a rotatably connected.
两个关节底架分部3a的关节连接机构32的结构相同、关节底架本体31的结构也相同,连接状态下,两者的关节连接结构32相对横向对称,两者的关节底架本体31也相对横向对称。下面先说明关节连接机构32的具体结构,再说明关节底架本体31的具体结构。The structure of the joint connection mechanism 32 of the two joint chassis sub-parts 3a is the same, and the structure of the joint chassis body 31 is also the same. In the connected state, the joint connection structure 32 of the two joint chassis parts 3a is relatively laterally symmetrical. It is also relatively laterally symmetric. The specific structure of the joint connection mechanism 32 will be described below first, and then the specific structure of the joint chassis body 31 will be described.
如图28所示,关节连接机构32包括关节连接钩321。关节连接钩321的钩口朝上,关节连接钩321的内钩面上设有沿横向延伸的关节凹槽321a。As shown in FIG. 28, the joint connection mechanism 32 includes a joint connection hook 321. The hook opening of the joint hook 321 faces upward, and the inner hook surface of the joint hook 321 is provided with a joint groove 321 a extending in the transverse direction.
如图27所示,连接状态下,托部4的下部圆轴412c安放于关节凹槽321a,受到来自关节凹槽321a的内表面的向上的支撑力,因而垂向得到了有效支撑,同时,关节凹槽321a的内表面还能够对下部圆轴412c起到一定的纵向限位作用。因此,该关节底架3与托部4具有较好的连接可靠性。而且,通过向托部4施加向上的举升力,即可使下部圆轴412c从关节凹槽321a中脱出,方便关节底架3与托部4的分离。As shown in Figure 27, in the connected state, the lower round shaft 412c of the holder 4 is placed in the joint groove 321a, and receives the upward supporting force from the inner surface of the joint groove 321a, so that the vertical direction is effectively supported, and at the same time, The inner surface of the joint groove 321a can also play a certain longitudinal limit on the lower round shaft 412c. Therefore, the joint base frame 3 and the support portion 4 have better connection reliability. Moreover, by applying an upward lifting force to the holder 4, the lower round shaft 412c can be released from the joint groove 321a, which facilitates the separation of the joint chassis 3 and the holder 4.
进一步的,如图28所示,关节连接机构32还包括关节纵向支撑件322,关节纵向支撑件322位于关节连接钩321的上方,具体可以是正上方,也可以是斜上方。Further, as shown in FIG. 28, the joint connection mechanism 32 further includes a joint longitudinal support 322, which is located above the joint connection hook 321, and may be directly above or diagonally above.
如图32所示,关节纵向支撑件322包括关节纵向支撑主体322a以及固定在关节纵向支撑主体322a的前端和后端的关节磨耗板322b。As shown in FIG. 32, the joint longitudinal support 322 includes a joint longitudinal support body 322a and a joint wear plate 322b fixed to the front and rear ends of the joint longitudinal support body 322a.
如图2所示,托部4的端部上侧设有上部勾421,上部勾421的钩口朝下。As shown in FIG. 2, the upper side of the end of the holder 4 is provided with an upper hook 421, and the hook opening of the upper hook 421 faces downward.
如图27所示,连接状态下,端部纵向支撑主体322a伸入上部勾421的钩口,两者钩挂在一起,同时,前端的关节磨耗板322b与上部勾421的内钩面前侧抵接,后端的关节磨耗板322b与上部勾421的内钩面后侧抵接,从而对托部4起到纵向支撑作用。这样,可以进一步提升关节底架3与托部4的连接可靠性,且不会影响关节底架3与托部4的分离便捷性。As shown in Figure 27, in the connected state, the end longitudinal support body 322a extends into the hook opening of the upper hook 421, and the two are hooked together. At the same time, the joint wear plate 322b at the front end abuts the front side of the inner hook of the upper hook 421. Then, the joint wear plate 322b at the rear end abuts against the rear side of the inner hook surface of the upper hook 421, thereby supporting the support portion 4 in the longitudinal direction. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the joint base frame 3 and the support portion 4 can be further improved, and the separation convenience of the joint base frame 3 and the support portion 4 will not be affected.
如图32所示,前端的关节磨耗板322b的上部相对下部向后倾斜,后端的关节磨耗板322b的上部相对下部向前倾斜。同时,关节凹槽321a的内表面形成关节导引面,该关节导引面与下部圆轴412c配合时能够导引安装时托部4的落入,而且,该关节导引面还能够与下部圆轴412c相配合,以导引托部4与关节底架3的转动分离。As shown in FIG. 32, the upper part of the joint wear plate 322b at the front end is inclined backward relative to the lower part, and the upper part of the joint wear plate 322b at the rear end is inclined forward relative to the lower part. At the same time, the inner surface of the joint groove 321a forms a joint guide surface, which when matched with the lower circular shaft 412c, can guide the drop of the holder 4 during installation, and the joint guide surface can also interact with the lower part. The round shaft 412c cooperates to guide the rotation and separation of the support portion 4 and the joint chassis 3.
具体来说,在连接托部4与关节底架3时,上述关节导引面可以导引下部圆轴412c逐渐滑入关节连接钩321内,以导引托部4的安装,且在托部4不断下落时,关节纵向支撑主体322a与上部勾421的卡紧程度可以逐渐加大,这样,便于上部勾421牢固地钩住关节纵向支撑主体322a;分离托部4与关节底架3时,可以向关节底架3靠近后端的位置施加向上的举升力(图27中力F),举升到一定高度时,关节底架3在关节凹槽321a的内表面的导引作用下、以下部圆轴412c的中轴线为旋转中心进行转动,可使得关节纵向支撑主体322a与上部勾421解卡,从而方便关节底架3与托部4的分离。简言之,如此设置,能够提升关节底架3与托部4的连接可靠性和分离便捷性。Specifically, when connecting the holder 4 and the joint chassis 3, the joint guide surface can guide the lower circular shaft 412c to gradually slide into the joint connecting hook 321 to guide the installation of the holder 4, and the joint guide surface 4 When falling continuously, the degree of clamping between the joint longitudinal support body 322a and the upper hook 421 can be gradually increased, so that the upper hook 421 can hook firmly to the joint longitudinal support body 322a; when the bracket 4 and the joint chassis 3 are separated, An upward lifting force (force F in Figure 27) can be applied to the position of the joint chassis 3 near the rear end. When it is lifted to a certain height, the joint chassis 3 is guided by the inner surface of the joint groove 321a to the lower part. The central axis of the circular shaft 412c is the center of rotation to rotate, so that the joint longitudinal support body 322a and the upper hook 421 can be unlocked, thereby facilitating the separation of the joint base frame 3 and the support portion 4. In short, such an arrangement can improve the connection reliability and separation convenience of the joint chassis 3 and the support part 4.
图示方案中,关节纵向支撑主体322a的顶部为上小下大的梯形结构(参见图32),后端的关节磨耗板322b的高度位置低于前端的关节磨耗板322b的高度位置,这样,可以保证关节底架分部3a能够顺利地产生如上绕横向的转动,而不会出现干涉。当然,避免干涉的结构不局限于此,可以在实际实施时合理调整。图32中,关节磨耗板322b与关节纵向支撑主体322a通过螺栓螺母连接,关节纵向支撑主体322a为中空结构,且底部设有长圆孔,这样,便于关节磨耗板322b的更换。In the solution shown in the figure, the top of the joint longitudinal support body 322a is a trapezoidal structure with a small upper part and a larger lower part (see FIG. 32). The height position of the joint wear plate 322b at the rear end is lower than the height position of the joint wear plate 322b at the front end. It is ensured that the joint chassis sub-part 3a can smoothly produce the above-mentioned lateral rotation without interference. Of course, the structure for avoiding interference is not limited to this, and can be adjusted reasonably in actual implementation. In FIG. 32, the joint wear plate 322b and the joint longitudinal support body 322a are connected by bolts and nuts. The joint longitudinal support body 322a has a hollow structure and has an oblong hole at the bottom, which facilitates the replacement of the joint wear plate 322b.
图示方案中,关节凹槽321a为圆柱形槽(参见图28),这样,其内表面与圆柱形的下部圆轴412c配合时能够起到上述导引作用,当然,实际实施时,关节凹槽321a不局限于圆柱形槽。In the solution shown in the figure, the joint groove 321a is a cylindrical groove (see FIG. 28), so that the inner surface of the joint groove 321a can play the above-mentioned guiding role when matched with the cylindrical lower shaft 412c. Of course, in actual implementation, the joint groove The groove 321a is not limited to a cylindrical groove.
进一步的,如图28所示,关节连接机构32还包括关节横向限位件323,该关节横向限位件323即为设置在关节底架3上的与托部4的导向限位件422相配合的限位导向件,关节横向限位件323位于关节连接钩321的上方,具体可以是正上方,也可以是斜上方,并且,关节横向限位件323位于关节纵向支撑件322的前方,具体可以是正前方,也可以是斜前方。Further, as shown in FIG. 28, the joint connection mechanism 32 further includes a joint lateral limiter 323, which is a guide limiter 422 disposed on the joint chassis 3 and opposite to the support portion 4. Cooperating with the limiting guide, the joint lateral limiting member 323 is located above the joint connecting hook 321, which can be directly above or obliquely above, and the joint lateral limiting member 323 is located in front of the joint longitudinal support 322, specifically It can be straight ahead or diagonally forward.
如图33所示,关节横向限位件323包括关节横向限位槽323a。As shown in FIG. 33, the joint lateral limiting member 323 includes a joint lateral limiting groove 323a.
如图27所示,连接状态下,导向限位件422插于关节横向限位槽323a,关节横向限位槽323a的左侧槽壁和右侧槽壁分别位于导向限位件422的左右两侧,以限定导向限位件422的横向位置。这样,能够进一步提升关节底架3与托部4的连接可靠性。As shown in Figure 27, in the connected state, the guide limiter 422 is inserted into the joint transverse limit groove 323a, and the left and right groove walls of the joint transverse limit groove 323a are located on the left and right sides of the guide limiter 422, respectively. Side to define the lateral position of the guide limiter 422. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the joint chassis 3 and the support portion 4 can be further improved.
图示方案中,关节横向限位槽323a的左侧槽壁上部和/或右侧槽壁上部分别形成左导引面323b和右导引面323c(参见图33),左导引面323b的上侧相对下侧向左倾斜,右导引面323c的上侧相对下侧向右倾斜,这样可以将导向限位件422导引到关节横向限位槽323a内。In the solution shown in the figure, the upper part of the left side groove wall and/or the upper part of the right side groove wall of the joint lateral limiting groove 323a respectively form a left guiding surface 323b and a right guiding surface 323c (see FIG. 33), and the left guiding surface 323b The upper side is inclined to the left relative to the lower side, and the upper side of the right guiding surface 323c is inclined to the right relative to the lower side, so that the guiding limiting member 422 can be guided into the joint lateral limiting groove 323a.
图33中,关节横向限位件323由一块U形板和两块筋板组成,实际实施时,关节横向限位件323的结构不局限于此。In FIG. 33, the joint lateral limiting member 323 is composed of a U-shaped plate and two rib plates. In actual implementation, the structure of the joint lateral limiting member 323 is not limited to this.
如图28和图29所示,关节底架本体31包括第一关节横梁3101、第二关节横梁3102、第三关节横梁3103、第一关节纵梁3104、第二关节纵梁3105、关节牵引梁3106、第一关节地板3107、第二关节地板3108。As shown in Figure 28 and Figure 29, the joint chassis body 31 includes a first joint beam 3101, a second joint beam 3102, a third joint beam 3103, a first joint longitudinal beam 3104, a second joint longitudinal beam 3105, and a joint traction beam. 3106, the first joint floor 3107, the second joint floor 3108.
第一关节横梁3101布置在第二关节横梁3102和第三关节横梁3103后方、第一关节横梁3101的左端通过第一关节纵梁3104与第二关节横梁3102的左端固定,第一关节横梁3101的右端通过第二关节纵梁3105与第三关节横梁3103的右端固定,第二关节横梁3102的右端和第三关节横梁3103的左端分别与关节牵引梁3106的前端固定,从而形成关节框架;关节牵引梁3106的后端固定于第一关节横梁3101;梁与梁之间的固定方式可以是焊接。关节33固定在关节牵引梁3106的前端,具体可以是焊接固定。The first joint beam 3101 is arranged behind the second joint beam 3102 and the third joint beam 3103. The left end of the first joint beam 3101 is fixed by the first joint beam 3104 and the left end of the second joint beam 3102. The right end is fixed with the right end of the second joint longitudinal beam 3105 and the third joint beam 3103. The right end of the second joint beam 3102 and the left end of the third joint beam 3103 are respectively fixed to the front end of the joint traction beam 3106, thereby forming a joint frame; joint traction The rear end of the beam 3106 is fixed to the first joint cross beam 3101; the fixing method between the beam and the beam may be welding. The joint 33 is fixed at the front end of the joint traction beam 3106, which may be fixed by welding.
第一关节地板3107和第二关节地板3108覆盖在关节框架的顶部框口并分别位于关节牵引梁3106的左右两侧,第一关节地板3107固定于第二关节横梁3102、第一关节纵梁3104和关节牵引梁3106,第二关节地板3108固定于第三关节横梁3103、第二关节纵梁3105和关节牵引梁3106,具体可以是焊接固定。The first joint floor 3107 and the second joint floor 3108 cover the top frame of the joint frame and are respectively located on the left and right sides of the joint traction beam 3106. The first joint floor 3107 is fixed to the second joint cross beam 3102 and the first joint longitudinal beam 3104 And the joint traction beam 3106, the second joint floor 3108 is fixed to the third joint cross beam 3103, the second joint longitudinal beam 3105 and the joint traction beam 3106, which may be fixed by welding.
如图34所示,第一关节横梁3101和关节连接钩321组成第一组成。图中,设有两个关节连接钩321,一个固定在第一关节横梁3101的左端下侧,另一个固定在第一关节横梁3101的右端下侧。结合图28,还设有两个关节纵向支撑件322,一个固定在第一关节横梁3101的左端后侧,另一个固定在第一关节横梁3101的右端后侧;还设有两个关节横向限位件323,一个固定在第一关节横梁3101的左端上侧,另一个固定在第一关节横梁3101的右端上侧。As shown in FIG. 34, the first joint beam 3101 and the joint connecting hook 321 constitute the first component. In the figure, there are two joint connecting hooks 321, one is fixed on the lower side of the left end of the first joint beam 3101, and the other is fixed on the lower side of the right end of the first joint beam 3101. With reference to Figure 28, there are also two joint longitudinal supports 322, one is fixed on the rear side of the left end of the first joint beam 3101, and the other is fixed on the rear side of the right end of the first joint beam 3101; there are also two joint lateral limits. One of the positioning members 323 is fixed on the upper side of the left end of the first joint beam 3101, and the other is fixed on the upper side of the right end of the first joint beam 3101.
具体的方案中,第二关节横梁3102、第三关节横梁3103的结构相同, 均包括底板、双腹板和设置在双腹板之间的隔板(参见图35)。第一关节纵梁3104和第二关节纵梁3105的结构相同,均为槽口朝上的槽形梁(参见图31)。第一关节地板3107和第二关节地板3108的结构相同,均为中心设有孔的板结构。关节牵引梁3106包括牵引上盖板和牵引下盖板以及设置在两者之间的牵引立板。In a specific solution, the second joint cross beam 3102 and the third joint cross beam 3103 have the same structure, and both include a bottom plate, a double web, and a partition arranged between the double webs (see FIG. 35). The first joint longitudinal beam 3104 and the second joint longitudinal beam 3105 have the same structure, and both are groove-shaped beams with upward notches (see FIG. 31). The first joint floor 3107 and the second joint floor 3108 have the same structure, and both have a plate structure with a hole in the center. The articulated traction beam 3106 includes a traction upper cover plate and a traction lower cover plate, and a traction vertical plate arranged between the two.
进一步的,如图28所示,关节底架本体还包括两个关节旁承3109,两个关节旁承3109分别位于关节33的左右两侧,一关节旁承3109固定在第二关节横梁3102的前侧,另一关节旁承3109固定在第三关节横梁3103的前侧。具体的方案中,两个关节旁承3109的结构相同。如图36所示,关节旁承包括旁承下盖板、旁承上盖板和设置在两者之间的旁承立板。Further, as shown in FIG. 28, the joint chassis body further includes two joint side bearings 3109. The two joint side bearings 3109 are respectively located on the left and right sides of the joint 33. One joint side bearing 3109 is fixed on the second joint beam 3102. On the front side, another joint side bearing 3109 is fixed on the front side of the third joint beam 3103. In the specific solution, the structure of the two joint side bearings 3109 is the same. As shown in Figure 36, the joint side bearing includes a side bearing lower cover plate, a side bearing upper cover plate and a side bearing upright plate arranged between the two.
进一步的,如图28所示,关节底架本体31还包括补强板件3110。具体的方案中设有两组补强板件3110(参见图31),一组补强板件3110固定在第一关节地板3107与第一关节横梁3101之间,另一组所述补强板件固定在第二关节地板3108与第一关节横梁3101之间。如图37所示,每组补强组件3110包括一块横向筋板和两块三角筋板。Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 28, the joint chassis body 31 further includes a reinforcing plate 3110. In the specific scheme, there are two sets of reinforcing plates 3110 (see Figure 31), one set of reinforcing plates 3110 is fixed between the first joint floor 3107 and the first joint beam 3101, and the other set of reinforcing plates The piece is fixed between the second joint floor 3108 and the first joint beam 3101. As shown in Fig. 37, each set of reinforcing components 3110 includes one transverse rib and two triangular ribs.
上述端部底架2、关节底架3均可以安装有锁闭机构5,该锁闭机构5可以实现垂向上托部4与本体部1的锁定或者解锁,锁闭机构5在端部底架2和关节底架3的安装位置相类似。Both the end chassis 2 and the joint chassis 3 can be equipped with a locking mechanism 5, which can lock or unlock the vertical support portion 4 and the main body 1, and the locking mechanism 5 is on the end chassis 2 The installation position of the joint chassis 3 is similar.
在端部底架2中,结合图18,端部连接钩221包括端部钩主体221b,端部钩主体221b包括两个沿横向间隔布置的端部钩分体221b-1以及形成在两个端部钩分体221b-1之间的端部容纳腔221b-2,锁闭机构4可以安装在该端部容纳腔221b-2内。图18中,端部连接钩221还包括包覆在端部钩主体221b外钩面的端部钩壁板221c,端部钩壁板221c设有端部第一连接孔221d,端部第一连接孔221d与端部容纳腔221b-2相通,以便解锁部件能够通过端部第一连接孔221d伸入所述端部容纳腔221b-2对锁闭机构进行解锁,解锁后,托部4方能与端部底架2分离。另外,图14中,端部连接钩221还设有端部第二连接孔221e。In the end chassis 2, referring to FIG. 18, the end connecting hook 221 includes an end hook main body 221b, and the end hook main body 221b includes two end hook split bodies 221b-1 arranged at a lateral interval and formed in two The end accommodating cavity 221b-2 between the end hook split bodies 221b-1, and the locking mechanism 4 can be installed in the end accommodating cavity 221b-2. In FIG. 18, the end connecting hook 221 further includes an end hook wall plate 221c covering the outer hook surface of the end hook body 221b. The end hook wall plate 221c is provided with an end first connecting hole 221d, and the end first The connecting hole 221d communicates with the end accommodating cavity 221b-2, so that the unlocking member can extend into the end accommodating cavity 221b-2 through the end first connecting hole 221d to unlock the locking mechanism. Can be separated from the end chassis 2. In addition, in FIG. 14, the end connecting hook 221 is also provided with an end second connecting hole 221e.
在关节底架3中,关节连接钩321包括关节钩主体321b,关节钩主体321b包括两个沿横向间隔布置的关节钩分体321b-1以及形成在两个关节钩分体321b-1之间的关节容纳腔321b-2,锁闭机构5可以安装在该关节容 纳腔321b-2内。图34中,关节连接钩321还包括包覆在关节钩主体321b外钩面的关节钩壁板321c,关节钩壁板321c设有关节第一连接孔321d,关节第一连接孔321d与关节容纳腔321b-2相通,以便解锁部件能够通过关节第一连接孔321d伸入所述关节容纳腔321b-2对锁闭机构进行解锁,解锁后,托部4方能与关节底架3分离。In the joint chassis 3, the joint hook 321 includes a joint hook main body 321b, and the joint hook main body 321b includes two joint hook split bodies 321b-1 arranged at a lateral interval and formed between the two joint hook split bodies 321b-1 The joint accommodating cavity 321b-2, the locking mechanism 5 can be installed in the joint accommodating cavity 321b-2. In Fig. 34, the joint hook 321 also includes a joint hook wall plate 321c covering the outer hook surface of the joint hook body 321b. The joint hook wall plate 321c is provided with a joint first connection hole 321d, and the joint first connection hole 321d and the joint receiving The cavity 321b-2 communicates so that the unlocking component can extend into the joint receiving cavity 321b-2 through the joint first connecting hole 321d to unlock the locking mechanism. After unlocking, the holder 4 can be separated from the joint chassis 3.
由于锁闭机构在端部底架2和关节底架3的安装结构相类似,以下在有关锁闭机构具体结构的描述中,均是以安装在端部底架2为例进行阐述,且针对该锁闭机构5,本发明实施例提供了两种结构的锁闭机构5。Since the installation structure of the locking mechanism on the end chassis 2 and the joint chassis 3 is similar, the following descriptions of the specific structure of the locking mechanism will take the installation on the end chassis 2 as an example. For the locking mechanism 5, the embodiment of the present invention provides the locking mechanism 5 with two structures.
第一种锁闭机构5可以参照图38-44,图38为第一种锁闭机构安装于端部连接钩的结构图,图39为端部连接钩、托部以及第一种锁闭机构在锁定状态下的结构图,图40为图39的侧视图,图41为图39在解锁状态下的侧视图,图42为第一锁体和第一锁闭驱动梁组件的连接结构图,图43为图42的分解视图,图44为第一限位部、第二限位部以及第一导向套固定于端部连接钩的结构图。The first locking mechanism 5 can refer to Figures 38-44. Figure 38 is a structural diagram of the first locking mechanism installed on the end connecting hook, and Figure 39 is the end connecting hook, the holder and the first locking mechanism Fig. 40 is a side view of Fig. 39 in a locked state, Fig. 41 is a side view of Fig. 39 in an unlocked state, and Fig. 42 is a connection structure diagram of the first lock body and the first locking driving beam assembly, Fig. 43 is an exploded view of Fig. 42, and Fig. 44 is a structural view of the first restricting portion, the second restricting portion, and the first guide sleeve fixed to the end connecting hook.
如图38-44所示,该锁闭机构5包括:第一锁体51,第一锁体51通过第三铰轴52与端部连接钩221铰接,第一锁体51的一端部为锁定端部511,另一端部为第一限位端部512,第三铰轴52位于锁定端部511和第一限位端部512之间;第一限位部53,第一限位部53固定在端部容纳腔221b-2内(参见图44);As shown in Figures 38-44, the locking mechanism 5 includes: a first lock body 51, the first lock body 51 is hinged with an end connecting hook 221 through a third hinge shaft 52, one end of the first lock body 51 is for locking The end 511, the other end is the first limiting end 512, the third hinge shaft 52 is located between the locking end 511 and the first limiting end 512; the first limiting portion 53, the first limiting portion 53 Fixed in the end receiving cavity 221b-2 (see Figure 44);
第一锁闭驱动梁组件54,与第一锁体51相连;The first locking driving beam assembly 54 is connected to the first lock body 51;
锁定状态下,如图40所示,第一限位端部512自上而下与第一限位部53相抵,锁定端部511与托部4相抵,以锁定托部4;解锁状态下,如图41所示,第一锁闭驱动梁组件54能够驱使第一限位端部512自下而上脱离第一限位部53、锁定端部511旋转脱离托部4。In the locked state, as shown in FIG. 40, the first limiting end 512 abuts against the first limiting portion 53 from top to bottom, and the locking end 511 abuts against the holder 4 to lock the holder 4; in the unlocked state, As shown in FIG. 41, the first locking driving beam assembly 54 can drive the first limiting end portion 512 to disengage from the first limiting portion 53 from bottom to top, and the locking end portion 511 to rotate away from the supporting portion 4.
采用这种结构,如图40、图41所示,在锁定时,如果托部4与端部连接钩221之间存在分离趋势,托部4会对锁定端部511产生向上的力,以驱使锁定端部511进行逆时针转动,而由于第一限位部53对第一限位端部512所产生的自下而上的支撑力,可阻挡第一锁体51沿逆时针方向的转动,从而可保证锁定端部511的位置不变,也就可以对托部4进行可靠锁定;在解锁时,第一锁闭驱动梁组件54能够驱使第一限位端部512自下而 上脱离第一限位部53,第一锁体51可以进行顺时针转动,其转动方向与第一限位部53的止挡方向相反,锁定端部511与托部4可以顺利分离,能够实现托部4的顺利解锁,而不影响托部4与端部连接钩221的分离。With this structure, as shown in Figures 40 and 41, during locking, if there is a tendency to separate between the holder 4 and the end connecting hook 221, the holder 4 will exert an upward force on the locking end 511 to drive The locking end portion 511 rotates counterclockwise, and the bottom-up support force generated by the first limiting portion 53 to the first limiting end portion 512 can block the rotation of the first lock body 51 in the counterclockwise direction, Therefore, the position of the locking end 511 can be guaranteed to remain unchanged, and the support portion 4 can be reliably locked; when unlocking, the first locking driving beam assembly 54 can drive the first limiting end 512 from bottom to top A limit part 53, the first lock body 51 can be rotated clockwise, and its rotation direction is opposite to the stop direction of the first limit part 53, the locking end 511 and the holder 4 can be separated smoothly, and the holder 4 can be realized. The smooth unlocking does not affect the separation of the holder 4 and the end connecting hook 221.
这里,本发明实施例并不限定第一限位部53的结构,其可以为板状,也可以为块状;同样地,本发明实施例也不限定第一限位部53的数量,其可以为一个,也可以包括多个相互独立的限位件,只要其能够实现上述的技术效果即可。Here, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the structure of the first limiting portion 53, which may be plate-shaped or block-shaped; similarly, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the number of the first limiting portion 53, which It can be one, or it can include a plurality of mutually independent limiters, as long as it can achieve the above-mentioned technical effects.
在一种详细的方案中,如图42所示,第一锁闭驱动梁组件54可以包括第一推梁541、第一导向套542和传动梁543,第一导向套542固定在端部容纳腔221b-2内(可以参照附图44),第一推梁541与第一导向套542可以滑动连接,传动梁543的一端可以与第一锁体51铰接,另一端与可以第一推梁541铰接。In a detailed solution, as shown in FIG. 42, the first locking drive beam assembly 54 may include a first push beam 541, a first guide sleeve 542, and a transmission beam 543. The first guide sleeve 542 is fixed at the end to accommodate In the cavity 221b-2 (refer to FIG. 44), the first push beam 541 and the first guide sleeve 542 can be slidably connected, one end of the transmission beam 543 can be hinged with the first lock body 51, and the other end can be connected to the first push beam 541 articulated.
如此,当第一推梁541受到驱动力向上移动时,铰接设置的传动梁543可以将第一推梁541的直线运动转换为第一锁体51的旋转运动,以向第一锁体51传递解锁的驱动力,可实现第一锁体51的解锁;而当驱动力消失时,依靠自身的重力等,第一推梁541又可以沿第一导向套542自动下滑,并带动第一锁体51的反向旋转,以实现第一锁体51的自动上锁,当然,也可以是由外部设备提供反向的驱动力来带动第一推梁541复位、锁定。In this way, when the first push beam 541 is moved upward by the driving force, the hinged transmission beam 543 can convert the linear motion of the first push beam 541 into the rotational motion of the first lock body 51 to transmit to the first lock body 51 The unlocking driving force can realize the unlocking of the first lock body 51; and when the driving force disappears, relying on its own gravity, etc., the first push beam 541 can automatically slide down along the first guide sleeve 542 and drive the first lock body The reverse rotation of 51 can realize the automatic locking of the first lock body 51. Of course, the reverse driving force can also be provided by an external device to drive the first push beam 541 to reset and lock.
具体第一推梁541可以正对上述端部第一连接孔221d(参照图40和图41),以便解锁部件能够穿过端部第一连接孔221d与第一推梁541接触,从而向第一推梁541施加向上的解锁驱动力。Specifically, the first push beam 541 may directly face the first connecting hole 221d at the end (refer to FIGS. 40 and 41), so that the unlocking member can pass through the first connecting hole 221d at the end to contact the first push beam 541, thereby facing the first connecting hole 221d. A push beam 541 applies upward unlocking driving force.
需要指出,本发明实施例并不限定第一推梁541在解锁时所受到的驱动力的来源,其可以采用手动驱动的方案,例如,可以设置解锁杆等解锁部件,当需要解锁时,可以由工作人员手动操作解锁部件,以对第一推梁541产生驱动力;或者,也可以采用自动驱动的方案,此时,动力源可以为电机、气缸、油缸等,这些动力源可以安装在车体上,也可以安装在地面设备上,具体可以根据实际情况进行选择,动力源与第一推梁541之间还可以设有传动机构,以传递动力源的驱动力。It should be pointed out that the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the source of the driving force received by the first push beam 541 when unlocking. It can be manually driven. For example, unlocking components such as an unlocking lever can be provided. The unlocking part is manually operated by the staff to generate driving force on the first push beam 541; alternatively, an automatic driving scheme can also be adopted. At this time, the power source can be a motor, an air cylinder, an oil cylinder, etc., and these power sources can be installed in the vehicle. Physically, it can also be installed on the ground equipment, which can be specifically selected according to the actual situation. A transmission mechanism can also be provided between the power source and the first push beam 541 to transmit the driving force of the power source.
第一推梁541位于第一导向套542上方的梁段还可以设有第一连接套541a,如图43所示,该第一连接套541a具体可以为U型板,U型板的底 板部可以和第一推梁541相连,并能够与第一导向套542形成支撑,以作为第一推梁541向下移动的限位部件,传动梁543可以铰接在U型板的两个侧板部之间。The beam section of the first pushing beam 541 located above the first guide sleeve 542 may also be provided with a first connecting sleeve 541a, as shown in FIG. 43, the first connecting sleeve 541a may specifically be a U-shaped plate. It can be connected with the first push beam 541 and can form a support with the first guide sleeve 542 to serve as a limiting component for the first push beam 541 to move downwards. The transmission beam 543 can be hinged on the two side plate parts of the U-shaped plate. between.
实际上,第一推梁541的下移限位也可以通过第一限位端部512和第一限位部53的配合来实现,如此,上述的第一连接套541a也可以不存在;或者,也可以采用传动梁543进行限位,传动梁543与第一推梁541采用的是铰连的方案,二者在实际工作过程中通常是呈夹角设置的,传动梁543同样能够作为第一推梁541向下移动的限位部件。In fact, the downward movement limit of the first push beam 541 can also be realized by the cooperation of the first limit end 512 and the first limit portion 53. In this way, the above-mentioned first connecting sleeve 541a may not exist; or , The transmission beam 543 can also be used to limit the position. The transmission beam 543 and the first push beam 541 are hinged. The two are usually set at an angle in the actual working process. The transmission beam 543 can also be used as the first A push beam 541 is a limiting component that moves downward.
在上述的方案中,是通过传动梁543来将第一推梁541的直线运动转换为第一锁体51的旋转运动,事实上,除了这种方案之外,也可以采用其他的方案,例如,可以在第一锁体51上设置导向孔,第一推梁541可以铰接在该导向孔内,当第一推梁541产生轴向位移时,第一推梁541的铰接轴可以在导向孔内进行滑动,以自然地带动第一锁体51进行旋转,这样也能够实现直线运动向旋转运动的转换。In the above solution, the linear motion of the first push beam 541 is converted into the rotational motion of the first lock body 51 through the transmission beam 543. In fact, in addition to this solution, other solutions can also be used, such as , A guide hole can be provided on the first lock body 51, and the first push beam 541 can be hinged in the guide hole. When the first push beam 541 is axially displaced, the hinge axis of the first push beam 541 can be in the guide hole The inside slides to naturally drive the first lock body 51 to rotate, so that the conversion from linear motion to rotary motion can also be realized.
进一步地,该锁闭机构5还可以包括锁闭第一弹性件541b,该锁闭第一弹性件541b的一端可以与第一推梁541相作用,解锁过程为锁闭第一弹性件541b的变形量增加的过程,以集聚弹性力。如此设置,当作用于第一推梁541的驱动力消失后,锁闭第一弹性件541b的弹性力可以释放,以与第一推梁541自身的重力相配合,来共同驱动第一锁体51的复位、锁定。Further, the locking mechanism 5 may further include a locking first elastic member 541b, one end of the locking first elastic member 541b can interact with the first push beam 541, and the unlocking process is to lock the first elastic member 541b. The process of increasing the amount of deformation to gather elastic force. With this arrangement, after the driving force for the first push beam 541 disappears, the elastic force of the locking first elastic member 541b can be released to cooperate with the gravity of the first push beam 541 to jointly drive the first lock body 51 reset and lock.
具体而言,该锁闭第一弹性件541b可以为弹簧,其可以外套安装于第一推梁541,且第一推梁541的下端部可以设有第一支撑件541c,弹簧的两端可以分别与第一导向套542、第一支撑件541c相作用。其中,第一推梁541可以充当弹簧柱的作用,有利于防止弹簧在伸缩过程中的径向窜动,对于提高结构的稳定性、动力传动的可靠性均具有积极效果;且采用这种结构,在解锁状态下,第一推梁541可以向上位移,锁闭第一弹性件541b可以被压缩,而在恢复锁定时,第一推梁541可以向下位移,锁闭第一弹性件541b可以释放。Specifically, the locking first elastic member 541b may be a spring, which may be sheathed and installed on the first push beam 541, and the lower end of the first push beam 541 may be provided with a first support 541c, and both ends of the spring may be It respectively interacts with the first guide sleeve 542 and the first support 541c. Among them, the first push beam 541 can act as a spring column, which is beneficial to prevent the radial movement of the spring during the expansion and contraction process, and has a positive effect on improving the stability of the structure and the reliability of the power transmission; and this structure is adopted. In the unlocked state, the first push beam 541 can move upwards, the locking first elastic member 541b can be compressed, and when the lock is restored, the first push beam 541 can move downwards, and the locking first elastic member 541b can freed.
实际上,在锁定状态下,锁闭第一弹性件541b也可以有一定的预压缩量,也就是说,在锁定时锁闭第一弹性件541b仍可以提供一定的弹性力,这对于保证第一锁体51锁定状态的稳定具有积极效果,可避免轨道车辆通 过曲线时第一锁体51的自动解锁。In fact, in the locked state, the locking of the first elastic member 541b can also have a certain amount of pre-compression, that is to say, the locking of the first elastic member 541b can still provide a certain elastic force when locked, which is important for ensuring the first elasticity. The stabilization of the locked state of the first lock body 51 has a positive effect, which can avoid the automatic unlocking of the first lock body 51 when the rail vehicle passes a curve.
为方便地调整该预压缩量,第一支撑件541c可以为螺母,这样,通过改变螺母拧接的位置,即可以调整第一支撑件541c和第一导向套542的间距,进而可以调整锁定状态下锁闭第一弹性件541b的预压缩量。In order to adjust the amount of pre-compression conveniently, the first support 541c can be a nut. In this way, by changing the screwed position of the nut, the distance between the first support 541c and the first guide sleeve 542 can be adjusted, and the locked state can be adjusted. The pre-compression amount of the first elastic member 541b is locked down.
在解锁状态下,锁闭第一弹性件541b实际上也可以处于拉伸状态,此时,锁闭第一弹性件541b的安装位置可以发生变化,具体来说,其可以设置在第一连接套541a和第一导向套542之间,且其两端与第一连接套541a、第一导向套542均可以为固定连接,以便传递拉力。In the unlocked state, the locking first elastic member 541b can actually be in a stretched state. At this time, the installation position of the locking first elastic member 541b can be changed. Specifically, it can be set in the first connecting sleeve. Between 541a and the first guide sleeve 542, and both ends of the first connecting sleeve 541a and the first guide sleeve 542 may be fixedly connected, so as to transmit tensile force.
第一锁体51可以设有安装槽513,传动梁543可以铰接在该安装槽513内,这样,该锁闭机构在传动梁543与第一锁体51的铰接轴的轴向上的厚度可以较小,整体结构可以更为紧凑。除此之外,上述的安装槽513也可以设置在传动梁543内,然后可以将第一锁体51铰接在传动梁543的安装槽513内;或者,也可以不设置安装槽513,此时,传动梁543与第一锁体51所形成的组合件在传动梁543与第一锁体51的铰接轴的轴向上的厚度会相对较大。The first lock body 51 may be provided with an installation groove 513, and the transmission beam 543 may be hinged in the installation groove 513, so that the thickness of the locking mechanism in the axial direction of the hinge axis of the transmission beam 543 and the first lock body 51 can be Smaller, the overall structure can be more compact. In addition, the above-mentioned installation groove 513 may also be provided in the transmission beam 543, and then the first lock body 51 may be hinged to the installation groove 513 of the transmission beam 543; or, the installation groove 513 may not be provided at this time. The thickness of the assembly formed by the transmission beam 543 and the first lock body 51 in the axial direction of the hinge axis of the transmission beam 543 and the first lock body 51 will be relatively large.
进一步地,该锁闭机构5还可以包括固定设置的第二限位部55,第二限位部55可以固定在端部容纳腔221b-2内,其结构等与第一限位部53可以相类似,在此不做重复性的描述;第一锁体51还可以包括第二限位端部514,锁定状态下,第二限位端部514可以自下而上与第二限位部55相抵。Further, the locking mechanism 5 may also include a fixed second limiting portion 55, the second limiting portion 55 may be fixed in the end accommodating cavity 221b-2, and its structure can be similar to the first limiting portion 53 Similarly, no repetitive description will be made here; the first lock body 51 may also include a second limiting end 514, and in the locked state, the second limiting end 514 can interact with the second limiting end from bottom to top. 55 offset.
如此,在锁定状态下,第一锁体51可以形成三点支撑的方案,第一锁体51的受力更为均衡,第一锁体51对于托部4的锁定更为可靠。In this way, in the locked state, the first lock body 51 can form a three-point support solution, the force of the first lock body 51 is more balanced, and the locking of the first lock body 51 on the holder 4 is more reliable.
详细而言,第一锁体51可以包括呈夹角设置的两个锁臂,这两个锁臂可以大致形成L形,第三铰轴52可以设置在两锁臂的连接处,即L形的拐角处,其中,一个锁臂远离第三铰轴52的端部可以为锁定端部511,另一锁臂远离第三铰轴52的端部可以为第一限位端部512;两锁臂之间形成了一个小夹角(<180度)和一个大夹角(>180度),其中,小夹角所在侧为该连接处的内端部,大夹角所在侧为该连接处的外端部,该外端部即可以作为上述的第二限位端部514。In detail, the first lock body 51 may include two lock arms arranged at an included angle, and the two lock arms may be roughly formed in an L shape, and the third hinge shaft 52 may be arranged at the junction of the two lock arms, that is, an L shape. The end of one locking arm away from the third hinge shaft 52 can be the locking end 511, and the end of the other locking arm away from the third hinge shaft 52 can be the first limiting end 512; two locks A small included angle (<180 degrees) and a large included angle (>180 degrees) are formed between the arms. The side where the small included angle is located is the inner end of the connection, and the side where the large included angle is located is the connection. The outer end can be used as the second limit end 514 mentioned above.
结合图40,在锁定状态下,第一限位部53可以对第一限位端部512产生自下而上的支撑力,第二限位部55可以对第二限位端部514产生自上 而下的支撑力,再配合托部4对于锁定端部511产生的向上的推力,第一锁体51的受力可以更为平衡;而且,通过三个受力点的相互作用,第三铰轴52基本处于不受力的状态,这对于保证锁定机构的可靠性具有积极效果。With reference to Figure 40, in the locked state, the first limiting portion 53 can generate a bottom-up supporting force on the first limiting end 512, and the second limiting portion 55 can generate a bottom-up supporting force on the second limiting end 514. The top-down supporting force, coupled with the upward pushing force generated by the holder 4 on the locking end 511, can make the force of the first lock body 51 more balanced; moreover, through the interaction of the three force points, the third The hinge shaft 52 is basically in an unstressed state, which has a positive effect on ensuring the reliability of the locking mechanism.
上述形式的锁闭机构5,除了第一导向套542、第一限位部53、第二限位部55所形成的安装支撑点外,第三铰轴52也可以作为一个安装支撑点,具体而言,可以结合图43,第三铰轴52的外壁可以设有插槽,插槽内可以设有锁闭安装板521(锁闭安装板521与第三铰轴52的连接方式也可以直接采用焊接),锁闭安装板521可以通过螺栓522等形式的连接件与端部连接钩221相连,当然,除了螺栓连接外,锁闭安装板521与端部连接钩221之间也可以通过焊接等方式进行固连。In addition to the installation support point formed by the first guide sleeve 542, the first limiting portion 53, and the second limiting portion 55 of the above-mentioned locking mechanism 5, the third hinge shaft 52 can also be used as an installation support point. In other words, in conjunction with Figure 43, the outer wall of the third hinge shaft 52 can be provided with a slot, and a locking mounting plate 521 can be provided in the slot (the connection between the locking mounting plate 521 and the third hinge shaft 52 can also be directly (Using welding), the locking mounting plate 521 can be connected to the end connecting hook 221 by bolts 522 and other connectors. Of course, in addition to bolt connection, the locking mounting plate 521 and the end connecting hook 221 can also be welded And other methods for fixed connection.
第二种锁闭机构5的结构可以参照图45-54,图45为第二种锁闭机构安装于端部连接钩的结构图,图46为端部连接钩、托部以及第二种锁闭机构在锁定状态下的结构图,图47为端部连接钩、托部以及第二种锁闭机构在解锁状态下的结构图,图48为第二导向套、第四限位部、旋转支撑体固定于端部连接钩的结构图,图49为第二推梁与连梁单元、第二锁体的连接结构图,图50为第二连接套的结构示意图,图51为转接块的结构示意图,图52为锁头的结构示意图,图53为第二锁体的结构示意图,图54为旋转支撑体的结构示意图。For the structure of the second locking mechanism 5, please refer to Figures 45-54. Figure 45 is a structural diagram of the second locking mechanism installed on the end connecting hook, and Figure 46 is the end connecting hook, the holder and the second lock The structure diagram of the closing mechanism in the locked state. Figure 47 is the structure diagram of the end connecting hook, the support portion and the second locking mechanism in the unlocked state. Figure 48 is the second guide sleeve, the fourth limiter, and the rotation The supporting body is fixed to the structure of the end connecting hook. FIG. 49 is the connecting structure diagram of the second push beam and the connecting beam unit and the second lock body. FIG. 50 is the structure diagram of the second connecting sleeve, and FIG. 51 is the adapter block. Figure 52 is a schematic structural diagram of the lock head, Figure 53 is a structural schematic diagram of the second lock body, and Figure 54 is a structural schematic diagram of the rotating support body.
该锁闭机构5在锁定时,可以实现托部4与端部连接钩221在垂向上的锁定,以保证二者的可靠连接及行车安全,在解锁时,又不影响托部4与端部连接钩221分离的便捷性。When the locking mechanism 5 is locked, the holder 4 and the end connecting hook 221 can be locked in the vertical direction to ensure reliable connection between the two and driving safety. When unlocking, it does not affect the holder 4 and the end. The convenience of separation of the connecting hook 221.
如图45-54所示,该锁闭机构5包括:锁头51′,锁头51′可转动地连于端部连接钩221,锁头51′在其旋转中心线的两侧分别设有锁定部511′和支撑部512′;第二锁体52′,第二锁体52′可滑动地连于端部连接钩221;第二锁闭驱动梁组件53′,与第二锁体52′传动连接;锁定状态下,第二锁体52′自下而上与支撑部512′相支撑,以使锁定部511′压紧托部;解锁状态下,第二锁闭驱动梁组件53′能够驱动第二锁体52′沿远离锁头51′的方向位移,支撑部512′能够绕旋转中心线向下转动,以使锁定部511′向上转动脱离托部。As shown in Figures 45-54, the locking mechanism 5 includes: a lock head 51', which is rotatably connected to the end connecting hook 221, and the lock head 51' is provided on both sides of its rotation centerline. The locking portion 511' and the supporting portion 512'; the second lock body 52', the second lock body 52' is slidably connected to the end connecting hook 221; the second locking driving beam assembly 53', and the second lock body 52 'Transmission connection; in the locked state, the second lock body 52' supports the supporting portion 512' from bottom to top, so that the locking portion 511' presses the support portion; in the unlocked state, the second lock driving beam assembly 53' The second lock body 52' can be driven to move in a direction away from the lock head 51', and the support portion 512' can be rotated downward about the rotation center line, so that the locking portion 511' can be rotated upward and separated from the support portion.
采用这种结构,结合图46,在锁定状态下,如果托部与端部连接钩221产生分离趋势,托部会对锁定部511′产生向上的力,以驱使锁头51′进行逆时针转动,而由于第二锁体52′对于支撑部512′所产生的自下而上的支撑力,可阻挡锁头51′沿逆时针方向的转动,也就可以保证锁定部511′的位置不变,继而可对托部4进行可靠锁定;结合图47,在解锁时,第二锁闭驱动梁组件53′可以驱动第二锁体52′沿远离锁头51′的方向进行滑动,支撑部512′能够绕旋转中心线向下转动,锁定部511′可以向上转动,以解除对于托部的锁定,而不影响托部4与端部连接钩221的分离。With this structure, in conjunction with Figure 46, in the locked state, if the holder part and the end connecting hook 221 have a tendency to separate, the holder part will generate an upward force on the locking part 511' to drive the lock 51' to rotate counterclockwise, Since the bottom-up support force generated by the second lock body 52' to the support portion 512' can block the rotation of the lock head 51' in the counterclockwise direction, the position of the lock portion 511' can be kept unchanged. Then the support portion 4 can be reliably locked; in conjunction with FIG. 47, when unlocking, the second locking driving beam assembly 53' can drive the second lock body 52' to slide in a direction away from the lock head 51', and the support portion 512' It can rotate downward about the center line of rotation, and the locking part 511 ′ can rotate upward to release the locking of the holder part without affecting the separation of the holder part 4 from the end connecting hook 221.
上述锁头51′的转动设置具体可以为铰接设置,此时,可以为锁头51′设置铰接轴,铰接轴可以固定于端部连接钩221,并位于锁定部511′和支撑部512′之间。或者,还可以设置旋转支撑体54′,该旋转支撑体54′可以固定于端部连接钩221,其上可以设有旋转轴部541′,旋转轴部541′具有弧形柱面,锁头51可以设有与旋转轴部541′相匹配的弧形缺口513′,这里的相匹配是指旋转轴部541′的外径与弧形缺口513′的内径大体一致。在装配时,锁头51′可以通过弧形缺口513′插装在旋转轴部541′,并能够以旋转轴部541′的中轴线作为旋转中心线进行转动,这样也可以实现锁头51′的转动设置。The rotation setting of the lock head 51' may specifically be a hinged setting. At this time, a hinge shaft can be provided for the lock head 51'. The hinge shaft can be fixed to the end connecting hook 221 and located between the locking portion 511' and the supporting portion 512'. between. Alternatively, a rotating support 54' can also be provided. The rotating support 54' can be fixed to the end connecting hook 221, and a rotating shaft portion 541' can be provided thereon. The rotating shaft portion 541' has an arc cylindrical surface, and the lock head 51 may be provided with an arc-shaped notch 513' that matches the rotating shaft portion 541', where matching means that the outer diameter of the rotating shaft portion 541' is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the arc-shaped notch 513'. When assembling, the lock head 51' can be inserted into the rotating shaft portion 541' through the arc-shaped notch 513', and can be rotated with the central axis of the rotating shaft portion 541' as the rotation center line, so that the lock head 51' can also be realized Rotation settings.
在解锁时,锁头51′的转动可以依靠重心的偏置来实现,锁头51′的重心可以在纵向上偏离旋转中心线,并位于支撑部512′所在侧,具体而言,可以参照图46,弧形缺口513′可以设置在锁头51′重心的右侧,这样,当第二锁体52′向左位移时,锁头51′可以自然进行逆时针的转动,以解除对于托部的锁定。When unlocking, the rotation of the lock head 51' can be realized by the offset of the center of gravity. The center of gravity of the lock head 51' can deviate from the rotation center line in the longitudinal direction and is located on the side of the support portion 512'. For details, refer to the figure 46. The arc-shaped notch 513' can be set on the right side of the center of gravity of the lock 51'. In this way, when the second lock body 52' is displaced to the left, the lock 51' can naturally rotate counterclockwise to relieve the support part. Of the lock.
和/或,也可以为锁头51′设置弹簧等形式的第三弹性件,在锁定状态下,该第三弹性件可以集聚拉伸力/压缩力等形式的弹性力,当第二锁体52′逐渐远离时,第三弹性件的弹性力可以释放,以驱使锁头51′自动进行转动解锁。比较而言,上述的两种方式均可以实现锁头51′在解锁时的自动转动,具体实施时,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。And/or, it is also possible to provide a third elastic member in the form of a spring or the like for the lock 51'. In the locked state, the third elastic member can gather elastic force in the form of tensile force/compression force, etc., when the second lock body When 52' gradually moves away, the elastic force of the third elastic member can be released to drive the lock head 51' to automatically rotate and unlock. In comparison, both of the above two methods can realize the automatic rotation of the lock head 51' when unlocking. During specific implementation, those skilled in the art can make a selection according to actual needs.
结合图48,在具体装配时,旋转支撑体54′的数量可以为两个,这样,锁头51′可以架设在两个旋转支撑体54′上,锁头51′安装的稳定性更 高,且两旋转支撑体54′之间的空间可用来插接第二锁体52′,锁头51′、第二锁体52′以及旋转支撑体54′的连接结构也可以更为紧凑。With reference to Fig. 48, in the specific assembly, the number of the rotating support bodies 54' can be two. In this way, the lock head 51' can be erected on the two rotating support bodies 54', and the installation stability of the lock head 51' is higher. In addition, the space between the two rotating support bodies 54' can be used to insert the second lock body 52', and the connection structure of the lock head 51', the second lock body 52' and the rotating support body 54' can also be more compact.
再如图54所示,旋转支撑体54′还可以包括第三限位部542′,该第三限位部542′可以为角形等,在解锁状态下,第三限位部542′可以与支撑部512′相抵,以对支撑部512′的向下转动进行限位,同时,也可以支撑出第二锁体52′自支撑部512′下方插入的间隙,以便于第二锁体52′的再次插入,进而对支撑部512′进行支撑。As shown in FIG. 54 again, the rotating support 54' may further include a third limiting portion 542', which may be angular or the like. In the unlocked state, the third limiting portion 542' may be connected to The support portion 512' resists to limit the downward rotation of the support portion 512'. At the same time, it can also support the gap where the second lock body 52' is inserted from below the support portion 512' to facilitate the second lock body 52' Is inserted again to support the supporting portion 512'.
这里,本发明实施例并不限定第三限位部542′的支撑高度,在具体实施时,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行设置,只要保证第三限位部542′与支撑部512′支撑时,锁定部511′可以对托部进行解锁、同时又预留了第二锁体52′的插入间隙即可。Here, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the support height of the third limiting portion 542'. During specific implementation, those skilled in the art can set it according to actual needs, as long as the third limiting portion 542' and the supporting portion 512' are guaranteed When supporting, the locking portion 511' can unlock the support portion while leaving an insertion gap for the second lock body 52'.
进一步地,如图52所示,在锁头51′上还可以设有支撑槽514′,在解锁时,前述的第三限位部542′可以插接在支撑槽514′内。可以理解,第三限位部542′插入支撑槽514′的深度实际上也决定着解锁时支撑部512′的支撑高度,因此,在具体实践中,也可以通过调整支撑槽514′的深度来调整支撑部512′的支撑高度。Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 52, a supporting groove 514' may be further provided on the lock 51'. When unlocking, the aforementioned third limiting portion 542' may be inserted into the supporting groove 514'. It can be understood that the depth at which the third limiting portion 542' is inserted into the supporting groove 514' actually determines the supporting height of the supporting portion 512' when unlocked. Therefore, in specific practice, the depth of the supporting groove 514' can also be adjusted. Adjust the supporting height of the supporting portion 512'.
结合图53,第二锁体52′可以包括具有倾斜引导面的插入段521′,在进行锁定时,该插入段521′可以自支撑部512′的下方插入,并能够以倾斜引导面与支撑部512′相支撑,以逐步地带动支撑部512′向上转动、锁定部511′向下转动,并对托部进行锁定。With reference to Figure 53, the second lock body 52' may include an insertion section 521' with an inclined guide surface. When locking, the insertion section 521' can be inserted from below the supporting portion 512' and can be supported by the inclined guide surface The supporting portion 512' is supported by each other to gradually drive the supporting portion 512' to rotate upward, the locking portion 511' to rotate downward, and to lock the supporting portion.
第二锁体52′可以仅包括该插入段521′,这种条件下,处于锁定状态时,第二锁体52′仍可以倾斜引导面与支撑部512′相支撑,而处于解锁状态时,第二锁体52′可以与支撑部512′完全脱离,也可以倾斜引导面与支撑部512′相支撑,也就是说,在解锁时,第二锁体52′与锁头51′也可以不完全脱离,此时,第二锁体52′自身也可以对锁头51′的转动形成限位,且由于锁头51′仍在第二锁体52′上,不存在第二锁体52′无法插入的问题,前述的第三限位部542′也可以不存在。The second lock body 52' may only include the insertion section 521'. Under this condition, when in the locked state, the second lock body 52' can still be supported by the inclined guide surface and the supporting portion 512', and when in the unlocked state, The second lock body 52' can be completely disengaged from the support portion 512', or the inclined guide surface can be supported by the support portion 512', that is, when unlocking, the second lock body 52' and the lock head 51' need not be Completely disengaged, at this time, the second lock body 52' itself can also limit the rotation of the lock head 51', and since the lock head 51' is still on the second lock body 52', there is no second lock body 52' For the problem of inability to insert, the aforementioned third limiting portion 542' may not exist.
而在附图的方案中,仍以图53为参照,第二锁体52′可以包括三部分结构,分别为垂向尺寸较大的大尺寸支撑段523′、垂向变尺寸的插入段521′以及垂向尺寸较小的小尺寸支撑段524′,大尺寸支撑段523′具 有第一支撑平面,小尺寸支撑段524′具有第二支撑平面,在锁定状态下,第二锁体52′可以通过第一支撑平面与支撑部512′相支撑,而在解锁状态下,第二锁体52′又可以通过第二支撑平面与支撑部512′相支撑。In the scheme of the drawings, still referring to Figure 53, the second lock body 52' may include a three-part structure, which is a large-size support section 523' with a larger vertical size and an insertion section 521 with a vertical variable size. ′ And the small supporting section 524′ with a smaller vertical dimension, the large supporting section 523′ has a first supporting plane, and the small supporting section 524′ has a second supporting plane. In the locked state, the second lock body 52′ It can be supported by the first support plane and the support portion 512', and in the unlocked state, the second lock body 52' can be supported by the second support plane and the support portion 512'.
由于与支撑部512′相支撑的面为平面,锁头51′在解锁以及锁定时的稳定性均可以较高;且基于上述设计,支撑部512′与第二锁体52′在解锁时并未完全脱离,小尺寸支撑段524′将自然形成支撑部512′的转动限位,前述的第三限位部542′也可以不存在。Since the surface supported by the support portion 512' is a flat surface, the lock head 51' can be more stable during unlocking and locking; and based on the above design, the support portion 512' and the second lock body 52' are parallel to each other during unlocking. If it is not completely separated, the small-sized supporting section 524' will naturally form a rotation limit of the supporting portion 512', and the aforementioned third limit portion 542' may not exist.
作为附图53方案的变形,第二锁体52′也可以仅包括大尺寸支撑段523′(或者小尺寸支撑段524′)和插入段521′,这同样能够实现第二锁体52′的功能。As a modification of the solution shown in FIG. 53, the second lock body 52' may also only include a large-size support section 523' (or a small-size support section 524') and an insertion section 521', which can also achieve the second lock body 52' Function.
在第二锁体52′与旋转支撑体54′之间可以设有导向结构,用于导引第二锁体52′的滑动方向。A guiding structure may be provided between the second lock body 52' and the rotating support body 54' to guide the sliding direction of the second lock body 52'.
具体而言,在第二锁体52′、旋转支撑体54′中,一者可以设有滑槽522′,另一者可以设有与滑槽522′相匹配的滑动部,滑动部可以插接于滑槽522′,并能够沿滑槽522′进行滑动。该滑动部可以为一体式结构,如附图所示出的长条形的滑轨543′,或者,也可以为分体式结构,例如,可以包括若干间隔设置的滑块。Specifically, in the second lock body 52' and the rotating support body 54', one can be provided with a sliding groove 522', and the other can be provided with a sliding part matching the sliding groove 522', and the sliding part can be inserted It is connected to the sliding groove 522' and can slide along the sliding groove 522'. The sliding portion may be an integral structure, such as the elongated sliding rail 543' shown in the drawings, or may also be a split structure, for example, may include a number of sliding blocks arranged at intervals.
进一步地,还可以包括固定设置的第四限位部55′,第四限位部55′可以固定在端部容纳腔221b-2内,在锁定状态下,第四限位部55′能够自上而下与支撑部512′相抵紧。Further, it may also include a fixed fourth limiting portion 55'. The fourth limiting portion 55' can be fixed in the end accommodating cavity 221b-2. In the locked state, the fourth limiting portion 55' can freely The top and bottom are pressed against the supporting portion 512'.
如此,在锁定状态下,锁头51′可以形成三点支撑的方案,锁头51′的受力更为均衡,锁头51′对于托部的锁定可以更为可靠;而且,由于三个受力点的相互作用,弧形缺口513′和旋转轴部541′之间基本不存在力的作用,这对于保证锁闭机构的可靠性具有积极效果。In this way, in the locked state, the lock head 51' can form a three-point support solution, the force of the lock head 51' is more balanced, and the lock head 51' can be more reliable for the locking of the holder; moreover, due to the three receiving With the interaction of the force points, there is basically no force action between the arc-shaped notch 513' and the rotating shaft portion 541', which has a positive effect on ensuring the reliability of the locking mechanism.
这里,本发明实施例并不限定第四限位部55′的结构,其可以为板状,也可以为块状;同样地,本发明实施例也不限定第四限位部55′的数量,其可以为一个,也可以包括多个相互独立的限位件,只要其能够实现上述的技术效果即可。Here, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the structure of the fourth limiting portion 55', which may be plate-shaped or block-shaped; similarly, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the number of the fourth limiting portion 55' either It can be one or multiple independent limiters, as long as it can achieve the above-mentioned technical effects.
请参考图49,并结合图46、图47,在一种示例性的方案中,第二锁闭驱动梁组件53′可以包括第二推梁531′、第二导向套532′和连梁单 元533′,第二导向套532′可以固定设置,具体可以是安装在端部容纳腔221b-2内(可以参照附图48),第二推梁531′与第二导向套532′可以滑动连接,连梁单元533′的一个端部与第二推梁531′铰接,另一端部与第二锁体52′铰接。Please refer to FIG. 49 in combination with FIGS. 46 and 47. In an exemplary solution, the second locking driving beam assembly 53' may include a second pushing beam 531', a second guide sleeve 532', and a connecting beam unit 533', the second guide sleeve 532' can be fixedly arranged, specifically, it can be installed in the end accommodating cavity 221b-2 (refer to Figure 48), and the second push beam 531' can be slidably connected to the second guide sleeve 532' One end of the connecting beam unit 533' is hinged with the second push beam 531', and the other end is hinged with the second lock body 52'.
采用这种结构,当第二推梁531′受到驱动力向上移动时,铰接设置的连梁单元533′可以带动第二锁体52′向远离锁头51′的方向进行滑动,然后,锁头51′可自行转动解锁;而当驱动力消失时,依靠自身的重力等,第二推梁531′又可以沿第二导向套532′自动下滑,并通过连梁单元533′驱使第二锁体52′向靠近锁头51′的方向滑动,以再次对支撑部512′进行支撑,锁头51′可以反向旋转,以实现自动上锁,当然,也可以是由外部设备提供反向的驱动力来带动第二推梁531′复位、锁定。With this structure, when the second push beam 531' is moved upward by the driving force, the hinged connecting beam unit 533' can drive the second lock body 52' to slide in a direction away from the lock head 51', and then the lock head 51' can be rotated and unlocked by itself; and when the driving force disappears, relying on its own gravity, etc., the second push beam 531' can automatically slide down along the second guide sleeve 532', and drive the second lock body through the connecting beam unit 533' 52' slides in the direction close to the lock head 51' to support the support portion 512' again. The lock head 51' can be rotated in reverse to realize automatic locking. Of course, it can also be driven by an external device in the reverse direction. Force to drive the second push beam 531' to reset and lock.
具体第二推梁531′可以正对上述端部第一连接孔221d(参照图46和图47),以便解锁部件能够穿过端部第一连接孔221d与第二推梁531′接触,从而向第二推梁531′施加向上的解锁驱动力。Specifically, the second push beam 531' may be directly opposite to the first connecting hole 221d at the end (refer to FIGS. 46 and 47), so that the unlocking member can pass through the first connecting hole 221d at the end to contact the second push beam 531', thereby An upward unlocking driving force is applied to the second push beam 531'.
需要指出,本发明实施例并不限定第二推梁531′在解锁时所受到的驱动力的来源,其可以采用手动驱动的方案,例如,可以设置解锁杆等解锁部件,当需要解锁时,可以由工作人员手动操作解锁部件,以对第二推梁531′产生驱动力;或者,也可以采用自动驱动的方案,此时,动力源可以为电机、气缸、油缸等,这些动力源可以安装在车体上,也可以安装在地面设备上,具体可以根据实际情况进行选择,动力源与第二推梁531′之间还可以设有传动机构,以传递动力源的驱动力。It should be pointed out that the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the source of the driving force that the second push beam 531' receives when unlocking. It can be manually driven. For example, unlocking components such as an unlocking lever can be provided. When unlocking is required, The unlocking component can be manually operated by the staff to generate driving force on the second push beam 531'; alternatively, an automatic driving scheme can also be adopted. At this time, the power source can be a motor, an air cylinder, an oil cylinder, etc., and these power sources can be installed On the vehicle body, it can also be installed on the ground equipment, which can be specifically selected according to the actual situation. A transmission mechanism can also be provided between the power source and the second push beam 531' to transmit the driving force of the power source.
第二推梁531′位于第二导向套532′上方的梁段还可以设有第二连接套531a′,如图50所示,该第二连接套531a′具体可以包括管部和铰接部,管部能够通过螺纹连接、焊接、过盈配合等方式安装于第二推梁531′的上部,铰接部可以包括相对设置的两个铰接板,前述的连梁单元533′可以铰接在这两个铰接板之间。The beam section of the second push beam 531' located above the second guide sleeve 532' may also be provided with a second connecting sleeve 531a'. As shown in FIG. The pipe part can be installed on the upper part of the second push beam 531' through threaded connection, welding, interference fit, etc. The hinge part may include two hinged plates arranged oppositely, and the aforementioned connecting beam unit 533' may be hinged on these two Between hinged plates.
上述的第二连接套531a′与第二导向套532′相配合还可以作为第二推梁531′向下移动的限位件,以限定第二推梁531′的最大下移距离,同时,也限定了第二锁体52′的位移距离。The above-mentioned second connecting sleeve 531a' and the second guide sleeve 532' can also be used as a limiter for the downward movement of the second pushing beam 531' to limit the maximum downward movement distance of the second pushing beam 531'. At the same time, The displacement distance of the second lock body 52' is also limited.
实际上,第二推梁531′的下移限位也可以通过锁头51′与第四限位 部55′的配合来实现,如此,上述的第二连接套531a′也可以不存在;或者,也可以采用连梁单元533′与第二推梁531′的连接端部进行限位,该连接端部与第二推梁531′采用的是铰连的方案,二者在实际工作过程中通常是呈夹角设置的,因此,即便不存在第二连接套531a′,该连接端部同样能够作为第二推梁531′向下移动的限位部件。In fact, the downward movement limit of the second push beam 531' can also be realized by the cooperation of the lock head 51' and the fourth limit portion 55'. In this way, the above-mentioned second connecting sleeve 531a' may not exist; or It is also possible to use the connecting end of the connecting beam unit 533' and the second push beam 531' to limit the position. The connecting end and the second push beam 531' adopt a hinged connection scheme. It is usually arranged at an included angle. Therefore, even if the second connecting sleeve 531a' does not exist, the connecting end can also be used as a limiting component for the second push beam 531' to move downward.
进一步地,还可以包括第二弹性件531b′,该第二弹性件531b′的一端可以与第二推梁531′相作用,在解锁状态下,第二弹性件531b′的变形量可以增加,以集聚弹性力。如此设置,当作用于第二推梁531′的驱动力消失后,第二弹性件531b′的弹性力可以释放,以与第二推梁531′自身的重力相配合,来共同驱动锁头51′的复位、锁定。Furthermore, it may further include a second elastic member 531b', one end of the second elastic member 531b' can act on the second push beam 531', and in the unlocked state, the deformation of the second elastic member 531b' can be increased, To gather elasticity. With this arrangement, after the driving force for the second push beam 531' disappears, the elastic force of the second elastic member 531b' can be released to cooperate with the gravity of the second push beam 531' to jointly drive the lock 51 'Reset and lock.
具体而言,该第二弹性件531b′可以为弹簧,其可以外套安装于第二推梁531′,且第二推梁531′的下端部可以设有第二支撑件531c′,弹簧的两端可以分别与第二导向套532′、第二支撑件531c′相抵。其中,第二推梁531′可以充当弹簧柱的作用,有利于防止弹簧在伸缩过程中的径向窜动,对于提高结构的稳定性、动力传动的可靠性均具有积极效果;且采用这种结构,在解锁状态下,第二推梁531′可以向上位移,第二弹性件531b′可以被压缩,而在恢复锁定时,第二推梁531′可以向下位移,第二弹性件531b′又可以释放。Specifically, the second elastic member 531b′ may be a spring, which may be sheathed and installed on the second push beam 531′, and the lower end of the second push beam 531′ may be provided with a second support member 531c′. The ends can respectively abut against the second guide sleeve 532' and the second support 531c'. Among them, the second push beam 531' can act as a spring column, which is beneficial to prevent the radial movement of the spring during the expansion and contraction process, and has a positive effect on improving the stability of the structure and the reliability of power transmission; and adopting this Structure, in the unlocked state, the second push beam 531' can be displaced upwards, and the second elastic member 531b' can be compressed, and when the lock is restored, the second push beam 531' can be displaced downwards, and the second elastic member 531b' Can be released again.
实际上,在锁定状态下,第二弹性件531b′也可以有一定的预压缩量,也就是说,第二弹性件531b′在锁定时仍可以提供一定的弹性力,这对于保证锁头51′锁定状态的稳定具有积极效果,可避免轨道车辆通过曲线时锁头51′的自动解锁。In fact, in the locked state, the second elastic member 531b' can also have a certain amount of pre-compression, that is, the second elastic member 531b' can still provide a certain elastic force when locked, which is useful for ensuring the lock 51 'The stability of the locked state has a positive effect, which can avoid the automatic unlocking of the lock 51' when the rail vehicle passes a curve.
为方便地调整该预压缩量,第二支撑件531c′可以为螺母,这样,通过改变螺母拧接的位置,即可以调整第二支撑件531c′和第二导向套532′的间距,进而可以调整锁定状态下第二弹性件531b′的预压缩量。In order to adjust the amount of pre-compression conveniently, the second support 531c' can be a nut. In this way, by changing the screwed position of the nut, the distance between the second support 531c' and the second guide sleeve 532' can be adjusted. Adjust the pre-compression amount of the second elastic member 531b' in the locked state.
在解锁状态下,第二弹性件531b′实际上也可以处于拉伸状态,此时,第二弹性件531b′的安装位置可以发生变化,具体来说,其可以设置在第二连接套531a′和第二导向套532′之间,且其两端与第二连接套531a′、第二导向套532′均可以为固定连接,以便传递拉力。In the unlocked state, the second elastic member 531b' can actually be in a stretched state. At this time, the installation position of the second elastic member 531b' can be changed. Specifically, it can be arranged in the second connecting sleeve 531a' It can be fixedly connected to the second guide sleeve 532', and at both ends of the second connecting sleeve 531a' and the second guide sleeve 532', so as to transmit tensile force.
连梁单元533′可以是由多个连梁组合形成的结构,在一种示例性的 方案中,该连梁单元533′可以包括第一锁闭连梁533a′、第二锁闭连梁533b′和转接块533c′,转接块533c′可以设有不共线的固定铰接点533c-1′、第一铰接点533c-2′和第二铰接点533c-3′,固定铰接点533c-1′可以固定设置,具体可以固定在端部连钩221,第一锁闭连梁533a′的一端可以与第二推梁531′铰接、另一端可以铰接于第一铰接点533c-2′,第二锁闭连梁533b′的一端可以与第二锁体52′铰接、另一端可以铰接于第二铰接点533c-3′。The connecting beam unit 533' may be a structure formed by a combination of multiple connecting beams. In an exemplary solution, the connecting beam unit 533' may include a first locking connecting beam 533a' and a second locking connecting beam 533b. ′ And the adapter block 533c′, the adapter block 533c′ may be provided with non-collinear fixed hinge points 533c-1′, first hinge points 533c-2′ and second hinge points 533c-3′, and fixed hinge points 533c -1' can be fixed, specifically, it can be fixed to the end hook 221, one end of the first locking connecting beam 533a' can be hinged to the second push beam 531', and the other end can be hinged to the first hinge point 533c-2' One end of the second locking connecting beam 533b' can be hinged to the second lock body 52', and the other end can be hinged to the second hinge point 533c-3'.
采用这种结构,如图46、图47所示,当第二推梁531′向上移动时,可以带动第一锁闭连梁533a′向上移动,然后可以驱使转接块533c′绕固定铰接点533c-1′进行顺时针转动,并由转接块533c′带动第二锁闭连梁533b′、第二锁体52′向左移动,锁头51′可以逆时针转动,以解锁托部;而当第二推梁531′向下移动时,可以带动第一锁闭连梁533a′向下移动,然后可以驱使转接块533c′进行逆时针转动,并由转接块533c′带动第二锁闭连梁533b′、第二锁体52′向右移动,锁头51′可以顺时针转动,以重新锁定托部。With this structure, as shown in Figure 46 and Figure 47, when the second push beam 531' moves upward, the first locking connecting beam 533a' can be driven to move upward, and then the adapter block 533c' can be driven around the fixed hinge point. 533c-1' rotates clockwise, and the adapter block 533c' drives the second locking connecting beam 533b' and the second lock body 52' to move to the left, and the lock head 51' can rotate counterclockwise to unlock the support part; When the second push beam 531' moves downwards, the first locking connecting beam 533a' can be driven to move downwards, and then the adapter block 533c' can be driven to rotate counterclockwise, and the adapter block 533c' can drive the second The locking connecting beam 533b' and the second lock body 52' move to the right, and the lock head 51' can rotate clockwise to re-lock the holder.
需要指出,上述的有关第二锁闭驱动梁组件53′的具体结构的描述,仅为本发明实施例的一种优选方案,并不能够作为对本发明所提供驮背车的车体的实施范围的限定,在满足功能的条件下,也可以采用其他形式的第二锁闭驱动梁组件53′,例如,第二锁闭驱动梁组件53′可以采用直接设置为能够进行线性位移的梁件。It should be pointed out that the foregoing description of the specific structure of the second locking drive beam assembly 53' is only a preferred solution of the embodiment of the present invention, and cannot be regarded as the scope of implementation of the body of the piggyback vehicle provided by the present invention. Under the condition that the function is satisfied, other forms of the second locking driving beam assembly 53' can also be used. For example, the second locking driving beam assembly 53' can adopt a beam directly arranged to be capable of linear displacement.
进一步的,如图1所示,本体部1还设有横向止挡机构6。当托部4从与端部底架2分离的位置向与端部底架2相连的位置复位时,横向止挡机构能够对托部4的复位位置进行确定,以保证托部4准确地安装于本体部1。Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the main body 1 is also provided with a lateral stop mechanism 6. When the bracket 4 is reset from the position separated from the end chassis 2 to the position connected with the end chassis 2, the lateral stop mechanism can determine the reset position of the bracket 4 to ensure the accurate installation of the bracket 4于体部1。 In the body section 1.
具体来讲,横向止挡机构6可以安装在端部底架2以及关节底架3上,由于安装结构相类似,以下仅以安装在端部底架2为例来描述横向止挡机构6的结构,同样地,本发明实施例也提供了两种结构形式的横向止挡机构6。Specifically, the lateral stop mechanism 6 can be installed on the end base frame 2 and the joint base frame 3. Since the installation structure is similar, the following only takes the end base frame 2 as an example to describe the lateral stop mechanism 6 Structure, similarly, the embodiment of the present invention also provides the lateral stop mechanism 6 in two structural forms.
第一种横向止挡机构6的结构可以参照图55-61,图55为第一种横向止挡机构安装于端部连接钩的结构图,图56为第一种横向止挡机构一种具 体实施方式的结构图,图57为图56的分解视图,图58为支座的结构示意图,图59为第一连梁的分体结构图,图60为第一种横向止挡机构另一种具体实施方式的结构图,图61为图60中第一止挡梁与连接端部的连接结构的分解视图。The structure of the first lateral stop mechanism 6 can be referred to Figures 55-61. Figure 55 is a structural diagram of the first lateral stop mechanism installed on the end connecting hook, and Figure 56 is a specific example of the first lateral stop mechanism. Fig. 57 is an exploded view of Fig. 56, Fig. 58 is a schematic structural diagram of the support, Fig. 59 is a split structure diagram of the first connecting beam, and Fig. 60 is another type of the first lateral stop mechanism FIG. 61 is an exploded view of the connection structure between the first stop beam and the connection end in FIG. 60.
如图55-图57所示,第一种横向止挡机构6包括:支座61,支座61固定于端部连接钩221,具体可以通过焊接等方式固定,支座61上设有过孔611;第一止挡梁62;止挡驱动梁组件63,与第一止挡梁62传动连接;在止挡状态下,第一止挡梁62能够伸出过孔611,以对托部4形成横向止挡,在解挡状态下,止挡驱动梁组件63能够驱动第一止挡梁62缩回,以解除对托部4的止挡。As shown in Figures 55-57, the first type of lateral stop mechanism 6 includes: a support 61, the support 61 is fixed to the end connecting hook 221, which can be fixed by welding, etc., and the support 61 is provided with a through hole 611; first stop beam 62; stop driving beam assembly 63, drivingly connected with the first stop beam 62; in the stop state, the first stop beam 62 can extend through the hole 611, to support the part 4 A lateral stop is formed, and in the unblocked state, the stop driving beam assembly 63 can drive the first stop beam 62 to retract to release the stop on the support portion 4.
采用这种结构,在止挡状态下,第一止挡梁62可以自过孔611伸出,以对托部4形成横向止挡,进而可以保证托部4的准确复位;而在解挡状态下,止挡驱动梁组件63又能够作用于第一止挡梁62,以使其缩回,进而可以解除对托部4的止挡,以不影响托部4和端部底架2的正常分离。With this structure, in the stopped state, the first stop beam 62 can extend from the through hole 611 to form a lateral stop to the support portion 4, thereby ensuring the accurate reset of the support portion 4; and in the unblocked state Next, the stop driving beam assembly 63 can act on the first stop beam 62 to retract it, so that the stop on the support portion 4 can be released, so as not to affect the normal operation of the support portion 4 and the end chassis 2. Separate.
进一步地,还可以包括第三弹性件64,第三弹性件64可以作用于第一止挡梁62,在解挡的过程中,第三弹性件64的变形量会增加,以集聚弹性力。这样,当作用于止挡驱动梁组件63的驱动力消失时,第三弹性件64可以释放,以驱使第一止挡梁62自动回复至止挡位置,可提高设备的自动化程度。Further, a third elastic member 64 may be included. The third elastic member 64 can act on the first stop beam 62. During the unblocking process, the deformation amount of the third elastic member 64 will increase to gather the elastic force. In this way, when the driving force used to stop the driving beam assembly 63 disappears, the third elastic member 64 can be released to drive the first stop beam 62 to automatically return to the stop position, which can improve the automation degree of the equipment.
结合图57,第一止挡梁62可以包括粗颈部621和细颈部622,二者之间可以形成台阶面623,第三弹性件64可以为弹簧,其可以外套安装于细颈部622,并能够与台阶面623相作用。此时,细颈部622还可以起到弹簧柱的作用,以对弹簧的伸缩进行导向,可较大程度地避免弹簧在伸缩过程中的径向窜动,对于提高传动的稳定性和可靠性具有积极效果。57, the first stop beam 62 may include a thick neck portion 621 and a thin neck portion 622, a step surface 623 may be formed between the two, and the third elastic member 64 may be a spring, which can be sheathed and installed on the thin neck portion 622 , And can interact with the step surface 623. At this time, the thin neck 622 can also function as a spring column to guide the expansion and contraction of the spring, which can largely avoid the radial movement of the spring during the expansion and contraction process, which is useful for improving the stability and reliability of the transmission. Has a positive effect.
需要指出,除了采用弹簧的方案外,第三弹性件64也可以采用弹性球、弹性块、拉力绳等其他形式的弹性元件,只要能够满足使用效果即可。It should be pointed out that in addition to the spring solution, the third elastic member 64 can also adopt other forms of elastic elements such as elastic balls, elastic blocks, tension ropes, etc., as long as the use effect can be satisfied.
支座61还可以设有止挡限位件65,第三弹性件64的两端可以分别与止挡限位件65、台阶面623相作用,在附图的方案中,第一止挡梁62可以粗颈部621作为止挡部位,以提高止挡部位的强度,在解挡时,台阶面623可以对第三弹性件64产生压缩力,以增加第三弹性件64的压缩量, 这种方案中,第三弹性件64与止挡限位件65、台阶面623之间均为接触关系。The support 61 can also be provided with a stop and limit member 65, and both ends of the third elastic member 64 can respectively interact with the stop and limit member 65 and the step surface 623. In the scheme of the drawings, the first stop beam 62. The thick neck 621 can be used as a stop part to increase the strength of the stop part. When unblocking, the stepped surface 623 can generate a compressive force on the third elastic member 64 to increase the compression amount of the third elastic member 64. In this solution, the third elastic member 64 is in contact with the stop and limit member 65 and the step surface 623.
而且,粗颈部621的截面可以为非圆形,过孔611可以与粗颈部621相匹配,这里的相匹配是指二者的形状、尺寸大体一致,如此,当粗颈部621插接在过孔611内时,二者不会产生相对转动,可以提高止挡定位的可靠性。进一步地,粗颈部621与托部4相接触的止挡面可以为平面,这样,托部4与止挡面之间的接触面积可以较大,止挡的可靠性可以获得更大程度地提高。Moreover, the cross section of the thick neck portion 621 may be non-circular, and the through hole 611 can match the thick neck portion 621. The matching here means that the shapes and sizes of the two are roughly the same. Thus, when the thick neck portion 621 is inserted When in the via 611, the two will not rotate relative to each other, and the reliability of the stop positioning can be improved. Further, the stop surface of the thick neck portion 621 in contact with the support portion 4 can be a flat surface. In this way, the contact area between the support portion 4 and the stop surface can be larger, and the reliability of the stop can be improved to a greater extent. improve.
实际上,在解挡的过程中,第三弹性件64也可以产生拉力,此时,可以第一止挡梁62的细颈部622作为与托部4相接触的止挡部位,且这种方案中,第三弹性件64的两端需要和止挡限位件65、台阶面623相连接,以便在解挡时能够产生拉力。In fact, in the process of unblocking, the third elastic member 64 can also generate a tensile force. At this time, the narrow neck 622 of the first stop beam 62 can be used as a stop part for contact with the support part 4, and this In the solution, both ends of the third elastic member 64 need to be connected with the stop and limit member 65 and the step surface 623 so as to be able to generate a pulling force when unblocking.
止挡限位件65的结构在此不做限定,具体实施时,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行设定,只要能够实现上述的效果即可。举例说明,在图57的方案中,止挡限位件65可以为套筒状,该套筒可以为圆筒,也可以为方筒或者其他形状的异形筒,该套筒可以对弹簧进行防护,以较大程度地避免雨水、灰尘等介入而影响弹簧的正常工作;在图60的方案中,止挡限位件65可以为板状或者块状,其可以通过止挡上盖板615与支座61相连,此时,弹簧处在相对开放的空间内,操作人员可以进行直接观察,以方便对弹簧的安装状态进行调整。The structure of the stop and limit member 65 is not limited here. During specific implementation, those skilled in the art can set it according to actual needs, as long as the above-mentioned effects can be achieved. For example, in the solution of FIG. 57, the stop and limit member 65 can be in the shape of a sleeve. The sleeve can be a cylinder, a square tube or a special-shaped tube of other shapes. The sleeve can protect the spring. , In order to avoid the interference of rain, dust, etc., affecting the normal operation of the spring; in the solution of FIG. 60, the stopper 65 can be plate-shaped or block-shaped. The support 61 is connected. At this time, the spring is in a relatively open space, and the operator can directly observe it to facilitate the adjustment of the installation state of the spring.
结合图58,实际上,本发明实施例并不对支座61的结构做限定,其结构主要是为了适应与端部连接钩221的连接,在具体实施时,本领域技术人员可以根据端部连接钩221来调整支座61的形状,支座61需要提供相应的安装点,其中一个安装点为前述的过孔611,图中还示出了另外一个安装点——安装孔612,该安装孔612可用于安装驮背车的制动管组件(图中未示出)。58, in fact, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the structure of the support 61, its structure is mainly to adapt to the connection with the end connecting hook 221, in specific implementation, those skilled in the art can according to the end connection The hook 221 is used to adjust the shape of the support 61. The support 61 needs to provide corresponding mounting points. One of the mounting points is the aforementioned through hole 611. The figure also shows another mounting point-mounting hole 612. This mounting hole 612 can be used to install the brake pipe assembly of the piggyback vehicle (not shown in the figure).
止挡驱动梁组件63可以包括铰接设置的第一连梁631,第一连梁631的一端部可以为第一驱动端部6311,用于接受外部的驱动力,另一端部可以为连接端部6312,第一连梁631的第一铰轴633可以固定设置,具体来说,可以固定安装在支座61,并位于第一驱动端部6311和连接端部6312 之间,连接端部6312则可以与第一止挡梁62传动连接。The stop driving beam assembly 63 may include a first connecting beam 631 hingedly arranged. One end of the first connecting beam 631 may be a first driving end 6311 for receiving external driving force, and the other end may be a connecting end 6312. The first hinge shaft 633 of the first connecting beam 631 can be fixedly arranged. Specifically, it can be fixedly installed on the support 61 and located between the first driving end portion 6311 and the connecting end portion 6312. The connecting end portion 6312 is It can be connected to the first stop beam 62 in transmission.
这里,本发明实施例并不限定止挡驱动梁组件63在解挡时所受到的驱动力的来源,其可以采用手动驱动的方案,例如,可以设置解挡杆等解挡部件,当需要解挡时,可以由工作人员手动操作解挡部件,以对第一驱动端部6311产生驱动力;或者,也可以采用自动驱动的方案,此时,动力源可以为电机、气缸、油缸等,这些动力源可以安装在车体上,也可以安装在地面设备上,具体可以根据实际情况进行选择,动力源与第一驱动端部6311之间还可以设有传动机构,以传递动力源的驱动力。Here, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the source of the driving force that the stop driving beam assembly 63 receives when disengaging. It can adopt a manual driving scheme. When shifting, the staff can manually operate the unblocking component to generate driving force to the first driving end 6311; alternatively, an automatic driving scheme can also be adopted. In this case, the power source can be a motor, an air cylinder, an oil cylinder, etc. The power source can be installed on the car body or on the ground equipment. It can be selected according to the actual situation. A transmission mechanism can also be provided between the power source and the first drive end 6311 to transmit the driving force of the power source. .
在一种方案中,如图55-图57所示,止挡驱动梁组件63还可以包括第二连梁632,第二连梁632的一端部可以通过螺纹连接或者焊接等方式与第一止挡梁62相连,另一端部与连接端部6312中,一者可以设有第二铰轴634,另一者可以设有条形导向孔631a-1,第二铰轴634可以插接于条形导向孔631a-1内。In one solution, as shown in FIGS. 55-57, the stop driving beam assembly 63 may further include a second connecting beam 632, and one end of the second connecting beam 632 may be connected to the first stop by screwing or welding. The stop beam 62 is connected with the connecting end 6312, one end may be provided with a second hinge shaft 634, the other may be provided with a strip-shaped guide hole 631a-1, and the second hinge shaft 634 can be inserted into the strip -Shaped guide hole 631a-1.
如此设置,通过第二铰轴634与条形导向孔631a-1的配合,可以将连接端部6312的旋转运动转化为第二连梁632的直线运动,进而可驱使第一止挡梁62进行伸出或缩回。With this arrangement, through the cooperation of the second hinge shaft 634 and the strip-shaped guide hole 631a-1, the rotational movement of the connecting end portion 6312 can be converted into the linear movement of the second connecting beam 632, thereby driving the first stop beam 62 to perform Extend or retract.
在附图中,上述的条形导向孔631a-1可以设置在连接端部6312上,第二铰轴634可以固定在第二连梁632上,这样,第二连梁632的尺寸相对可以较小,结构可以更为紧凑。In the drawings, the above-mentioned strip-shaped guide hole 631a-1 can be provided on the connecting end 6312, and the second hinge shaft 634 can be fixed on the second connecting beam 632. In this way, the size of the second connecting beam 632 can be relatively smaller. Small, the structure can be more compact.
具体实践中,弹簧可以具有一定的预压缩量,以保证第一止挡梁62处于止挡位置时的可靠性,而上述预压缩量的调整则可以通过第二连梁632与第一止挡梁62的连接位置进行确定。In specific practice, the spring may have a certain amount of pre-compression to ensure the reliability when the first stop beam 62 is at the stop position, and the above-mentioned pre-compression amount can be adjusted by the second connecting beam 632 and the first stop The connection position of the beam 62 is determined.
基于第二连梁632与第一止挡梁62之间采用螺纹连接进行固定的方案,还可以设置第一防松件624,第一防松件624也可以与第一止挡梁62相连,并能够与第二连梁632相抵紧,以对第二连梁632进行防松固定。该第一防松件624具体可以为防松螺母,当然,也可以为插条、挡块等形式的防松止挡限位件。Based on the solution of using threaded connection between the second connecting beam 632 and the first stop beam 62 to be fixed, a first anti-loosening member 624 can also be provided, and the first anti-loosing member 624 can also be connected to the first stop beam 62. It can be tightly pressed against the second connecting beam 632 to prevent loosening and fixing of the second connecting beam 632. The first anti-loosening member 624 may specifically be an anti-loosening nut, and of course, it may also be an anti-loosing stop limiting member in the form of an insert bar, a stopper, or the like.
进一步地,还可以包括止挡连接板613和护板614,止挡连接板613的一端可以与支座61相连,另一端可以与护板614相连,用于对止挡驱动梁组件63形成防护,前述的第一铰轴633可以安装在止挡连接板613上, 具体的安装方式可以为焊接,或者,也可以借助安装板633a和螺栓进行安装,只要能够保证第一铰轴633的可靠固定即可。实际上,止挡连接板613、护板614也可以作为支座61的一部分。Further, it may also include a stop connecting plate 613 and a guard plate 614. One end of the stop connecting plate 613 can be connected to the support 61, and the other end can be connected to the guard plate 614 for protecting the stop driving beam assembly 63 The aforementioned first hinge shaft 633 can be installed on the stop connecting plate 613, and the specific installation method can be welding, or it can also be installed with the aid of the mounting plate 633a and bolts, as long as the reliable fixing of the first hinge shaft 633 can be ensured. That's it. In fact, the stop connecting plate 613 and the guard plate 614 can also be used as a part of the support 61.
在另一种方案中,如图60、图61所示,连接端部6312可以设有条形导向槽631e,第一止挡梁62可以插接于条形导向槽631e,且连接端部6312可以与设置在第一止挡梁62的锁紧件631f相抵,用于限定连接端部6321与第一止挡梁62的连接位置。In another solution, as shown in FIGS. 60 and 61, the connecting end portion 6312 may be provided with a strip-shaped guide groove 631e, the first stop beam 62 may be inserted into the strip-shaped guide groove 631e, and the connecting end portion 6312 It can be opposed to the locking member 631f provided on the first stop beam 62 to define the connection position of the connecting end 6321 and the first stop beam 62.
如此设置,通过第一止挡梁62与条形导向槽631e的配合,也可以将连接端部6312的旋转运动转化为第一止挡梁62的直线运动,以驱动第一止挡梁62进行解挡或者回复止挡。With this arrangement, through the cooperation of the first stop beam 62 and the strip-shaped guide groove 631e, the rotational movement of the connecting end portion 6312 can also be converted into the linear movement of the first stop beam 62 to drive the first stop beam 62 to perform Unblock or return to the stop.
详细而言,连接端部6312可以限定在锁紧件631f和止挡限位件65之间,第三弹性件64预压缩量的调节可以通过锁紧件631f在第一止挡梁62上的安装位置进行确定,锁紧件631f与连接端部6312之间还可以设有第一垫片631g,以减轻二者连接处的磨耗。In detail, the connecting end portion 6312 may be defined between the locking member 631f and the stop limiting member 65, and the pre-compression of the third elastic member 64 can be adjusted by the locking member 631f on the first stop beam 62 The installation position is determined, and a first gasket 631g may be provided between the locking member 631f and the connecting end portion 6312 to reduce the wear at the connection between the two.
锁紧件631f与第一止挡梁62的连接方式可以为螺纹连接,也可以为焊接等,当为螺纹连接时,还可以包括第二防松件,该第二防松件可以为防松螺母,也可以为止挡插条(附图未标注)、止挡块等,用于对锁紧件631f的安装位置进行限定。The connection between the locking member 631f and the first stop beam 62 may be threaded connection, or welding, etc., when it is threaded connection, it may also include a second anti-loosening member, which may be an anti-loosening member. The nut may also be a stop insert (not marked in the drawings), a stop block, etc., to limit the installation position of the locking member 631f.
比较而言,上述的两种方案均可以实现第一连梁631旋转运动向第一止挡梁62直线运动的转化,能够实现第一止挡梁62在止挡状态和解挡状态之间的切换,在具体应用中,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。In comparison, both of the above two solutions can realize the conversion of the rotary motion of the first connecting beam 631 to the linear motion of the first stop beam 62, and can realize the switching of the first stop beam 62 between the stopped state and the unblocked state. In specific applications, those skilled in the art can make selections according to actual needs.
以前述的第一种方案为例,第一连梁631可以包括间隔设置的长板件631a和短板件631b,第一铰轴633与长板件631a、短板件631b均可以相连,长板件631a的一端部形成上述的连接端部6312,前述的条形导向孔631a-1可以设置在该长板件631a上,长板件631a的另一端部与短板件631b之间可以连接有滚轮631c,此时,长板件631a、短板件631b以及滚轮631c共同组合形成第一驱动端部6311。Taking the foregoing first solution as an example, the first connecting beam 631 may include a long plate 631a and a short plate 631b arranged at intervals, and the first hinge shaft 633 can be connected to the long plate 631a and the short plate 631b. One end of the plate 631a forms the aforementioned connecting end 6312, the aforementioned strip-shaped guide hole 631a-1 can be provided on the long plate 631a, and the other end of the long plate 631a can be connected to the short plate 631b. There is a roller 631c. At this time, the long plate 631a, the short plate 631b, and the roller 631c are combined to form the first driving end portion 6311.
当外部的驱动力与滚轮631c相作用时,滚轮631c可以旋转,能够削减第一驱动端部6311与外部驱动设备之间的摩擦力,对于第一驱动端部 6311的降低磨耗具有积极效果。When an external driving force acts on the roller 631c, the roller 631c can rotate, which can reduce the friction between the first driving end portion 6311 and the external driving device, and has a positive effect on reducing the wear of the first driving end portion 6311.
结合图59,还可以包括滚轴631d,滚轴631d可以包括杆部631d-1和头部631d-2,头部631d-2的径向尺寸可以大于杆部631d-1,长板件631a、短板件631b均可以设有穿过孔631b-1,且二者中位于内侧的一者的穿过孔631b-1可以为阶梯孔,装配状态下,至少部分头部631d-2可以隐藏在阶梯孔的大径孔段,杆部631d-1远离头部631d-2的一端则可以与锁紧螺母631d-3进行配合锁定。59, it may also include a roller 631d, the roller 631d may include a rod portion 631d-1 and a head portion 631d-2, the radial dimension of the head portion 631d-2 may be larger than the rod portion 631d-1, the long plate 631a, The short plate 631b may be provided with a through hole 631b-1, and the through hole 631b-1 of the inner one of the two may be a stepped hole. In the assembled state, at least part of the head 631d-2 may be hidden in In the large-diameter hole section of the stepped hole, the end of the rod portion 631d-1 away from the head portion 631d-2 can be matched and locked with the lock nut 631d-3.
这里的“内侧”是指靠近端部连接钩221的一侧,采用这种设计,滚轴631d在内侧突出的长度可以较短,能够较大程度地避免第一驱动端部6311转动时与端部连接钩221之间的接触摩擦。The “inside” here refers to the side close to the end connecting hook 221. With this design, the protruding length of the roller 631d on the inner side can be shorter, which can largely prevent the end of the first driving end 6311 from rotating. The contact friction between the part connecting hooks 221.
在上述的各方案中,第一止挡梁62的恢复止挡主要是依靠与第一止挡梁62直接相作用的第三弹性件64,实际上,除了这种方案外,也可以通过止挡驱动梁组件63来带动第一止挡梁62回复止挡状态,也就是说,第一止挡梁62的解挡和回复止挡均可以由止挡驱动梁组件63来完成,这种方案可以通过对止挡驱动梁组件63设置弹性件来实现。In the above solutions, the restoration stop of the first stop beam 62 mainly relies on the third elastic member 64 directly acting on the first stop beam 62. In fact, in addition to this solution, it can also be stopped by The stop driving beam assembly 63 drives the first stop beam 62 to return to the stop state. That is to say, the first stop beam 62 can be unlocked and returned to the stop by the stop driving beam assembly 63. This solution This can be achieved by providing an elastic member to the stop driving beam assembly 63.
另外,上述横向止挡机构的一个核心在于止挡驱动梁组件63和第一止挡梁62的分离,在止挡状态下,实际只有第一止挡梁62和支座61受力,用于参与驱动的止挡驱动梁组件63不受力,这是上述横向止挡机构的可靠性较高的一个关键点。In addition, a core of the above-mentioned lateral stop mechanism is the separation of the stop driving beam assembly 63 and the first stop beam 62. In the stop state, only the first stop beam 62 and the support 61 are actually stressed for The stop driving beam assembly 63 participating in the driving is not stressed, which is a key point of higher reliability of the above-mentioned lateral stop mechanism.
第二种横向止挡机构6的结构可以参照图62-67,图62为第二种横向止挡机构在止挡状态下与端部连接钩、托部的相对位置图,图63为图62的局部放大图,图64为第二种横向止挡机构在解挡状态下与端部连接钩、托部的相对位置图,图65为图64的局部放大图,图66为第二种横向止挡机构安装于端部连接钩的结构图,图67为图66的分解视图。Refer to Figures 62-67 for the structure of the second type of lateral stop mechanism 6. Figure 62 is a diagram of the relative position of the second type of lateral stop mechanism with the end connecting hooks and brackets in the stopping state, and Figure 63 is Figure 62 Figure 64 is the relative position diagram of the second lateral stop mechanism and the end connecting hooks and brackets in the unblocked state, Figure 65 is a partial enlarged view of Figure 64, Figure 66 is the second lateral A structural diagram of the stop mechanism installed on the end connecting hook, and FIG. 67 is an exploded view of FIG. 66.
如图63和图65-图67所示,该横向止挡机构6包括:铰接设置的第二止挡梁61′,第二止挡梁61′的两个端部分别为驱动端部611′和止挡端部612′,第二止挡梁61′的铰接轴613′位于驱动端部611′和止挡端部612′之间,且铰接轴613′固定于端部连接钩221;限位梁62′,其固定于端部连接钩221;在止挡状态下,限位梁62′沿横向与第二止挡梁61′的外侧相抵紧,第二止挡梁61′能够对托部4形成横向止挡;在解挡状态 下,驱动端部611′受力能够旋转,以驱使止挡端部612′解除对于托部4的止挡。As shown in FIGS. 63 and 65-67, the lateral stop mechanism 6 includes: a second stop beam 61' hingedly arranged, and two ends of the second stop beam 61' are driving ends 611' respectively And the stop end 612', the hinge shaft 613' of the second stop beam 61' is located between the driving end 611' and the stop end 612', and the hinge shaft 613' is fixed to the end connecting hook 221; The position beam 62' is fixed to the end connecting hook 221; in the stopping state, the limit beam 62' is pressed against the outer side of the second stop beam 61' in the transverse direction, and the second stop beam 61' can support The portion 4 forms a lateral stop; in the unblocked state, the driving end portion 611 ′ can rotate under force to drive the stop end portion 612 ′ to release the stop on the support portion 4.
采用上述结构,在止挡状态下,限位梁62′可以沿横向与第二止挡梁61′相抵紧,以为第二止挡梁61′提供横向的支撑力,然后由第二止挡梁61′对托部4形成横向止挡,可确保托部4的准确复位;而在解挡状态下,驱动端部611′可以受力,并带动整个第二止挡梁61′进行旋转,进而可驱使止挡端部612′转动解除止挡,以不影响托部4和端部底架2的正常分离。With the above structure, in the stopping state, the limit beam 62' can be pressed against the second stop beam 61' in the lateral direction to provide lateral support for the second stop beam 61', and then the second stop beam 61' forms a lateral stop on the support portion 4, which can ensure the accurate reset of the support portion 4; and in the unblocked state, the driving end portion 611' can receive force and drive the entire second stop beam 61' to rotate, thereby The stop end 612 ′ can be driven to rotate to release the stop, so as not to affect the normal separation of the support portion 4 and the end chassis 2.
更为重要的是,在止挡状态下,托部4在复位并撞击第二止挡梁61′时,只有止挡端部612′和限位梁62′受力,作为横向止挡机构运动部分的驱动端部611′并不受力,这对于保证横向止挡机构的可靠性具有关键作用。More importantly, in the stopping state, when the support part 4 is reset and hits the second stop beam 61', only the stop end 612' and the limit beam 62' are forced to move as a lateral stop mechanism. Part of the driving end 611' is not subject to force, which plays a key role in ensuring the reliability of the lateral stop mechanism.
需要指出,本发明实施例并不限定驱动端部611′在解挡时所受到的驱动力的来源,其可以采用手动驱动的方案,例如,可以设置解挡杆等解挡部件,当需要解挡时,可以由工作人员手动操作解挡部件,以对驱动端部611′产生驱动力;或者,也可以采用自动驱动的方案,此时,动力源可以为电机、气缸、油缸等,这些动力源可以安装在车体上,也可以安装在地面设备上,具体可以根据实际情况进行选择,动力源与驱动端部611′之间还可以设有传动机构,以传递动力源的驱动力。It should be pointed out that the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the source of the driving force received by the driving end 611' when disengaging. It can adopt a manual driving scheme. When shifting, the staff can manually operate the unblocking components to generate driving force on the drive end 611'; alternatively, an automatic driving scheme can also be adopted. At this time, the power source can be a motor, an air cylinder, an oil cylinder, etc., these powers The source can be installed on the vehicle body or on the ground equipment, which can be selected according to the actual situation. A transmission mechanism can also be provided between the power source and the driving end 611' to transmit the driving force of the power source.
进一步地,还可以包括第一限位件63′,第一限位件63′固定于端部连接钩221,在解挡状态下,第二止挡梁61′可以与第一限位件63′相抵,以避免第二止挡梁61′的转动过量。Further, it may also include a first limiting member 63', the first limiting member 63' is fixed to the end connecting hook 221, and in the unblocked state, the second stop beam 61' can be connected to the first limiting member 63 ′ To avoid excessive rotation of the second stop beam 61 ′.
这里,本发明实施例并不限定第一限位件63′的形状,其可以为板状,也可以为块状、柱状等,具体可以根据实际情况进行确定;同样地,本发明实施例也不限定该第一限位件63′的数量和安装位置,只要能够实现上述的效果即可。在本发明的一种示例性的方案中,该第一限位件63′可以由端部连接钩221的端部钩壁板221c延伸而形成,这样,就无需专门设置第一限位件63′,零部件的数量可以较少。Here, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the shape of the first limiting member 63', which may be plate-shaped, block-shaped, column-shaped, etc., which can be specifically determined according to actual conditions; similarly, the embodiment of the present invention also The number and installation position of the first limiting member 63' are not limited, as long as the above-mentioned effects can be achieved. In an exemplary solution of the present invention, the first limiting member 63' may be formed by extending the end hook wall plate 221c of the end connecting hook 221, so that there is no need to specially provide the first limiting member 63. ′, the number of parts can be less.
在解挡状态下,也即第二止挡梁61′与第一限位件63′相抵时,第二止挡梁61′的重心在纵向上可以偏离铰接轴613′,并位于止挡端部612′ 所在侧。如此,当作用于驱动端部611′的驱动力消失时,在第二止挡梁61′自身重力的作用下,第二止挡梁61′可以自动回转至止挡状态,而无需设置其他的驱动部件,设备的结构可以较为简单。In the disengaged state, that is, when the second stop beam 61' is against the first stopper 63', the center of gravity of the second stop beam 61' can deviate from the hinge shaft 613' in the longitudinal direction and is located at the stop end The side where the section 612' is located. In this way, when the driving force used to drive the end portion 611' disappears, under the action of the gravity of the second stop beam 61', the second stop beam 61' can automatically rotate to the stop state without the need to provide other The structure of the drive component and the device can be relatively simple.
和/或,还可以包括止挡第四弹性件65′,该止挡第四弹性件65′可以作用于第二止挡梁61′,在解挡过程中,止挡第四弹性件65′的变形量可以增加,以集聚弹性力。这样,当作用于驱动端部611′的驱动力消失时,止挡第四弹性件65′所集聚的弹性力可以释放,以独自或者与前述的重力相配合,来共同驱使第二止挡梁61′回转至止挡状态。And/or, it may further include a fourth elastic member 65' for stopping, and the fourth elastic member 65' for stopping can act on the second stopping beam 61'. During the unblocking process, the fourth elastic member 65' is stopped. The amount of deformation can be increased to gather elastic force. In this way, when the driving force used to drive the end portion 611' disappears, the elastic force collected by the stop fourth elastic member 65' can be released, alone or in cooperation with the aforementioned gravity, to jointly drive the second stop beam 61' rotates to the stop state.
上述止挡第四弹性件65′具体可以为扭簧,其可以外套安装于铰接轴613′,扭簧的两个伸出端中,一个伸出端可以固定(或者与固定的部件相抵接,如端部连接钩221),另一个伸出端则可以与第二止挡梁61′相抵,第二止挡梁61′在转动以解除止挡状态时,扭簧可以集聚扭转变形力,而当作用于驱动端部611′的驱动力消失时,上述的扭转变形力可以释放,以驱使第二止挡梁61′自动回转。The above-mentioned stop fourth elastic member 65' may specifically be a torsion spring, which can be sheathed and installed on the hinge shaft 613'. For example, the end connecting hook 221), the other extended end can abut against the second stop beam 61'. When the second stop beam 61' rotates to release the stop state, the torsion spring can gather the torsional deformation force, and When the driving force used to drive the end portion 611' disappears, the aforementioned torsional deformation force can be released to drive the second stop beam 61' to automatically rotate.
上述止挡第四弹性件65′也可以为直线弹簧,如拉簧、压簧等通过轴向上的位移来产生弹性力的弹簧元件,以图65中的方案为例,该直线弹簧可以为拉簧,拉簧的一端可以固定,另一端可以与第二止挡梁61′相连,这样也可以在第二止挡梁61′旋转解除止挡时集聚弹性力。The above-mentioned stop fourth elastic member 65' may also be a linear spring, such as a tension spring, a compression spring, etc., a spring element that generates elastic force by displacement in the axial direction. Taking the solution in FIG. 65 as an example, the linear spring may be The tension spring, one end of the tension spring can be fixed, and the other end can be connected to the second stop beam 61', so that the elastic force can be gathered when the second stop beam 61' rotates to release the stop.
除上述的扭簧、直线弹簧外,止挡第四弹性件65′也可以采用弹性块、弹性球、拉力绳等形式的弹性元件,只要能够实现上述的技术效果即可。In addition to the above-mentioned torsion spring and linear spring, the stop fourth elastic member 65' may also be an elastic element in the form of an elastic block, an elastic ball, a tension rope, etc., as long as the above-mentioned technical effects can be achieved.
更进一步地,还可以包括第二限位件64′,第二限位件64′固定于端部连接钩221,在止挡状态下,第二止挡梁61′可以与第二限位件64′相抵,以对第二止挡梁61′在止挡状态下的位置进行限定。第二限位件64′结构、数量以及安装位置的限定与第一限位件63′可以相类似,在此不做重复性的描述。Furthermore, it may also include a second limiting member 64', the second limiting member 64' is fixed to the end connecting hook 221, and in the stopping state, the second stopping beam 61' can be connected to the second limiting member 64' is opposed to limit the position of the second stop beam 61' in the stop state. The structure, quantity, and installation position of the second limiting member 64' can be similar to those of the first limiting member 63', and no repeated description will be made here.
而且,通过上述第二限位件64′的支撑,第二止挡梁61′在垂向上与限位梁62′可以间隙设置,这样,限位梁62′无需承担第二止挡梁61′的重力,相应地,限位梁62′与端部连接钩221的连接处不会产生剪切应力,限位梁62′与端部连接钩221的连接可靠性可以较高。Moreover, with the support of the above-mentioned second stopper 64', the second stop beam 61' can be arranged with a gap between the stop beam 62' in the vertical direction, so that the stop beam 62' does not need to bear the second stop beam 61' Correspondingly, no shear stress will be generated at the connection between the limit beam 62' and the end connecting hook 221, and the connection reliability of the limit beam 62' and the end connecting hook 221 can be higher.
针对上述各实施方式所涉及的托部4的横向止挡机构6,以下本发明 实施例还将对第二止挡梁61′的结构进行描述。Regarding the lateral stop mechanism 6 of the holder 4 involved in the above embodiments, the following embodiments of the present invention will also describe the structure of the second stop beam 61'.
结合图63,在止挡状态下,驱动端部611′可以为自上而下逐渐朝向止挡端部612′倾斜的端部,这样,当驱动端部611′受到向上的驱动力作用时,第二止挡梁61′将自然朝向解除止挡状态的方向进行转动,以保证第二止挡梁61′能够顺利进行解锁。With reference to Figure 63, in the stopping state, the driving end 611' may be an end gradually inclined from top to bottom toward the stopping end 612', so that when the driving end 611' receives an upward driving force, The second stop beam 61' will naturally rotate in the direction of releasing the stop state to ensure that the second stop beam 61' can be unlocked smoothly.
可以理解,调整驱动端部611′的形状,实际上就是调整驱动力和驱动端部611′的作用方向,如此,在具体实施时,也可以通过调整驱动力的方向来实现第二止挡梁61′的旋转解锁。It can be understood that adjusting the shape of the driving end portion 611' is actually adjusting the driving force and the direction of action of the driving end portion 611'. In this way, in specific implementation, the second stop beam can also be realized by adjusting the direction of the driving force. The 61' rotation is unlocked.
另外,在止挡状态下,第二止挡梁61′远离驱动端部611′的一端可以设有向下折弯的弯头,该弯头即可以作为上述止挡端部612′,该弯头的设置能够提高止挡端部612′的强度,同时,还能够避让车体和制动管防护装置(图中未示出)。In addition, in the stopping state, the end of the second stop beam 61 ′ far away from the driving end 611 ′ may be provided with a downward bending elbow, and this elbow may serve as the above-mentioned stopping end 612 ′. The arrangement of the head can increase the strength of the stop end 612', and at the same time, can also avoid the vehicle body and the brake pipe guard (not shown in the figure).
再结合图67,第二止挡梁61′的铰接轴613′可以为台阶轴,具体可以包括大径段613a′和小径段613b′,其中,大径段613a′可用于和端部连接钩221相连,第二止挡梁61′可以安装于大径段613a′;还可以包括第三限位件613c′,第三限位件613c′具体可以为螺母,其可以安装于小径段613b′,以与端部连接钩221相配合来限定第二止挡梁61′的安装位置。应当理解,第三限位件613c′的作用主要为限位,并非锁死,在安装完成后,要保证第二止挡梁61′能够顺畅的转动。67, the hinge shaft 613' of the second stop beam 61' may be a stepped shaft, which may specifically include a large-diameter section 613a′ and a small-diameter section 613b′, wherein the large-diameter section 613a′ can be used to connect the hook with the end 221 is connected, the second stop beam 61' can be installed on the large-diameter section 613a'; it can also include a third limiting member 613c', which can be specifically a nut, which can be installed on the small-diameter section 613b' , In order to cooperate with the end connecting hook 221 to define the installation position of the second stop beam 61'. It should be understood that the function of the third limiting member 613c' is mainly for limiting, not for locking. After the installation is completed, it is necessary to ensure that the second stopping beam 61' can rotate smoothly.
第三限位件613c′与第二止挡梁61′之间还可以设有第二垫片613d′,该第二垫片613d′可以为橡胶材质,也可以为金属材质等,可避免第二止挡梁61′与第三限位件613c′间的直接摩擦,对于减轻磨耗具有积极效果。A second gasket 613d′ may also be provided between the third limiting member 613c′ and the second stop beam 61′. The second gasket 613d′ may be made of rubber or metal, etc., which can avoid the The direct friction between the second stop beam 61' and the third limit member 613c' has a positive effect on reducing wear.
制动管防护装置10 Brake pipe guard 10
制动管是铁路车辆的一个重要部件,其在安装时需要在纵向上贯通车体,对于驮背车,由于托部4和本体部1存在反复的分离和安装的情形,制动管就有可能对托部的分离和安装产生干涉,一旦产生干涉,制动管就有可能被动作中的托部4损坏。The brake pipe is an important part of the railway vehicle. It needs to penetrate the car body in the longitudinal direction during installation. For the piggyback car, due to the repeated separation and installation of the support part 4 and the body part 1, the brake pipe has It may interfere with the separation and installation of the holder part. Once interference occurs, the brake tube may be damaged by the holder part 4 during operation.
为此,本申请还涉及了一种翻转式的制动管防护装置,该制动管防护装置包括防护外壳和安装于防护外壳的制动管,在托部上升以准备和本体 部相分离时,防护外壳可以在竖直面内沿横向外翻,以避免对托部4形成干涉,而在托部4下落以安装于本体部1时,防护外壳又可以沿横向内翻,以回复至原始位置,这样,能够较好地避免制动管与动作中的托部4产生干涉,同时,防护外壳也可以对制动管进行防护,能够防止制动管与地面接触而产生磨损泄露,对于驮背车的行车安全具有积极效果。To this end, the present application also relates to a flip-type brake tube protection device, which includes a protection shell and a brake tube installed on the protection shell. , The protective shell can be turned outward in the vertical plane along the lateral direction to avoid interference with the support part 4, and when the support part 4 is dropped to be installed on the body part 1, the protective shell can be turned inward in the transverse direction to return to the original In this way, it is possible to better prevent the brake tube from interfering with the supporting part 4 in action. At the same time, the protective shell can also protect the brake tube, which can prevent the brake tube from contacting the ground and causing abrasion and leakage. The driving safety of the back car has a positive effect.
具体而言,请参考图68-81,图68为制动管防护装置的结构图,图69为图68中C处的放大图,图70为图68中D处的放大图,图71为图68中E处的放大图,图72为制动管防护装置在托部和本体部连接状态下的结构图,图73为图72中圈内部分的放大图,图74为制动管防护装置在托部和本体部分离状态下的结构图,图75为图74中圈内部分的放大图,图76为第一防护限位件和第二防护限位件设于支座的结构图,图77为第一枢接板的结构图,图78为第二枢接板的结构图,图79为防护隔板的结构图,图80为管吊座板的结构图,图81为管吊连接板结构图。Specifically, please refer to Figures 68-81, Figure 68 is a structural diagram of the brake pipe protection device, Figure 69 is an enlarged view at C in Figure 68, Figure 70 is an enlarged view at D in Figure 68, and Figure 71 is Fig. 68 is an enlarged view at E, Fig. 72 is a structural view of the brake tube protection device in the connection state of the support part and the body part, Fig. 73 is an enlarged view of the inner part of the circle in Fig. 72, and Fig. 74 is a brake tube protection The structure of the device in the separated state of the holder and the main body. Figure 75 is an enlarged view of the inner part of the circle in Figure 74, and Figure 76 is a structural view of the first and second protective limiters arranged on the support , Figure 77 is a structural diagram of the first pivot plate, Figure 78 is a structural diagram of the second pivot plate, Figure 79 is a structural diagram of the protective partition, Figure 80 is a structural diagram of the pipe hanger plate, Figure 81 is a pipe Hanging connecting plate structure diagram.
如图72所示,驮背车的车体通常包括本体部1和托部4,可以通过绕垂向旋转托部4或者沿横向平移托部4,使其与本体部1分离。制动管布置在托部4的横向外侧,绕垂向旋转托部4或者沿横向平移托部4时,为了规避制动管的干涉,需要先将托部44向上举升一段距离。为了缩短举升距离和保护制动管,本发明设计了一种制动管防护装置。As shown in FIG. 72, the body of a packback car usually includes a body portion 1 and a support portion 4, and the support portion 4 can be separated from the body portion 1 by rotating the support portion 4 in a vertical direction or translating the support portion 4 in a horizontal direction. The brake tube is arranged on the laterally outer side of the support part 4, and when the support part 4 is rotated around the vertical direction or the support part 4 is translated horizontally, in order to avoid the interference of the brake tube, the support part 44 needs to be lifted upward for a certain distance. In order to shorten the lifting distance and protect the brake pipe, the present invention designs a brake pipe protection device.
如图68所示,该制动管防护装置10包括防护壳体11,防护壳体11的壳腔用于容纳制动管。设置防护壳体11,一方面可以保护制动管,另一方面便于统一移动制动管。如图72所示,托部4与本体部1连接状态下,防护壳体11位于托部4的侧墙42的横向外侧。As shown in FIG. 68, the brake pipe protection device 10 includes a protection housing 11, and the housing cavity of the protection housing 11 is used for accommodating the brake pipe. The protective housing 11 can protect the brake pipe on the one hand, and facilitate the unified movement of the brake pipe on the other hand. As shown in FIG. 72, when the holder 4 is connected to the main body 1, the protective housing 11 is located on the lateral outer side of the side wall 42 of the holder 4.
如图68所示,该制动管防护装置10还包括防护连接件12,如图69所示,防护连接件12包括防护内端部12a、防护外端部12b以及位于两者之间的防护转接部12c。如图73所示,防护内端部12a位于托部4下侧,并与托部4抵接,具体可以与托部4的压板412d抵接;防护外端部12b位于防护内端部12a的横向外侧,并与本体部1转动连接,具体可以与本体部1的支座61转动连接。As shown in FIG. 68, the brake pipe protection device 10 further includes a protection connector 12. As shown in FIG. 69, the protection connector 12 includes a protection inner end 12a, a protection outer end 12b, and a protection between the two. Adapter 12c. As shown in Figure 73, the protective inner end 12a is located on the lower side of the holder 4 and abuts against the holder 4, specifically it can abut the pressure plate 412d of the holder 4; the protective outer end 12b is located at the lower side of the protective inner end 12a. It is laterally outside, and is rotatably connected with the main body 1, specifically, it can be rotatably connected with the support 61 of the main body 1.
如图73所示,托部4与本体部1连接过程中,托部4对防护内端部12a的抵压力逐渐增大,使防护内端部12a的受力逐渐大于防护外端部12b 的重力,此时,防护连接件12绕与本体部1的转动连接位置转动(如图中箭头方向),从而带动防护壳体11向上并向内转动,使防护壳体11复位,最终到达图73所示位置。As shown in Figure 73, during the connecting process of the holder 4 and the main body 1, the pressure of the holder 4 on the inner end of the protective end 12a gradually increases, so that the force on the inner end of the protective end 12a is gradually greater than that of the outer end of the protective end 12b. Gravity, at this time, the protective connector 12 rotates around the rotational connection position with the main body 1 (in the direction of the arrow in the figure), thereby driving the protective casing 11 to rotate upward and inward, resetting the protective casing 11, and finally arrives in Fig. 73 The location shown.
如图75所示,托部4与本体部1分离过程中,托部4对防护内端部12a的抵压力逐渐减小,使防护内端部12a的受力逐渐小于防护外端部12b的重力,此时,防护连接件12在重力的作用下绕与本体部1的转动连接位置转动(如图中箭头方向),从而带动防护壳体11向下并向外转动,使防护壳体11的高度位置下降,最终到达图75所示位置。这里,在对制动管防护装置10进行安装时,可以对其重心位置进行调整,使得其重心可以分布在旋转中心的横向外侧,如此,一旦制动管防护装置10与托部4的连接解除,即可以产生如上形式的转动。As shown in Figure 75, in the process of separating the holder 4 from the main body 1, the pressing force of the holder 4 on the protective inner end 12a is gradually reduced, so that the force of the protective inner end 12a is gradually smaller than that of the protective outer end 12b. Gravity, at this time, under the action of gravity, the protective connector 12 rotates around the rotational connection position with the main body 1 (in the direction of the arrow in the figure), thereby driving the protective casing 11 to rotate downward and outward, so that the protective casing 11 The height position of descent down, and finally reach the position shown in Figure 75. Here, when the brake pipe guard 10 is installed, the position of its center of gravity can be adjusted so that its center of gravity can be distributed laterally outside the center of rotation. In this way, once the brake pipe guard 10 is disconnected from the holder 4 , Which can produce the above form of rotation.
由于防护壳体11的高度位置下降,所以仅需要将托部4向上举升较短的距离即可规避防护壳体11对托部4的干涉,使托部4能够顺利进行绕垂向的旋转或沿横向的平移。Since the height position of the protective shell 11 is lowered, it is only necessary to lift the support portion 4 upward for a short distance to avoid the interference of the protective shell 11 on the support portion 4, so that the support portion 4 can smoothly rotate around the vertical direction. Or pan in the horizontal direction.
综上,托部4与本体部1分离过程中,防护壳体11能够自动向下并向外转动,以避让托部4,有效缩短了托部4的举升距离;托部4与本体部1连接过程中,防护壳体11能够自动复位。举升距离的缩短以及防护壳体11的自动避让和自动复位,使托部4与本体部1的分离效率和连接效率得以提升。In summary, during the separation process of the holder part 4 and the body part 1, the protective shell 11 can automatically rotate downward and outward to avoid the holder part 4, effectively shortening the lifting distance of the holder part 4; the holder part 4 and the body part 1 During the connection process, the protective housing 11 can be automatically reset. The shortening of the lifting distance and the automatic avoidance and automatic reset of the protective shell 11 improve the separation efficiency and connection efficiency of the support portion 4 and the main body portion 1.
进一步的,该制动防护装10还可以设置第一防护限位件13(参见图73和图76),第一防护限位件13固定于本体部1,具体可以固定在支座61上,当防护壳体11向下并向外转动到极限位置时,防护连接件12与第一防护限位件13抵触,这样,可以防止防护壳体11过渡向下转动导致不易复位的风险。图中,第一防护限位件13为块体,实际实施时,其结构和形状可以根据需要调整,不局限于块体。Further, the brake protective gear 10 can also be provided with a first protective limiter 13 (see Figure 73 and Figure 76), and the first protective limiter 13 is fixed to the main body 1 and specifically can be fixed on the support 61, When the protective housing 11 rotates downwards and outwards to the limit position, the protective connecting piece 12 conflicts with the first protective limiting member 13, so as to prevent the risk of the protective housing 11 from turning downwards and causing difficulty in resetting. In the figure, the first protective limiter 13 is a block. In actual implementation, its structure and shape can be adjusted as needed, and it is not limited to the block.
进一步的,该制动管防护装置10还可以设置磁性件14(参见图68),当防护壳体11位于所述托部4的横向外侧时,防护壳体11通过磁性件14与托部4的侧墙42磁力吸合。这样可以缓解制动防护装置的随车振动,利于提升制动防护装置10的寿命。Further, the brake tube protection device 10 may also be provided with a magnetic member 14 (see FIG. 68). When the protection housing 11 is located on the laterally outer side of the holder 4, the protection housing 11 passes through the magnetic member 14 and the holder 4 The side wall 42 is magnetically attracted. In this way, the on-vehicle vibration of the brake protection device can be alleviated, and the service life of the brake protection device 10 can be improved.
图示方案中,磁性件14可拆卸地固定在防护壳体11的上表面,具体 可以螺栓螺母固定。将磁性件14固定在防护壳体11的上表面,可以保证在防护壳体11复位过程中防护壳体11所受的磁性力的方向与防护壳体11复位方向基本一致,从而使磁性力能够协助防护壳体11复位。使磁性件14与防护壳体11可拆卸固定,便于磁性件14的更换。In the solution shown in the figure, the magnetic member 14 is detachably fixed on the upper surface of the protective housing 11, specifically, it can be fixed by bolts and nuts. Fixing the magnetic member 14 on the upper surface of the shielding case 11 can ensure that the direction of the magnetic force received by the shielding case 11 during the resetting process of the shielding case 11 is basically the same as the resetting direction of the shielding case 11, so that the magnetic force can be Assist the protective shell 11 to reset. The magnetic component 14 and the protective housing 11 are detachably fixed, which facilitates the replacement of the magnetic component 14.
更进一步的,该制动管防护装置10还可以设置第二防护限位件15(参见图75和图76),当防护壳体11复位到托部4的横向外侧时,防护连接件12与第二防护限位件15抵触。设置磁性件14时,当托部4向上移动时,在磁性力的作用下,防护连接件12存在随之向上移动的趋势,通过设置第二防护限位件15,能够防止防护连接件12随托部4向上移动。图中,第二防护限位件15为块体,实际实施时,其结构和形状可以根据需要调整,不局限于块体。Furthermore, the brake tube protection device 10 can also be provided with a second protection limiter 15 (see FIGS. 75 and 76). When the protection housing 11 is reset to the lateral outside of the holder 4, the protection connection member 12 and The second protective limit piece 15 conflicts. When the magnetic member 14 is provided, when the holder 4 moves upward, under the action of the magnetic force, the protective connector 12 tends to move upward accordingly. By setting the second protective limit member 15, the protective connector 12 can be prevented from following The support part 4 moves upward. In the figure, the second protective limiter 15 is a block. In actual implementation, its structure and shape can be adjusted as required, and it is not limited to the block.
图示方案中(参见图69),防护连接件12包括第一枢接板121、第二枢接板122和枢接转轴123。第一枢接板121和第二枢接板122沿纵向间隔排布。如图73所述,第二枢接板122相比第一枢接板121更靠近托部4。支座61位于第一枢接板121和第二枢接板122之间,枢接转轴123依次穿过第一枢接板121、支座61上的安装孔612和第二枢接板122,将三者连在一起,实现了防护连接件12与本体部1的转动连接。该结构连接可靠性高,当然,实际实施时,并不局限于该结构。In the solution shown (see FIG. 69), the protective connector 12 includes a first pivoting plate 121, a second pivoting plate 122, and a pivoting shaft 123. The first pivoting plate 121 and the second pivoting plate 122 are arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction. As shown in FIG. 73, the second pivoting plate 122 is closer to the supporting portion 4 than the first pivoting plate 121. The support 61 is located between the first pivot plate 121 and the second pivot plate 122, and the pivot shaft 123 sequentially passes through the first pivot plate 121, the mounting hole 612 on the support 61, and the second pivot plate 122, Connecting the three together realizes the rotational connection between the protective connector 12 and the main body 1. This structure has high connection reliability. Of course, in actual implementation, it is not limited to this structure.
图示方案中,枢接转轴123的一端设有限位头(图中不可见),另一端设有径向孔,限位销1231穿于其径向孔内,第一枢接板121和第二枢接板122位于限位头和限位销1231之间,这样可以对枢接转轴123起到轴向限位作用,能够进一步提升防护连接件12与本体部1的连接可靠性。In the solution shown in the figure, one end of the pivoting shaft 123 is provided with a limiting head (not visible in the figure), and the other end is provided with a radial hole. The limiting pin 1231 passes through the radial hole. The first pivoting plate 121 and the first pivot The two pivoting plates 122 are located between the limiting head and the limiting pin 1231, so that the pivoting shaft 123 can be axially limited, and the connection reliability between the protective connector 12 and the main body 1 can be further improved.
图示方案中,防护连接件12还包括防护滚轮125,防护滚轮125可转动地连于第二枢接板122。如图73所示,第二枢接板122伸到压板412d下侧,使防护滚轮125的外周面与压板412d的下表面抵接,从而实现防护连接件12与托部4的抵接。通过设置防护滚轮125,可以缓解防护连接件12与托部4抵接过程中的磨损。In the solution shown in the figure, the protective connector 12 further includes a protective roller 125, and the protective roller 125 is rotatably connected to the second pivoting plate 122. As shown in FIG. 73, the second pivoting plate 122 extends to the lower side of the pressing plate 412d, so that the outer peripheral surface of the protective roller 125 abuts against the lower surface of the pressing plate 412d, so as to realize the abutment of the protective connector 12 and the support portion 4. By providing the protective roller 125, the wear during the abutting process of the protective connector 12 and the support portion 4 can be alleviated.
图示方案中(参见图69),设有固定轴124,固定轴124的一端固定于第二枢接板122,具体可以焊接固定,固定轴124的另一端固定有挡圈(图中未示出),防护滚轮125可转动地套在固定轴124外周并位于挡圈和第二 枢接板122之间,挡圈和第二枢接板122可以防止防护滚轮125脱离固定轴124。In the solution shown (see Figure 69), a fixed shaft 124 is provided. One end of the fixed shaft 124 is fixed to the second pivot plate 122, which can be fixed by welding. The other end of the fixed shaft 124 is fixed with a retaining ring (not shown in the figure). Out), the protective roller 125 is rotatably sleeved on the outer circumference of the fixed shaft 124 and is located between the retaining ring and the second pivoting plate 122. The retaining ring and the second pivoting plate 122 can prevent the protective roller 125 from being separated from the fixed shaft 124.
图示方案中(参见图68和图69),防护壳体11的前端和后端不设置端板,防护壳体11的前端和后端由防护连接件12封挡,这样利于制动管防护装置10的轻量化。详细的,防护壳体11的前端由块第一枢接板121和一块第二枢接板122封挡,后端由另一块第一枢接板121和另一块第二枢接板122封挡,第一枢接板121和第二枢接板122上均设有供制动管穿过的防护过孔12d。图中(参见图77和图78),第一枢接板121和第二枢接板122上各设有两个防护过孔12d,两个防护过孔12d沿上下方向错开排布。实际实施时,防护过孔12d的数量和排布方式均不局限于此。In the scheme shown in the figure (see Figure 68 and Figure 69), the front and rear ends of the protective shell 11 are not provided with end plates, and the front and rear ends of the protective shell 11 are blocked by the protective connector 12, which facilitates the protection of the brake pipe. Lightweight of the device 10. In detail, the front end of the protective housing 11 is blocked by a first pivoting plate 121 and a second pivoting plate 122, and the rear end is blocked by another first pivoting plate 121 and another second pivoting plate 122. , Both the first pivoting plate 121 and the second pivoting plate 122 are provided with protective through holes 12d for the brake pipe to pass through. In the figure (see FIGS. 77 and 78), the first pivoting plate 121 and the second pivoting plate 122 are each provided with two protective through holes 12d, and the two protective through holes 12d are arranged staggered in the up and down direction. In actual implementation, the number and arrangement of the protective vias 12d are not limited to this.
图示方案中(参见图68),防护壳体11包括C形防护梁111、多块防护封板112和多组管吊组件113。各防护封板112封挡固定在C形梁的开口侧,具体可以焊接固定,各防护封板112沿C形防护梁111的长度方向(即纵向)相互间隔,使相邻防护封板112之间形成安装口,该安装口用于安装管吊组件113。In the illustrated solution (see FIG. 68), the protective shell 11 includes a C-shaped protective beam 111, a plurality of protective sealing plates 112, and a plurality of sets of pipe hanger assemblies 113. Each protective sealing plate 112 is blocked and fixed on the opening side of the C-shaped beam. Specifically, it can be fixed by welding. An installation port is formed in the middle, and the installation port is used to install the pipe hanger assembly 113.
具体的,如图70和图71所示,每组管吊组件113包括两块防护隔板1131和两块管吊座板1132。两块防护隔板1131固定在C形防护梁111的内部,具体可以焊接固定,两块防护隔板1131沿C形防护梁111的长度方向(即纵向)相互间隔。两块管吊座板1132一一对应地固定于两块防护隔板1131并位于两块防护隔板1131之间。另外,图71中,还设有管吊连接板1133。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 70 and 71, each set of pipe hanger assemblies 113 includes two protective partitions 1131 and two pipe hanger seat plates 1132. Two protective partitions 1131 are fixed inside the C-shaped protective beam 111, and can be fixed by welding. The two protective partitions 1131 are spaced apart from each other along the length direction (ie, longitudinal) of the C-shaped protective beam 111. The two pipe hanger plates 1132 are fixed to the two protective partitions 1131 and are located between the two protective partitions 1131 in a one-to-one correspondence. In addition, in Fig. 71, a pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 is also provided.
具体的,如图79所示,防护隔板1131上设有供制动管穿过的管孔,制动管依次穿过各防护隔板1131上的管孔,这样,可以降低制动管在防护壳体11内的晃动,利于提升保护效果和缓解行车振动。Specifically, as shown in Fig. 79, the protective partition 1131 is provided with a pipe hole for the brake pipe to pass through, and the brake pipe passes through the pipe holes on each protective partition 1131 in turn. In this way, the brake pipe can be lowered. The shaking in the protective shell 11 is beneficial to improve the protection effect and alleviate the driving vibration.
具体的,如图80所示,管吊座板1132上设有供螺纹紧固件穿过的座孔。如图81所示,管吊连接板1133上设有供螺纹紧固件穿过的连接孔。图70中,两管吊座板1132的座孔对齐,以便螺纹紧固件依次穿过两管吊座板1132,图71中,管吊连接板1133的连接孔与管吊座板1132的座孔对齐,以便螺纹紧固件依次穿过管吊连接板1133和管吊座板1132。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 80, the pipe hanger seat plate 1132 is provided with a seat hole for threaded fasteners to pass through. As shown in Figure 81, the pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 is provided with connecting holes for threaded fasteners to pass through. In Figure 70, the seat holes of the two pipe hanger plates 1132 are aligned so that the threaded fasteners pass through the two pipe hanger plate 1132 in turn. In Figure 71, the connecting holes of the pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 and the pipe hanger seat plate 1132 The holes are aligned so that the threaded fasteners pass through the pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 and the pipe hanger seat plate 1132 in sequence.
图示方案中(参见图68),共设有三组管吊组件113,两侧的管吊组件 113的结构相同(图70所示结构),中间的管吊组件比两侧的管吊组件多设置了一块管吊连接板1133。In the scheme shown (see Figure 68), there are three sets of pipe crane components 113. The pipe crane components 113 on both sides have the same structure (the structure shown in Figure 70), and there are more pipe crane components in the middle than the pipe crane components on both sides. A pipe hanger connecting plate 1133 is provided.
制动管20位于防护壳体11内的部分为刚性管、位于防护壳体11外的管段为柔性管,刚性管的两端分别与两条柔性管连通,柔性管与刚性管连通的一端设有法兰接头201,柔性管通过法兰接头201固定于制动管防护装置10。具体的方案中,第一枢接板121设有法兰连接孔,法兰接头201固定在第一枢接板121上(参见图73)。这种制动管能够适应防护壳体11的频繁翻转、不易折断、可靠性高。The part of the brake pipe 20 located in the protective housing 11 is a rigid pipe, and the pipe section located outside the protective housing 11 is a flexible pipe. There is a flange joint 201, and the flexible pipe is fixed to the brake pipe guard 10 through the flange joint 201. In a specific solution, the first pivoting plate 121 is provided with a flange connection hole, and the flange joint 201 is fixed on the first pivoting plate 121 (see FIG. 73). This kind of brake pipe can adapt to frequent turning of the protective housing 11, is not easy to break, and has high reliability.
具体的,刚性管可以是一整节管,也可以由多节刚性管段通过法兰或者快装接头连接而成。每条柔性管可以是一整节管,也可以由多节柔性管段通过法兰或者快装接头连接而成。Specifically, the rigid pipe may be a whole pipe, or may be formed by connecting multiple rigid pipe sections through flanges or quick-fitting joints. Each flexible pipe can be a whole pipe, or it can be formed by connecting multiple flexible pipe sections through flanges or quick-fitting joints.
本发明还提供一种驮背车,包括车体,所述车体为上述各实施方式所涉及的驮背车的车体。The present invention also provides a piggyback vehicle, including a vehicle body, which is the vehicle body of the piggyback vehicle involved in each of the foregoing embodiments.
由于上述的驮背车的车体已经具备如上的技术效果,那么,具有该车体的驮背车亦当具备相类似的技术效果,故在此不作赘述。Since the above-mentioned packback car body already has the above technical effects, then the packback car with the car body should also have similar technical effects, so it will not be repeated here.
可以理解,除了车体之外,该驮背车还可以包括转向架、鞍座、车钩、车钩缓冲装置、制动系统等,这些都为现有技术中驮背车所应当具有的部件,本申请不再对这些部件的结构进行细化描述,在具体实践中,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要选用具有合适结构的部件进行使用。It can be understood that in addition to the car body, the packback vehicle may also include a bogie, a saddle, a coupler, a coupler buffer device, a braking system, etc., which are all components that a packback vehicle should have in the prior art. The application no longer details the structure of these components. In specific practice, those skilled in the art can select components with suitable structures for use according to actual needs.
以上仅是本发明的优选实施方式,应当指出,对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本发明原理的前提下,还可以做出若干改进和润饰,这些改进和润饰也应视为本发明的保护范围。The above are only the preferred embodiments of the present invention. It should be pointed out that for those of ordinary skill in the art, without departing from the principle of the present invention, several improvements and modifications can be made, and these improvements and modifications should also be considered This is the protection scope of the present invention.

Claims (33)

  1. 一种驮背车的车体,包括本体部(1)和托部(4),所述托部(4)的纵向两端均设有连接结构,其特征在于,所述连接结构包括上部勾(421)和沿横向延伸的下部圆轴(412c);A car body of a packback car, comprising a body part (1) and a support part (4). Both longitudinal ends of the support part (4) are provided with a connecting structure, characterized in that the connecting structure includes an upper hook (421) and the lower circular shaft (412c) extending in the transverse direction;
    所述本体部设有端部连接机构(22),所述端部连接机构(22)包括端部连接钩(221)和端部纵向支撑件(222),所述端部连接钩(221)形成朝上设置的钩口,组装状态下,所述下部圆轴(412c)能够挂靠于所述端部连接钩(221)的钩口,所述上部勾(421)能够卡装于所述端部纵向支撑件(222)。The body is provided with an end connecting mechanism (22), the end connecting mechanism (22) includes an end connecting hook (221) and an end longitudinal support (222), the end connecting hook (221) An upwardly arranged hook opening is formed. In the assembled state, the lower round shaft (412c) can be hung on the hook opening of the end connecting hook (221), and the upper hook (421) can be clamped to the end Section longitudinal support (222).
  2. 根据权利要求1所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述上部勾(421)与所述本体部的卡装面包括顶面段(421a)和两个侧面段(421b);The body of the packback car according to claim 1, characterized in that the clamping surface of the upper hook (421) and the body part includes a top surface section (421a) and two side sections (421b);
    两所述侧面段(421b)中,第一者为竖直面,第二者为自上而下沿远离所述第一者方向倾斜的倾斜面;或者,两所述侧面段(421b)均为自上而下沿远离对方的方向倾斜的倾斜面。Of the two side sections (421b), the first is a vertical surface, and the second is an inclined surface inclined from top to bottom in a direction away from the first; or, both side sections (421b) are It is an inclined surface that slopes away from the other side from top to bottom.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,两所述侧面段(421b)均设有托部磨耗板(421c),且所述托部磨耗板(421c)与所述侧面段(421b)之间设有抗剪止挡结构。The bodywork of the packback car according to claim 2, wherein the two side sections (421b) are both provided with a holder wear plate (421c), and the holder wear plate (421c) and the side surface A shear stop structure is provided between the sections (421b).
  4. 根据权利要求1所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述托部(4)包括底墙(41)和与所述底墙(41)相连的两个侧墙(42),两所述侧墙(42)的纵向两端均设有所述上部勾(421);The bodywork of the packback vehicle according to claim 1, wherein the support portion (4) includes a bottom wall (41) and two side walls (42) connected to the bottom wall (41), and Both longitudinal ends of the side wall (42) are provided with the upper hook (421);
    所述侧墙(42)还设有导向限位件(422),用于和所述本体部(1)的限位导向件相配合,以对所述托部(4)的安装进行导向,并形成所述托部(4)的横向限位。The side wall (42) is also provided with a guide limiter (422), which is used to cooperate with the limit guide of the body part (1) to guide the installation of the support part (4), And form the lateral limit of the support part (4).
  5. 根据权利要求4所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述底墙(41)包括中部墙体(411)和位于所述中部墙体(411)纵向两侧的端部墙体(412),所述端部墙体(412)包括主体部分(412a)和连接部分(412b),所述主体部分(412a)采用箱式结构,所述下部圆轴(412c)安装于所述主体部分(412a)远离所述中部墙体(411)的一端;The body of the packback car according to claim 4, characterized in that the bottom wall (41) comprises a middle wall (411) and end walls ( 412), the end wall (412) includes a main body part (412a) and a connecting part (412b), the main body part (412a) adopts a box structure, and the lower round shaft (412c) is mounted on the main body One end of the part (412a) away from the middle wall (411);
    所述中部墙体(411)包括沿横向间隔设置的两个纵向梁(411a),两 所述纵向梁(411a)通过若干沿纵向间隔设置的横向梁(411b)相连,所述纵向梁(411a)包括平梁段(411a-1)和格栅梁段(411a-2),所述平梁段(411a-1)包括平板(411a-1a)和安装于所述平板(411a-1a)底部的若干加强梁(411a-1b),所述格栅梁段(411a-2)包括若干沿纵向间隔设置的小横梁(411a-2a)。The middle wall (411) includes two longitudinal beams (411a) arranged at intervals along the transverse direction, and the two longitudinal beams (411a) are connected by a plurality of transverse beams (411b) arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction. ) Includes a flat beam section (411a-1) and a grid beam section (411a-2). The flat beam section (411a-1) includes a flat plate (411a-1a) and is installed at the bottom of the flat plate (411a-1a) A number of reinforcing beams (411a-1b) of the slab, the grid beam section (411a-2) includes a number of small beams (411a-2a) arranged at intervals along the longitudinal direction.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述中部墙体(411)还设有纵向定位结构;和/或,The body of the packback car according to claim 5, characterized in that the middle wall (411) is further provided with a longitudinal positioning structure; and/or,
    所述中部墙体(411)还设有旋转中心插接部(411b-1);和/或,The middle wall (411) is also provided with a rotation center insertion portion (411b-1); and/or,
    所述底墙(41)还设有连接安装位(412a-1);和/或,The bottom wall (41) is also provided with connection installation positions (412a-1); and/or,
    所述底墙(41)还包括由内向外逐渐向上倾斜的斜墙体(413),所述斜墙体(413)位于所述中部墙体(411)的横向两侧,用于连接所述中部墙体(411)和所述侧墙(42)。The bottom wall (41) also includes an inclined wall body (413) that gradually slopes upward from the inside to the outside. The inclined wall body (413) is located on both lateral sides of the middle wall body (411) for connecting the The middle wall (411) and the side wall (42).
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述端部连接钩(221)的内钩面设有沿横向延伸的端部凹槽(221a),所述端部凹槽(221a)的内表面形成端部导引面,用于导引所述下部圆轴(412c)的滑入,且所述端部导引面还能够与所述下部圆轴(412c)相配合,以导引所述托部(4)与所述本体部(1)的转动分离。The body of the packback vehicle according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the inner hook surface of the end connecting hook (221) is provided with an end groove (221a) extending in a transverse direction, The inner surface of the end groove (221a) forms an end guide surface for guiding the sliding in of the lower round shaft (412c), and the end guide surface can also be connected to the lower round shaft (412c). The shaft (412c) cooperates to guide the rotation and separation of the supporting portion (4) and the body portion (1).
  8. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述端部纵向支撑件(222)包括端部纵向支撑主体(222a)以及固定在所述端部纵向支撑主体(222a)前端和后端的端部磨耗板(222b),所述端部纵向支撑主体(222a)供所述上部勾(421)钩挂,且在钩挂状态下,前端的所述端部磨耗板(222b)与所述上部勾(421)的内钩面前侧抵接,后端的所述端部磨耗板(222b)与所述上部勾(421)的内钩面后侧抵接。The body of the packback vehicle according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the end longitudinal support (222) includes an end longitudinal support body (222a) and a longitudinal support body (222a) fixed at the end longitudinal The end wear plates (222b) at the front and rear ends of the support body (222a), the end supports the body (222a) longitudinally for the upper hook (421) to be hooked, and in the hooked state, the end of the front end The end wear plate (222b) abuts against the front side of the inner hook of the upper hook (421), and the end wear plate (222b) at the rear end abuts the rear side of the inner hook surface of the upper hook (421).
  9. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述端部连接机构(22)还包括:The bodywork of the packback vehicle according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the end connecting mechanism (22) further comprises:
    端部横向限位件(223),所述端部横向限位件(223)位于所述端部连接钩(221)上方并位于所述端部纵向支撑件(222)前方;所述端部横向限位件(223)包括端部横向限位槽(223a),所述端部横向限位槽(223a)用于和所述托部(4)的导向限位件(422)相配合,以对所述托部(4)的安装进行导向,并形成所述托部(4)的横向限位。An end transverse limiter (223), the end transverse limiter (223) is located above the end connecting hook (221) and in front of the end longitudinal support (222); the end The transverse limiting member (223) includes an end transverse limiting groove (223a), and the end transverse limiting groove (223a) is used to cooperate with the guiding limiting member (422) of the supporting portion (4), To guide the installation of the support portion (4), and form a lateral limit of the support portion (4).
  10. 根据权利要求7所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述本体部(1)还安装有锁闭机构(5),用于在上下方向上锁定或解锁所述托部(4);和/或,The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 7, characterized in that the body part (1) is also equipped with a locking mechanism (5) for locking or unlocking the support part (4) in the up and down direction ;and / or,
    所述本体部(1)还安装有横向止挡机构(6),止挡状态下,所述横向止挡机构(6)能够对所述托部(4)形成横向止挡,解挡状态下,所述横向止挡机构(6)能够解除对所述托部(4)的止挡。The body part (1) is also installed with a lateral stop mechanism (6). In the stopped state, the lateral stop mechanism (6) can form a lateral stop on the support portion (4), and in the unblocked state , The lateral stop mechanism (6) can release the stop of the support portion (4).
  11. 根据权利要求10所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述端部连接钩(221)包括端部钩主体(221b),所述端部钩主体(221b)包括两个沿横向间隔布置的端部钩分体(221b-1)以及形成在两所述端部钩分体(221b-1)之间的端部容纳腔(221b-2),所述锁闭机构(5)安装于所述端部容纳腔(221b-2);和/或,The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 10, wherein the end connecting hook (221) includes an end hook body (221b), and the end hook body (221b) includes two laterally spaced The end hook split body (221b-1) and the end accommodating cavity (221b-2) formed between the two end hook split bodies (221b-1), the locking mechanism (5) is installed In the end accommodating cavity (221b-2); and/or,
    所述横向止挡机构(6)安装于所述端部连接钩(221)的横向外侧。The lateral stop mechanism (6) is installed on the lateral outer side of the end connecting hook (221).
  12. 根据权利要求11所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述锁闭机构(5)包括:The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 11, characterized in that the locking mechanism (5) comprises:
    第一锁体(51),所述第一锁体(51)与所述端部连接钩(221)铰接,所述第一锁体(51)的一端部为锁定端部(511),另一端部为第一限位端部(512),所述第一锁体(51)的第三铰轴(52)位于所述锁定端部(511)和所述第一限位端部(512)之间;The first lock body (51), the first lock body (51) is hinged with the end connecting hook (221), one end of the first lock body (51) is a locking end (511), and the other One end is a first limiting end (512), and the third hinge shaft (52) of the first lock body (51) is located at the locking end (511) and the first limiting end (512). )between;
    第一限位部(53),所述第一限位部(53)固定在所述端部容纳腔(221b-2)内;A first limiting portion (53), the first limiting portion (53) is fixed in the end receiving cavity (221b-2);
    第一锁闭驱动梁组件(54),与所述第一锁体(51)相连;The first locking driving beam assembly (54) is connected to the first lock body (51);
    锁定状态下,所述第一限位端部(512)自上而下与所述第一限位部(53)相抵,所述锁定端部(511)与所述托部(4)相抵,以锁定所述托部(4);解锁状态下,所述第一锁闭驱动梁组件(54)能够驱使所述第一限位端部(512)自下而上脱离所述第一限位部(53)、所述锁定端部(511)旋转脱离所述托部(4)。In the locked state, the first limiting end portion (512) abuts against the first limiting portion (53) from top to bottom, and the locking end (511) abuts against the supporting portion (4), In order to lock the support portion (4); in the unlocked state, the first locking drive beam assembly (54) can drive the first limit end (512) from bottom to top to escape from the first limit The portion (53) and the locking end portion (511) rotate away from the support portion (4).
  13. 根据权利要求12所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述第一锁闭驱动梁组件(54)包括第一推梁(541)、第一导向套(542)和传动梁(543),所述第一导向套(542)固定在所述端部容纳腔(221b-2)内,所述第一推梁(541)与所述第一导向套(542)滑动连接,所述传动梁(543)的一端 与所述第一锁体(51)铰接,另一端与所述第一推梁(541)铰接。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 12, wherein the first locking drive beam assembly (54) comprises a first push beam (541), a first guide sleeve (542) and a transmission beam (543) ), the first guide sleeve (542) is fixed in the end accommodating cavity (221b-2), the first push beam (541) is slidably connected with the first guide sleeve (542), and the One end of the transmission beam (543) is hinged with the first lock body (51), and the other end is hinged with the first push beam (541).
  14. 根据权利要求13所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,还包括第一弹性件(541b),所述第一弹性件(541b)的一端与所述第一推梁(541)相作用,解锁过程为所述第一弹性件(541b)的变形量增加的过程。The body of the packback car according to claim 13, further comprising a first elastic member (541b), one end of the first elastic member (541b) interacts with the first push beam (541) The unlocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the first elastic member (541b) increases.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述锁闭机构(5)还包括第二限位部(55),所述第二限位部(55)固定在所述端部容纳腔(221b-2)内,所述第一锁体(51)还包括第二限位端部(514),锁定状态下,所述第二限位端部(514)自下而上与所述第二限位部(55)相抵。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 12, characterized in that the locking mechanism (5) further comprises a second limiting portion (55), and the second limiting portion (55) is fixed on the In the end accommodating cavity (221b-2), the first lock body (51) further includes a second limiting end (514). In the locked state, the second limiting end (514) moves from below The upper part conflicts with the second limiting part (55).
  16. 根据权利要求11所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述锁闭机构(5)包括:The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 11, characterized in that the locking mechanism (5) comprises:
    锁头(51′),所述锁头(51′)可转动地连于所述端部连接钩(221),所述锁头(51′)在其旋转中心线的两侧分别设有锁定部(511′)和支撑部(512′);The lock head (51'), the lock head (51') is rotatably connected to the end connecting hook (221), and the lock head (51') is provided with locks on both sides of its rotation centerline. Section (511') and support section (512');
    第二锁体(52′),所述第二锁体(52′)可滑动地连于所述端部连接钩(221);A second lock body (52'), the second lock body (52') is slidably connected to the end connecting hook (221);
    第二锁闭驱动组件(53′),与所述第二锁体(52′)传动连接;The second locking drive assembly (53') is in transmission connection with the second lock body (52');
    锁定状态下,所述第二锁体(52′)自下而上与所述支撑部(512′)相支撑,以使所述锁定部(511′)压紧所述托部(4);解锁状态下,所述第二锁闭驱动组件(53′)能够驱动所述第二锁体(52′)沿远离所述锁头(51′)的方向位移,所述支撑部(512′)能够绕所述旋转中心线向下转动,以使所述锁定部(511′)向上转动脱离所述托部(4)。In the locked state, the second lock body (52') supports the supporting portion (512') from bottom to top, so that the locking portion (511') presses the supporting portion (4); In the unlocked state, the second locking drive assembly (53') can drive the second lock body (52') to move away from the lock head (51'), and the support portion (512') It can be rotated downward about the rotation center line, so that the locking portion (511') can be rotated upward to escape from the supporting portion (4).
  17. 根据权利要求16所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述第二锁闭驱动组件(53′)包括第二推梁(531′)、第二导向套(532′)和连梁单元(533′),所述第二导向套(532′)固定在所述端部容纳腔(221b-2)内,所述第二推梁(531′)与所述第二导向套(532′)滑动连接,所述连梁单元(533′)的一个端部与所述第二推梁(531′)铰接,另一端部与所述第二锁体(52′)铰接。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 16, characterized in that the second locking drive assembly (53') comprises a second push beam (531'), a second guide sleeve (532') and a connecting beam Unit (533'), the second guide sleeve (532') is fixed in the end accommodating cavity (221b-2), the second push beam (531') and the second guide sleeve (532) ′) Sliding connection, one end of the connecting beam unit (533′) is hinged with the second push beam (531′), and the other end is hinged with the second lock body (52′).
  18. 根据权利要求17所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,还包括第二弹性件(531b′),所述第二弹性件(531b′)的一端与所述第二推梁(531′) 相作用,解锁过程为所述第二弹性件(531b′)的变形量增加的过程。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 17, characterized in that it further comprises a second elastic member (531b'), one end of the second elastic member (531b') and the second push beam (531') ), the unlocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the second elastic member (531b') increases.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述锁闭机构(5)还包括旋转支撑体(54′),所述旋转支撑体(54′)固定于所述端部连接钩(221),所述旋转支撑体(54′)设有旋转轴部(541′),所述旋转轴部(541′)具有弧形柱面,所述锁头(51′)设有与所述旋转轴部(541′)相匹配的弧形缺口(513′),所述锁头(51′)以所述弧形缺口(513′)插装于所述旋转轴部(541′),并能够以旋转轴部(541′)的中轴线作为所述旋转中心线。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 17, characterized in that the locking mechanism (5) further comprises a rotating support (54'), and the rotating support (54') is fixed to the end portion Connecting hook (221), said rotating support body (54') is provided with a rotating shaft portion (541'), said rotating shaft portion (541') has an arc cylindrical surface, and said lock head (51') is provided with An arc-shaped notch (513') matching the rotating shaft portion (541'), and the lock head (51') is inserted into the rotating shaft portion (541') by the arc-shaped notch (513') ), and the central axis of the rotating shaft portion (541') can be used as the rotating center line.
  20. 根据权利要求16所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述锁头(51′)的重心在纵向上偏离所述旋转中心线,并位于所述支撑部(512′)所在侧;和/或,The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 16, characterized in that the center of gravity of the lock head (51') is longitudinally deviated from the rotation center line and is located on the side of the support portion (512'); and / or,
    还包括第三弹性件,锁定过程为所述第三弹性件的变形量增加的过程。It also includes a third elastic element, and the locking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the third elastic element increases.
  21. 根据权利要求11所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述横向止挡机构(6)包括:The bodywork of the packback vehicle according to claim 11, characterized in that the lateral stop mechanism (6) comprises:
    支座(61),所述支座(61)固定于所述端部连接钩(221),所述支座(61)设有过孔(611);A support (61), the support (61) is fixed to the end connecting hook (221), and the support (61) is provided with a through hole (611);
    第一止挡梁(62);The first stop beam (62);
    止挡驱动梁组件(63),与所述第一止挡梁(62)传动连接;The stop driving beam assembly (63) is in driving connection with the first stop beam (62);
    止挡状态下,所述第一止挡梁(62)伸出所述过孔(611),以对所述托部(4)形成横向止挡;解挡状态下,所述止挡驱动梁组件(63)能够驱动所述第一止挡梁(62)缩回,以解除对所述托部(4)的止挡。In the stopping state, the first stop beam (62) extends out of the through hole (611) to form a lateral stop to the support portion (4); in the unblocked state, the stop driving beam The assembly (63) can drive the first stop beam (62) to retract so as to release the stop on the support portion (4).
  22. 根据权利要求21所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,还包括第四弹性件(64),所述第四弹性件(64)作用于所述第一止挡梁(62),解挡过程为所述弹性件(64)的变形量增加的过程。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 21, further comprising a fourth elastic member (64), the fourth elastic member (64) acting on the first stop beam (62), The blocking process is a process in which the amount of deformation of the elastic member (64) increases.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述止挡驱动梁组件(63)包括铰接设置的第一连梁(631),所述第一连梁(631)的一端部为第一止挡驱动端部(6311),另一端部为连接端部(6312),所述第一连梁(631)通过第一铰轴(633)固定设置,并位于所述第一止挡驱动端部(6311)和所述连接端部(6312)之间,所述连接端部(6312)与所述第一止挡梁(62)传动连接。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 21, wherein the stop driving beam assembly (63) comprises a first connecting beam (631) arranged in an articulated manner, and one end of the first connecting beam (631) Part is the first stop driving end part (6311), and the other end part is the connecting end part (6312). The first connecting beam (631) is fixedly arranged by the first hinge shaft (633) and is located at the first Between the stop driving end portion (6311) and the connecting end portion (6312), the connecting end portion (6312) is drivingly connected to the first stop beam (62).
  24. 根据权利要求11所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述横向止挡机构(6)包括:The bodywork of the packback vehicle according to claim 11, characterized in that the lateral stop mechanism (6) comprises:
    铰接设置的第二止挡梁(61′),所述第二止挡梁(61′)的两个端部分别为第二止挡驱动端部(611′)和止挡端部(612′),所述第二止挡梁(61′)的铰接轴(613′)位于所述第二止挡驱动端部(611′)和所述止挡端部(612′)之间,且所述铰接轴(613′)固定于所述端部连接钩(221);The second stop beam (61') is hingedly arranged, and the two ends of the second stop beam (61') are respectively the second stop driving end (611') and the stop end (612') ), the hinge shaft (613') of the second stop beam (61') is located between the second stop driving end (611') and the stop end (612'), and The hinge shaft (613') is fixed to the end connecting hook (221);
    限位梁(62′),所述限位梁(62′)固定于所述端部连接钩(221);A limit beam (62'), the limit beam (62') is fixed to the end connecting hook (221);
    在止挡状态下,所述限位梁(62′)沿横向与所述第二止挡梁(61′)的外侧相抵紧,所述第二止挡梁(61′)能够对所述托部(4)形成横向止挡;在解挡状态下,所述第二止挡驱动端部(611′)受力能够旋转,以驱使所述止挡端部(612′)解除对于所述托部(4)的止挡。In the stopping state, the limit beam (62') abuts against the outer side of the second stop beam (61') in the lateral direction, and the second stop beam (61') can support the support The portion (4) forms a lateral stop; in the unblocked state, the second stop driving end (611') can rotate under force to drive the stop end (612') to release the support The stop of section (4).
  25. 根据权利要求24所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述横向止挡机构(6)还包括第一限位件(63′)和第二限位件(64′),所述第一限位件(63′)和所述第二限位件(64′)均固定于所述端部连接钩(221),在解挡状态下,所述第二止挡梁(61′)与所述第一限位件(63′)相抵,在止挡状态下,所述第二止挡梁(61′)与所述第二限位件(64′)相抵。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 24, characterized in that the lateral stop mechanism (6) further comprises a first limiting member (63') and a second limiting member (64'), the The first limiting member (63') and the second limiting member (64') are both fixed to the end connecting hook (221). In the unblocked state, the second stop beam (61') ) Is against the first limiting member (63'), and in the stopping state, the second stopping beam (61') is against the second limiting member (64').
  26. 根据权利要求11所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述端部连接钩(221)还包括包覆在所述端部钩主体(221b)外钩面的端部钩壁板(221c),所述端部钩壁板(221c)设有端部第一连接孔(221d),所述端部第一连接孔(221d)与所述端部容纳腔(221b-2)相通,以便解锁部件能够通过所述端部第一连接孔(221d)伸入所述端部容纳腔(221b-2)对所述锁闭机构进行解锁。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 11, characterized in that the end connecting hook (221) further comprises an end hook wall plate ( 221c), the end hook wall plate (221c) is provided with an end first connecting hole (221d), and the end first connecting hole (221d) communicates with the end receiving cavity (221b-2), So that the unlocking component can extend into the end receiving cavity (221b-2) through the end first connecting hole (221d) to unlock the locking mechanism.
  27. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,还包括制动管防护装置(10),所述制动管防护装置(10)包括:The body of the packback vehicle according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that it further comprises a brake pipe protection device (10), and the brake pipe protection device (10) comprises:
    防护壳体(11),其壳腔用于容纳制动管,驮背车的托部(4)和本体部(1)连接状态下,所述防护壳体(11)位于所述托部(4)的横向外侧;The protective shell (11), the shell cavity of which is used for accommodating the brake pipe, when the support portion (4) of the piggyback car is connected to the body portion (1), the protective shell (11) is located at the support portion ( 4) The lateral outside;
    防护连接件(12),其具有位于所述托部(4)下侧的防护内端部(12a)、位于所述防护内端部(12a)横向外侧的防护外端部(12b)、位于所述防护内端部(12a)和所述防护外端部(12b)之间的防护转接部(12c);The protective connector (12) has a protective inner end (12a) located on the lower side of the support portion (4), a protective outer end (12b) located on the lateral outside of the protective inner end (12a), and The protective adapter (12c) between the protective inner end (12a) and the protective outer end (12b);
    所述防护内端部(12a)与所述托部(4)抵接,所述防护外端部(12b)与防护壳体(11)固定连接,所述防护转接部(12c)与所述本体部(1)转动连接,以便所述托部(4)与所述本体部(1)分离过程中,所述防护连接件(12)能够在重力作用下转动、带动所述防护壳体(11)向外转动,所述托部(4)与所述本体部(1)连接的过程中,所述防护连接件(12)能够在所述托部(4)的抵压作用下转动、带动所述防护壳体(11)复位到所述托部(4)的横向外侧。The protective inner end (12a) abuts against the supporting portion (4), the protective outer end (12b) is fixedly connected to the protective shell (11), and the protective adapter (12c) is connected to the The main body part (1) is rotationally connected, so that during the separation process of the support part (4) and the main body part (1), the protective connector (12) can rotate under the action of gravity to drive the protective shell (11) Rotate outwards, during the process of connecting the support portion (4) with the body portion (1), the protective connector (12) can rotate under the pressure of the support portion (4) , Driving the protective shell (11) to reset to the lateral outside of the supporting portion (4).
  28. 根据权利要求27所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述防护连接件(12)包括第一枢接板(121)、第二枢接板(122)和枢接转轴(123),所述第一枢接板(121)和所述第二枢接板(122)沿纵向相互间隔,所述第二枢接板(122)相比所述第一枢接板(121)更靠近所述托部(4);所述枢接转轴(123)依次穿过所述第一枢接板(121)、所述本体部(1)和所述第二枢接板(122),将三者连在一起。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 27, wherein the protective connector (12) comprises a first pivot plate (121), a second pivot plate (122) and a pivot shaft (123) , The first pivoting plate (121) and the second pivoting plate (122) are spaced apart from each other in the longitudinal direction, and the second pivoting plate (122) is more than the first pivoting plate (121). Close to the support portion (4); the pivot shaft (123) sequentially passes through the first pivot plate (121), the body portion (1) and the second pivot plate (122), Connect the three together.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述防护连接件(12)还包括防护滚轮(125),所述防护滚轮(125)可转动地连于所述第二枢接板(122),所述第二枢接板(122)伸到所述托部(4)下侧,使所述防护滚轮(125)的外周面与所述托部(4)的下表面抵接。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 28, characterized in that, the protective connector (12) further comprises a protective roller (125), and the protective roller (125) is rotatably connected to the second pivot The connecting plate (122), the second pivoting plate (122) extends to the lower side of the supporting portion (4), so that the outer peripheral surface of the protective roller (125) and the lower surface of the supporting portion (4) Abut.
  30. 根据权利要求27所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述制动管防护装置还包括第一防护限位件(13),所述第一防护限位件(13)固定于所述本体部(1),当所述防护壳体(11)向下并向外转动到极限位置时,所述防护连接件(12)与所述第一防护限位件(13)抵触。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 27, characterized in that the brake pipe protection device further comprises a first protection limit piece (13), and the first protection limit piece (13) is fixed to the In the body part (1), when the protective casing (11) rotates downward and outward to a limit position, the protective connecting piece (12) conflicts with the first protective limit piece (13).
  31. 根据权利要求27所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述制动管防护装置还包括磁性件(14),当所述防护壳体(11)位于所述托部(4)的横向外侧时,所述防护壳体(11)通过所述磁性件(14)与所述托部(4)磁力吸合。The body of the packback vehicle according to claim 27, characterized in that the brake tube protection device further comprises a magnetic member (14), when the protection shell (11) is located on the support part (4) When it is laterally outside, the protective housing (11) is magnetically attracted to the support portion (4) through the magnetic member (14).
  32. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述驮背车的车体,其特征在于,所述本体部(1)包括两个端部底架(2),两所述端部底架(2)的下方分别设有一个转向架,两所述端部底架(2)均设有所述端部连接机构(22),所述托部(4)的数量为一个,并安装在两所述端部底架(2)之间;或者,The body of the packback vehicle according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the body part (1) includes two end underframes (2), and the two end underframes (2) ) Are respectively provided with a bogie, the two end underframes (2) are provided with the end connecting mechanism (22), the number of the holder (4) is one, and installed in two Between the end chassis (2); or,
    所述本体部(1)包括两个端部底架(2)和关节底架(3),所述关节 底架(3)包括两个关节底架分部(3a),两所述关节底架分部(3a)通过关节相连,并位于两所述端部底架(2)之间,两所述端部底架(2)的下方分别设有一个转向架,两所述关节底架分部(3a)的下方共用一个转向架,所述托部(4)的数量为两个,两所述托部(4)分别安装在相邻的所述端部底架(2)、所述关节底架分部(3a)之间。The body part (1) includes two end chassis (2) and a joint chassis (3), and the joint chassis (3) includes two joint chassis sub-parts (3a), and the two joint bottoms The frame sub-parts (3a) are connected by joints and are located between the two end underframes (2). A bogie is respectively provided under the two end underframes (2), and the two joint underframes The lower part (3a) shares a bogie, the number of the support parts (4) is two, and the two support parts (4) are respectively installed on the adjacent end underframes (2) and Between the joint chassis sub-parts (3a).
  33. 一种驮背车,包括车体,其特征在于,所述车体为权利要求1-32中任一项所述驮背车的车体。A packback car, comprising a car body, characterized in that the car body is the car body of the packback car according to any one of claims 1-32.
PCT/CN2020/105719 2020-02-28 2020-07-30 Piggyback vehicle and vehicle body thereof WO2021169172A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2020431679A AU2020431679A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2020-07-30 Piggyback vehicle and vehicle body thereof
EP20921833.8A EP4112414A4 (en) 2020-02-28 2020-07-30 Piggyback vehicle and vehicle body thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202020236278.X 2020-02-28
CN202010130627.4 2020-02-28
CN202010130627.4A CN111301445A (en) 2020-02-28 2020-02-28 Piggyback car and car body thereof
CN202020236278.XU CN211731362U (en) 2020-02-28 2020-02-28 Piggyback car and car body thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021169172A1 true WO2021169172A1 (en) 2021-09-02

Family

ID=77490654

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/105719 WO2021169172A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2020-07-30 Piggyback vehicle and vehicle body thereof

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4112414A4 (en)
AU (1) AU2020431679A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2021169172A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114919194A (en) * 2022-05-18 2022-08-19 东莞万德电子制品有限公司 Rubber sleeve assembly and disassembly equipment

Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001098127A1 (en) * 2000-06-23 2001-12-27 Lohr Industrie System for transporting and skew loading/unloading of cars in a combined railway/road transport railway station and method for using same
FR2852642A1 (en) * 2003-03-18 2004-09-24 Lohr Ind Lock for mobile cargo e.g. car, carrier, has locking part with protrusion at its back side resembling manual operation handle to reset lock for locking, and motor to raise carriage along carrier post for unlocking
CN104527668A (en) * 2015-01-05 2015-04-22 齐齐哈尔轨道交通装备有限责任公司 Piggyback transport car
CN204341033U (en) * 2015-01-05 2015-05-20 齐齐哈尔轨道交通装备有限责任公司 Piggyback transport car
CN204341045U (en) * 2015-01-05 2015-05-20 齐齐哈尔轨道交通装备有限责任公司 End fitting and there is its piggyback transport car
CN205615520U (en) * 2016-04-29 2016-10-05 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Piggyback transport car
CN106553659A (en) * 2016-11-18 2017-04-05 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 A kind of rolling stock and its pipeline preventer
EP3604073A1 (en) * 2018-07-30 2020-02-05 Lohr Industrie System for linking combined rail/road transport carriage
CN111137315A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-05-12 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Translation type piggyback transportation system
CN111301449A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-06-19 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Piggyback transportation system for rotary loading and unloading of goods
CN111301445A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-06-19 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Piggyback car and car body thereof
CN111376938A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-07-07 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 End underframe of piggyback car
CN211809615U (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-10-30 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 End underframe of piggyback car
CN211869369U (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-11-06 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Piggyback transportation system for rotary loading and unloading of goods

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102004040245A1 (en) * 2004-08-13 2006-02-23 Frenzel-Bau Gmbh & Co. Kg Cargo handling and transport system
FR2960843B1 (en) * 2010-06-04 2017-10-20 Lohr Ind TRANSPORT WAGON HAVING A COMPENSATION INTERFACE ABOVE THE GROUND AND THIS MAINLY BASED ON THE WEIGHT OF THE LOAD TO BE TRANSPORTED

Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001098127A1 (en) * 2000-06-23 2001-12-27 Lohr Industrie System for transporting and skew loading/unloading of cars in a combined railway/road transport railway station and method for using same
FR2852642A1 (en) * 2003-03-18 2004-09-24 Lohr Ind Lock for mobile cargo e.g. car, carrier, has locking part with protrusion at its back side resembling manual operation handle to reset lock for locking, and motor to raise carriage along carrier post for unlocking
CN104527668A (en) * 2015-01-05 2015-04-22 齐齐哈尔轨道交通装备有限责任公司 Piggyback transport car
CN204341033U (en) * 2015-01-05 2015-05-20 齐齐哈尔轨道交通装备有限责任公司 Piggyback transport car
CN204341045U (en) * 2015-01-05 2015-05-20 齐齐哈尔轨道交通装备有限责任公司 End fitting and there is its piggyback transport car
CN205615520U (en) * 2016-04-29 2016-10-05 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Piggyback transport car
CN106553659A (en) * 2016-11-18 2017-04-05 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 A kind of rolling stock and its pipeline preventer
EP3604073A1 (en) * 2018-07-30 2020-02-05 Lohr Industrie System for linking combined rail/road transport carriage
CN111137315A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-05-12 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Translation type piggyback transportation system
CN111301449A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-06-19 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Piggyback transportation system for rotary loading and unloading of goods
CN111301445A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-06-19 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Piggyback car and car body thereof
CN111376938A (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-07-07 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 End underframe of piggyback car
CN211809615U (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-10-30 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 End underframe of piggyback car
CN211869369U (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-11-06 中车齐齐哈尔车辆有限公司 Piggyback transportation system for rotary loading and unloading of goods

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4112414A4

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114919194A (en) * 2022-05-18 2022-08-19 东莞万德电子制品有限公司 Rubber sleeve assembly and disassembly equipment
CN114919194B (en) * 2022-05-18 2024-01-19 东莞万德电子制品有限公司 Rubber sleeve assembly disassembly and assembly equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4112414A1 (en) 2023-01-04
AU2020431679A1 (en) 2022-02-17
EP4112414A4 (en) 2024-04-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8215240B2 (en) Bimodal container chassis
US10017216B2 (en) Apparatus for converting a wheeled vehicle to a tracked vehicle
CN211869369U (en) Piggyback transportation system for rotary loading and unloading of goods
WO2021169172A1 (en) Piggyback vehicle and vehicle body thereof
CA2457004C (en) Front loading trailer and method of use
CN111301449A (en) Piggyback transportation system for rotary loading and unloading of goods
US3698582A (en) Articulated vehicles
CA1331718C (en) Intermodal road/rail transportation system
CN111137315A (en) Translation type piggyback transportation system
CN209904755U (en) Hoisting track robot and quick-assembly and quick-disassembly type bearing guide mechanism thereof
CN211809615U (en) End underframe of piggyback car
DE1605068C3 (en) Tractor for use on rail and road
CN111301445A (en) Piggyback car and car body thereof
CN211731362U (en) Piggyback car and car body thereof
CN111376938A (en) End underframe of piggyback car
CN211893228U (en) Joint underframe of piggyback car
CN212148845U (en) Translation type piggyback transportation system
CN211032558U (en) Multipurpose transport vehicle for coiled material and container
CN110884313B (en) Semitrailer suspension balancing arm
CN217498455U (en) End beam of double-beam crane
CN219056390U (en) Split frame semitrailer
CN217864227U (en) Trolley for carrying and dismounting transition car coupler
CN215037641U (en) Bearing wheel grabbing force enhancing structure for I-shaped rail robot
CN117657235A (en) Magnetic levitation traction bogie and magnetic levitation tractor
EP2735475A1 (en) Arrangement and method for loading platform onto transport frame

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20921833

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020431679

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20200730

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020921833

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220928